Syllabi booklet

1 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

The Hebrew University- Hadassah Faculty of Dental Medicine Founded by the Alpha Omega Fraternity Book of Modules - 2011

Version 4- Draft, Sep. 2011


TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

An introduction and overview ……………………….......4

•

Welcome message……………………………………….…5

•

Teaching practices….........…...……………………………6

•

1st cycle modules for the degree of B.Med.Sc…………..19

•

•

•

1st year modules……………………………............19

•

2nd year modules…………………………………...51

•

3rd year modules………………………………........83

2nd cycle modules for the degree of D.M.D…………....118 •

1st year modules (4TH Academic year)…………....118

•

2nd year modules (5th Academic year)…………….160

•

3rd year modules (6th academic year)…………...…219

2nd cycle modules for the degree of M.Sc…………..…..268 •

Introduction……………………………………......269

•

Modules………………………………………...….271


AN INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW The Hebrew University-Hadassah Faculty of Dental Medicine was founded in 1953 as a joint initiative of the Hebrew University, Hadassah and the Alpha Omega International Dental Fraternity. The faculty provides the highest standard of Dental Medicine through a comprehensive approach involving the training of dentists and dental auxiliary professionals, extensive community outreach programs and innovative research into dental diseases, application of new technologies in the field and extensive research in the craniofacial complex. The agreement between the Hebrew University which was founded in 1925 as a research university and Hadassah determines that the first three out of six years of studies, towards a D.M.D. degree, are under the general responsibility of the Hebrew University, called the pre-clinical years, while Hadassah will be responsible for the following three clinical years. Thus, the Faculty of Dental Medicine is comprised of two main sectors; the pre-clinical and the clinical departments. There are 334 undergraduate dental students in our six year academic program while 70 students are admitted yearly to the first year. After completing three years they receive a B.Med.Sc degree. Approximately 55 students continue to the clinical years after achieving an average grade of 80 (out of 100) in their first 3 years. As part of the D.M.D. degree requirements each student must submit an original D.M.D. thesis which is a research work supervised by a faculty member (minimum rank of lecturer) either from the Institute for Dental Sciences or from the clinical departments or both. In addition there are also 55 M.Sc. students, 48 Ph.D. students and 64 graduate students in the specialty clinical programs. Our Dental School also offers a special long term continuing education programs (of one to two years) for trainees in an Advanced General Practice Program (AGPP), Aesthetic Dentistry, Dental treatments under Sedation and General Anaesthesia and Oral Rehabilitation over Dental Implants. There are also annualy courses for dental hygienists and dental assistants. Students and young faculty members are constantly encouraged to start their involvement in research at an early stage of their academic and/or professional careers. The research is usally done under the framework of the Biomedical Graduate Program which is in charge of the MS.c. and Ph.D. students. The goal of these programs is to allow top students to enrich their scientific background and to contribute to the on-going dental research in Israel and world wide. As we envision those graduates as future leaders in dentistry in Israel, we seek to provide them with best possible training in research in addition to their high level clinical training. Over one hundred students are listed in our program. More then half of our M.Sc. students either hold a D.M.D. degree or are currently D.M.D. students. About one third of our Ph.D. students holds a D.M.D. degree or is currently in their clinical studies.


WELCOME MESSAGE The Hebrew University-Hadassah Faculty of Dental Medicine in Jerusalem extends a warm welcome to students from abroad, outside of Israel, who will be studying here for a semester or more. We will try our best to ensure that your stay with us will be academically rewarding and socially enjoyable. We hope you will find the information informative and helpful. The Hebrew University-Hadassah Faculty of Dental Medicine has taken a number of steps to ensure that visiting students will receive all the necessary attention and assistance they need. The International Coordinator is responsible for the overall coordination of the many programs in which we are partners and can assist with the various practical and personal matters which arise for students settling into a new environment in an unfamiliar country. We would like to encourage you to look around and familiarize yourself with Jerusalem life and Israeli culture before, as well as during, your studies. We are confident that your stay with us will be both fruitful and memorable and that you will leave our faculty and country with fond memories of your time spent at the Hebrew University-Hadassah School of Dental Medicine.


TEACHING PRACTICES This chapter highlights teaching practices that are unique to the Faculty, which come in addition to regular university procedures that can be found under the section "Procedures for teaching and study". General Policies and procedures define the course of study, examination procedures and the transition from year to year for the degree: Graduate Medical Sciences- "B.Med.Sc." Doctor of Dental Medicine- "D.M.D” Teaching framework Dentistry studies are given in the form of lectures, independent study, laboratory work, seminars, group talks, exercises and teaching in the clinic (at the dental chair / bedside). In addition, the student will acquire clinical knowledge while treating the patients under the supervision of faculty members in the clinic, hospital and community. Each academic course (consisting of lectures, seminars and / or practical work in the laboratory or dental clinic) must meet the approval of the Academic Committee. Exemption from coursework: 1. Students who studied parallel academic studies in an accredited institution, other than the Hebrew University may apply/appeal for an exemption from courses, provided they received a grade of 75 or higher in each course appealed. The grade from an exempt course shall not be considered for weighting grades or for any other purpose (scholarships, etc.). 2. Students who studied parallel courses as part of a different department at the Hebrew University may apply for exemption from that course, provided they received a minimum grade of 65 in each course. The courses will be fully included as part of the weighted grade average, provided that the student did not receive a degree he was awarded for these studies. Participation in advanced year's courses of these students will only be permitted with special authorization. 3. Students who studied at the Hebrew University, Department of Medical Sciences, may apply for an exemption from courses in which they have received a score of 65 and above, provided the average of all the courses in which they seek an exemption be 75 or above (in each year ). Vaccinations Every student accepted for studies at the Faculty must provide confirmation of immunization as specified by the Health Ministry’s regulations and procedures by the end of the freshman year. A student who will not provide the required approval will not be able to continue to his or her sophomore year. The certificates should be submitted on the appropriate form available at the student's secretariat.


Obligation of participation in school/studies 1. Students studying their freshmen year of Pre – Medical / Clinical studies at the Faculty of Sciences, Science Faculty regulations apply. In terms of transition to sophomore year, policies of the Faculty of Dental Medicine apply. 2. Pre clinical studies take place at the Faculty of Medicine and the Faculty of Dental Medicine. Clinical studies are held at the Faculty of Dentistry at the Ein Kerem Medical Center or at locations to be determined by the faculty. 3. Participation of students in classes, exercises, seminars, clinical teaching and teaching laboratories are mandatory. Failure to meet these standards will disqualify the student the right to take the exam of the course. Students who are absent from the classes for justified reasons (reserve duty, illness, bereavement, pregnancy, childbirth) must make up the missed material, unless the course coordinator feels convinced that the student made up the material missed. Completion of missed material will be done in a way that will not conflict with the student's continuous course work. A student, whose absence was found to not be justified, will be brought before the pedagogical committee which will recommend to the dean whether to; force the student to make up the missed materiel, repeat the course or the school year, or discontinue his studies. 4. Tests, summary discussions, colloquy are considered an integral part of the syllabus. Achievement assessment 1. Departments, responsible for teaching specific courses, will assess the student's accomplishments and determine the grade by examination at the end of the course, and / or according to other criteria such as; an assessment of the achievements in the laboratory or clinical work, application of theoretical knowledge within the clinical work, submitting exercises and seminars, colloquy and summary meetings, and will notify the student's secretariat. The method of grade assessment and composition will be presented to the student by the department responsible for the course at the beginning of the curriculum. 2. Exam form: Exams can be written and / or oral or computerized. The departments in charge of teaching the course, are responsible for explaining to the students the layout and character of the test at the beginning of the course. 3. Examinations Schedule: Examinations will be held on dates that will not interfere with routine studies. Final course exams will be held on two specific dates: a standard exam date and an additional exam date. In general, students are encouraged to take the exams at the first date. If the student could not take the exam at the first date due to personal constraints he or she will be allowed to take the exam at the second date. 4. Additional exam date: Additional exam date will take place after the standard exam date, for the most part during the annual holiday and will be coordinated by the student secretariat. This exam date is intended for students who did not take the exam at its normal time, students who failed the regular time, or students seeking to 7 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

improve their grade. Students seeking to improve their grade are obligated to register for the exam no less than three business days before the test at the student's secretariat. Students, who have failed the first exam or did not take it, are exempt from registering for the exam. The grade given for the second exam will be the final grade for the course. Make-up Test: Requests for a special exam date will only be accepted based on the official academic practice and procedures protocol as quoted below: "Authorization/ allowance to be examined twice a year is not an automatic right, so even though the student that takes the first exam is permitted to be examined again at B (and then the last score is final), a student who is unable to take the exam at time A and took the test at time B, or took the test at time A and could not take the test at time B, is not entitled to have a special exam date. However, those entitled to a special date; entitlements for a special date are: A. students who did not take the exam either at time A or time B because of active military reserve duty, or those who served in reserve duty for 21 consecutive days during the semester before the exam. B. A student who did not take the exam at the time A or time B, presenting a medical certificate attesting that; she could not come to the test due to a problem that arose during pregnancy or due to fertility treatments. In addition, the student is entitled to a special exam date if she gave birth no more than six weeks prior to the exam or rather due to an abortion up to two weeks before the exam. " Students are required to apply for a special examination date no later than a week after the publication of exam grades , along with any official documents necessary, to the faculty of dentistry Secretariat, (this applies both for courses of the Faculty of Medicine and the Faculty of Natural Sciences). Acceptance for advanced years Students that were accepted directly into junior or senior classes based on previous studies will be eligible to receive a graduate degree in medical science only if they completed two thirds of the number of credits required for the degree as part of their studies (.B.Med.Sc) at the Hebrew University. Students who have not completed two thirds of the credits required for a B.Med.Sc. , will not be eligible for a Bachelor’s degree, their studies will only be recognized/accredited as earned credits/supplemental studies towards acceptance to the clinical years. Whether a student receives a graduate degree or not – he must receive a final average score of no less than 75, to be allowed to continue to their clinical studies.


Criteria for passing from year to year as part of studies for a Bachelor degree in Medical science (B.Med.Sc.) 1. A student's transition from year to year will be approved only if he received no less than a 65 in each course and his annual weighted average is no less than a 75. 2. A student who failed to meet these standards will be automatically blocked from the computer internet course registry, and will not be given the possibility to register for the following years courses. 3. The faculty holds the right to approve courses in which the required passing grade is higher than a 65. 4. A student who fails to obtained the required annual weighted average (75 or higher), his matter will be brought before the pedagogical committee, which will recommend to the dean whether to require the student to repeat the school year or discontinue his studies. 5. A student who got a grade lower than a 65 on both exams –in only one subject /course and his weighted annual average is at least an 85, his matter will be brought before the pedagogical committee, which will discuss the case and submit its recommendation to the dean. 6. A student who got a grade lower than a 65 on both exams –in more than one subject /course and his weighted annual average is at least an 80, his matter will be brought before the pedagogical committee, which will recommend to the dean whether to require the student to repeat the school year or discontinue his studies. 7. A student repeating a school year must participate in all courses that his final grade is lower than an 80. If the curriculum of the year it is changed, he will be obligated to follow the new curriculum for that year. 8. The Dean of the Faculty may permit a student to repeat an academic year only once throughout his studies towards a Bachelor’s degree. 9. Students that fulfilled their requirements for graduate studies (including a seminar paper), with a final weighted average of no less than a 65, will awarded the title/degree “Bachelor of Medical Sciences” (B.Med.Sc).


Terms of yearly transfer/advancement for the degree of Doctor of Dental Medicine (DMD) 1. The student must achieve a final average of an 80 or above in his Bachelor’s degree to continue on and study towards the degree “Doctor of Dental Medicine” (DMD) In the future a manual dexterity test may be necessary to continue studies towards the degree Doctor of Dental Medicine 2. Students who have completed bachelor graduate studies with a weighted average score between a 75 and 80 their case will be brought to the Pedagogical Committee which will submit its recommendations to the dean, whether to allow the student to continue his clinical studies on probation, or to terminate his studies within the faculty. Criteria for clinical inter year (4, 5, and 6) advancement for the degree Doctor of Dental Medicine (DMD): 1. Clinical departments will provide each student with a single grade consisting of a grade on the theoretical aspect of the course and a clinical grade. The minimal passing grade of each component will be at least a 65 as is the final grade this applies to all courses. The relative weight of each component in the final score will be determined by the overseeing department and published in advance. A. The final grade in each year of studies in each subject will be calculated on the basis of; the final exam or exams and seminars to be held that year, the clinical grade and other criteria determined by the department and published in advance. B. The clinical grade in each subject will be based on the student's clinical ability and professional conduct. Clinical ability will be assessed based on the quality of clinical care and the number of procedures performed. Quality of care and the number of procedures performed will make up 70% of the grade (provided the student carried out the minimal number of procedures required for passing the course). Professional conduct will make up 30% of the clinical grade. 2. The student's transition from year to year will be approved only if he received a grade of 65 or higher in each of that years courses, and if his annual weighted average is 70 or higher. 3. A student who has not obtained the required annual weighted average, his matter will be brought before the pedagogical committee for discussion, and they will submit their recommendations to the Dean. 4. A student who received a grade less than 65 – in only one course, and his annual weighted average is 70 and over, his matter will be brought before the pedagogical committee for discussion and they will submit their recommendations to the Dean. 5. A student who received a grade lower than 65 –in two courses his matter will be brought before the pedagogical committee for discussion and they will submit their recommendations to the Dean whether to allow him to repeat the school year or discontinue his studies.


Consolidation of clinical requirements in the junior and senior years The clinical studies (4th, 5th, 6th years) are one clinical division and at the end of the final year the student will receive one final grade in each of the clinical courses based on the proportional weight of that course in any given year, as was published ahead of time by the overseeing departments and approved by the Scholastic Committee. 1. The first date to reach the clinical requirements will be at the end of the academic year (usually late June early July) and the second date will be set a month after the end of the first dates. 2. Summer clinics in July and August are to be used for patient follow up and for new patient intakes as a preparation for the following year. The summer clinics are considered part of the senior year's requirements. Each department must inform the Junior students as to what the requirements for passing into the senior year are. Repetition of an academic year during Clinical studies 1. A student repeating an academic year for any reason must be tested in all clinical and theoretical courses. If the student attained an 85 or higher in the theoretical section of a course he may submit a request for exemption from that part of the exam. 2. The Dean may allow a student, to repeat the school year only once during his studies (years 4, 5, 6) for the degree Doctor of Dental Medicine. 3. A student that got the approval of the pedagogical committee to continue his studies under special circumstances and failed to meet them, his matter will be brought once again for discussion before the pedagogical committee which will discuss the matter and present their recommendations to the Dean. Exams and clinical tasks In addition to the scheduled exams released earlier in the year as part of the curriculum, each department will be entitled to add quizzes and / or clinical duties to the curriculum. The purpose of t he quiz is to evaluate the student's knowledge in a specific area. It shall be short, and no longer than 30 minutes long. The quiz will be given within that courses normal teaching hours. A student failed the quiz, shall retake the quiz. Quiz scores will be added to the final grade in that course. The exact weight of each quiz in the final average shall be released ahead of time. A clinical task is intended to examine the student's clinical ability, particularly before he is given permission to treat patients. If the student didn't exhibit adequate clinical proficiency during the task, he shall given subsequent trials until he demonstrates adequate clinical proficiency that will allow treatment of patients. If the student fails to demonstrate adequate clinical proficiency after more than 2 attempts, his matter will be brought before the Head of the department and he will instruct the pedagogical committee how to proceed. Participation in Conferences In each clinical year (4, 5, and 6) students will participate in 2 mandatory dental conferences sponsored by the Israeli Dental Association, and one elective conference.


A list of conferences will be published in advance by the Secretariat. Theoretical studies typically end in June. During July-August summer clinics are held and 5th year students have rotations. Termination of studies in exceptional cases 1. A Bachelor's student (B.Med.Sc) may request a leave of absence for the benefit of studies in another department in the university or academic institution. If the student is studying for a Masters or Ph.D the Dean may grant him up to 3 years absence before he starts his clinical tract. 2. A Bachelor's (B.Med.Sc) student may request a leave of absence of no more than 2 years from his studies for health, familial or other various reasons. He must submit a written letter to the dean explaining the grounds for his request. He may return only at the beginning of an academic year (not within), and only after he has submitted a written request to the secretariat stating his intention to return. 3. A student throughout the clinical years, who seeks a leave of absence, for the reasons stated in Section 2 above, must submit a written request explaining his matter to the Dean. Leaves of absence will be granted during clinical years only under extenuating/exceptional circumstances, and under the condition that the student meets the "Refresher requirements"(Appendix 1) as set by the various Department Heads. A student who fails to meet the requirements will not be allowed to return to school. Discipline Students must follow the disciplinary guidelines as set forth in the "Disciplinary Regulations for University Students" Doctoral Thesis Thesis policies approved by the Faculty Council are part of this regulation handbook (Appendix 2) Eligibility for receiving the Degree Doctor of Dental Medicine (DMD) A student who successfully finished his; final exams at the end of the senior year and clinical requirements will be allowed to take the Government licensing exams in dentistry. After completing his thesis and all other requirements the student will be eligible to receive the degree Doctor of Dental Medicine (DMD).


Appendix 1 Refresher requirements upon returning from a break during the clinical years The Department of Pediatric Dentistry - Prof. J. Shapiro Refresher requirements regarding a break between junior and senior year • Short test on manikin the student will be required to perform two Class II fillings in an upper and lower molar. • Written test in August of gap year (with all students), unless the student received an 85 on the final exam of the previous year. The Department of Periodontology - Prof. L. Shapiro • Oral exam The Department of Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery - Prof. R. Seltzer • Quiz The Department of Oral Medicine - Prof. R. Ben – Oliel • Written exam in August of the gap year (with all students) unless the student received an 85 on the final exam of the previous year. The Department of Orthodontics - Prof. I. Brin Refresher requirements in a regarding a gap year between the 1st and 2nd clinical years/ freshman and junior years • There is no need Refresher requirements regarding a gap between junior and senior year • Quiz upon starting clinical work – Pass/Fail The Department of Prosthdontics - Prof. I. Weiss • Manual proficiency exams; 1. FPD’s - Preparation of two teeth (premolar or molar) for a crown, and preparing the temporary crowns. 2. Restorative – Prepare 3 teeth to receive an interproximal amalgam restoration (CL II) All preparations will be performed on extracted teeth that were embedded in a plaster model • Written exam: Multiple choice exam that will cover area of knowledge that are directly related to procedures the student will need to carry out in the dental clinic, including proficiency regarding dental materials and instruments. *The course director is responsible for the implementation and enforcement of these guidelines The Department of Community Dentistry – Prof. J. Mann Regarding a break between freshman and junior years: • Refresher meeting with the head of the course Regarding a break between Junior and Senior years: • Refresher clinic with a single patient


The department of Endodontics - Prof. J. Moshonov • Short quiz given either orally or in writing. • Demonstrating reasonable clinical proficiency by performing Root Canal Therapy in an extracted molar. * All this before the start of the academic year


Appendix 2 Policies and procedures regarding a research-thesis Last update - March 2008 Within the Faculty of Dental Medicine an emphasis is put on the importance of the doctoral thesis. Writing a thesis is part of curriculum , and required by the Hebrew University to receive the degree Doctor of Dental Medicine (DMD), it grants students experience in the design and execution of research and collecting data from literature. A graduate cannot receive a permanent license to practice dentistry without thesis completion. For many students the thesis will be their only opportunity to plan and carry out research work, and to engage in research, laboratory methods, and statistical analysis. The process of thesis preparation will be introduced in the course “Introduction to Basic and Clinical Research” that is 2 credits, given in the freshman clinical year. Thesis goals – in dentistry The purpose of the thesis is to provide research tools for students in the following areas: • Experience in scientific writing and the evaluation of scientific studies. • Defining the stages in the preparation and implementation research. • Conducting actual scientific research. • Acquiring knowledge about research methods. • Definition and formulation of a problem of interest in the field of basic dental science or clinical science. • Editing a research proposal that presents a scientific way to solve the problem. • Summarization of the experiment, critical evaluation of results and assessment of the contribution of the results to the field. • Practice basic statistical tests. • Getting acquainted with the latest literature in the area researched. Topics suitable for thesis proposal The Committee encourages research proposals in basic and clinical sciences .Raising scientific questions, test hypotheses, experiment planning and result analysis. For example: Proposals in Laboratory work (including experimental work with cells, or / animals). Proposals in clinical research (research on healthy volunteers or patients). The Committee encourages students to initiate research ideas independently, and seek out a mentor from within the faculty members immersed in that field. Literature reviews will not be accepted, and / or case reviews. Procedures A. At the beginning of the freshman clinical year, students will approach Ms. Bella Tzona, the Thesis Committee’s Secretary. Students will be given a list that specifies the areas of research and / or topics for thesis proposals. 15 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

B. Students are obligated to contact the faculty member on their own initiative, and with his guidance hand in a research proposal. Following approval of the proposal - by the instructor in charge, the proposal shall be submitted to the Thesis Proposal Committee. The Committee will give the proposal to a reviewer for examination, and he must give his opinion within a month. Subsequently the committee will approve the proposal. C. The proposal must be submitted by the end of the first semester of the junior year. D. Following approval of the proposal, the student will begin performing the research. E. As part of the course "research thesis progress" each student must submit to the Secretariat, throughout the junior year, his thesis proposal which was approved by the instructors. Passing the course is a prerequisite for registration to the senior year. F. At the end of the senior year the student must submit a progress report signed by his instructor; this will deem the student eligible to take the licensing exams. Without a signed report, the student’s name will not be included in the list of eligible students that will be transferred to the Ministry of Health. G. A Thesis handbook on how to prepare the thesis proposal, thesis progress report forms and various attachments can be found on the Faculty’s’ website, and with Ms. Bella Tzona at the Secretariat. Upon completion of his research, the student will write a draft in accordance with the scientific literature format. After receiving approval from the instructor and the reviewer, the student will print the final draft. The thesis must be submitted in two copies that are printed, bound, and signed by the instructor and involves. A copy will be given to the reviewer, instructor (s) and to the Medical Library. At this point the instructor and the reviewer will grade the thesis separately on the proper forms which will be provided by the secretariat. Instructor guidelines and Role definitions. If necessary another instructor from faculty (all levels) may be taken on. It is also possible to share researchers that do not belong to the Faculty of the School of Dental Medicine – under the condition that they belong to a recognized academic institution. Exceptions will be discussed by the committee. Instructor: Thesis instruction carried out by the teachers of the Dental Faculty that hold the rank of lecturer and above. The Chief Instructor must; carry the title/rank of lecturer or higher, be part of the staff of Doctors or researchers in the dental school (have a PhD or DMD). Retired faculty members are not allowed to be sole instructors. The number of instructors will be limited depending on the subject and nature of work. The Thesis Committee will approve the appointment of more than two instructors only if they are convinced it is necessary (Exceptions article). In any event, one of the instructors (Chief Instructor) will be responsible for; instruction, implementation and completion of the research towards the Dean and the Thesis Committee. It is the Instructor's duty 16 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

to instruct the student continuously throughout all phases of research, including writing the thesis. If there is no progress in research or an issue regarding the instruction arises, the instructor will report it to the Chairman of the Thesis Committee in writing, and CC (carbon copy) maybe write recipients the Dean and the student.

Reviewer: Any teacher at the Hebrew University holding the rank of lecturer and above is qualified. The reviewer will be appointed by the Thesis Committee. The reviewer will review the proposal and recommend changes if necessary. The thesis will only be graded when; the final thesis is written, bound, approved and signed by the mentors. Thesis evaluation A reviewer will be selected from a list of three candidates that the instructor chose. After submitting the proposal it will be handed to the reviewer who will assess the significance and scope of the proposal. It is recommended that the reviewer will not be from the same department as the instructor. In general the selected reviewer is anonymous. In exceptional cases a meeting between all parties may be arranged by the head of the Committee upon agreement from all sides. The reviewer must hand in his written opinion within 3 weeks. After finishing writing the thesis (before binding) the student will take them to his instructor for revisions / changes. After the instructor gives his approval the thesis will be bound. At this point the thesis will be sent to a reviewer generally the same reviewer that examined and approved the proposal. This reviewer will grade the thesis. In addition, the reviewer and the instructor will fill out a student evaluation sent by the secretariat upon receiving the thesis. Upon giving their opinion (instructor and reviewer), the Committee will calculate the student’s final grade in this manner: 60% Instructors grade, 40% reviewer’s grade. Cases in which the difference between grades will be unusually high (greater than 20 points), The Committee will give the thesis to an additional reviewer for evaluation. In the event of; a student’s proposal approved by the committee, and then later published or accepted for publishing by a scientific journal listed in the CITATION INDEX / IMPACT FACTORS, and the student wrote the article himself and appears either first (or second – in the event of 2 instructors) or last, he shall be exempt from handing in a written thesis. In this case it should be noted in the article that “the research was performed in partial fulfillment of the requirements of the Faculty of Dental Medicine - Jerusalem for the Degree Doctor of Medical Dentistry " Students that present a poster of their research, will receive a bonus of 10 points on their final grade. Exceptions • Any request for exception shall be submitted in writing the Chairman of the Committee • In exceptional cases it is possible to assign more than one student, in cases of more extensive research. In this case, it should be noted that the proposal shall 17 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

• • •

specify the role of each student in the execution of actual research and the writing of the thesis In exceptional cases is also possible to assign more than two instructors Surveys or clinical trials - will be approved only if epidemiological methods and other statistically reliable methods (Meta-analysis) are used. In exceptional cases, and with the Committee’s approval, it would be possible to approve the proposal from an” instructor carrying the rank of Lecturer and above” that belongs to one of the other universities in the country or the world. In addition, under exceptional circumstances the Thesis Committee will approve an instructor from outside the Faculty in collaboration with an instructor from within the faculty. The instructor from the faculty will be considered the chief instructor.

Policies are written in the masculine, but the reference is to men and women alike.


1st CYCLE MODULES FOR THE DEGREE OF B. MED.SC

Module D1-69118 - ORGANIC CHEMISTRY FOR MEDICINE & DENTISTRY STUDENTS D1-69132 - GENERAL CHEMISTRY FOR MEDICINE & DENTISTRY STUDENTS D1-75100 - HUMAN BIOLOGY (CELLUL. DEVELOP. & GENETICS) D1-75110 - STRUCTURE & FUNCTION OF BIOMOLECULES D1-75126 - PRACTICAL IMAGING D1-77112 - ELECTRICITY, WAVES AND OPTICS - FOR MEDICINE & DENTISTRY STUDENTS D1-77188 - MECHANICS FOR MEDICINE & DENTISTRY STUDENTS D1-80126 - BASIC CALCULUS D1-97311 - INTRODUCTION TO ORAL AND DENTAL HEALTH D1-97313 - INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH IN DENTAL MEDICINE D1-97316 - STATISTICS D1-97317 - INTRODUCTION TO PSYCOLOGY D1-97615 - DENTAL MORPHOLOGY D1-97942 - INTRODUCTION TO MANUAL DEXTERITY IN DENTISTRY D1-97943 - IMMUNOLOGY Total credits


HU credits 6

ECTS

5

5

3

3

3

3

1 4

1 4

4

4

2 1

2 1

2

2

4 2 5 3

4 2 9 7

4 49

4 60

9

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY FOR MEDICINE & DENTISTRY STUDENTS Module Code: D1-69118 ECTS: 9 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Institute of Chemistry, Faculty of Mathematics and Sciences Academic year: 1st Semester: 10 last weeks of 1st semester + 4 first weeks of 2nd semester Contact hours per week: 4hr Lectures (14 weeks) + 2hr Tutorials (14 weeks) HU Credits: 6 Location of instruction: The Edmond J. Safra Campus, Canada hall, Chemistry 7 hall Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof Edit Y. Tshuva; [email protected] Teaching staff: Institute of Chemistry staff Office hours: Teacher: upon request General prerequisites: None Module Description: Introduction to: organic chemistry, compounds, reactions and mechanisms. Aims: To learn the fundamentals of organic chemistry Outcomes: On successful completion of this Module, students should be able to: • • • • • •

Analyze and apply stereochemistry, isomerism and conformational considerations. Describe and evaluate the structure and reactivity of: alkynes, alkenes, alkyl halides, alcohols, aromatic compounds, carbonyl compounds and carboxylic acid derivatives. Assess reaction mechanisms. Apply the concept of electrophil-nucleophil relationships in organic reactions. Apply addition, elimination and substitution (electrophilic and nucleophilic) reactions to various organic molecules. Demonstrate the practical skills required for organic synthesis.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & tutorials Module Content: •

Electronic structure and bonding of acids and bases (mandatory reading from the text book, overview). 20

PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

• • • • • • • • • • •

An introduction to organic compounds: nomenclature, properties, and their structure; alkanes, isomers, nomenclature of alkyl substituents, cycloalkanes, alkyl halides, ethers, alcohols, amines, and conformations. Alkenes: structure, nomenclature, reactivity; electrophilic addition to alkenes, carbocation stability, delocalization of electrons, Markovnikov's Rule, carbocation rearrangements, anti Markovnikov addition, radical addition. Stereochemistry: isomers, cis-trans, enantiomers, diastereomers, meso compounds, stereochemistry of electrophilic-addition reactions to alkenes. Alkynes: nomenclature, structure, properties, addition reactions of alkynes, acidity of a hydrogen bonded to a “sp” hybridized carbon. Delocalization and resonance: dienes, benzene, stability contributed by resonance, nomenclature, structure, isomers and reactions of dienes. Reactions of alkanes. Substitutions and eliminations: alkyl halides, alcohols, ethers, epoxides, Griniard reactions. Aromaticity: definition, stability of aromatic compounds, and reactions of aromatic compounds. Carbonyl compounds: definition, structure, properties, and reaction of carbonyl compounds. Oxidation-reduction- minor. Bioorganic compounds: carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, nucleic acids; an introduction.

Required reading\ literature: "Organic Chemistry" by Paula Y. Bruice; 4th or 5th Ed. Module evaluation: o Mid-term written test – 20% (protective only; if lower than end of year written examination than end of year written examination is 100%) o End of year written examination – 80% Additional information: None


GENERAL CHEMISTRY FOR MEDICINE & DENTISTRY STUDENTS Module Code: D1-69132 ECTS: 5 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Institute of Chemistry, Faculty of Mathematics and Sciences Academic year: 1st Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 4hr Lectures (14 weeks) + 1hr Tutorials (14 weeks) HU Credits: 5 Location of instruction: The Edmond J. Safra Campus, Canada hall Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Bino Avi; [email protected] Teaching staff: Institute of Chemistry staff Office hours: upon request General prerequisites: None Module Description: In the first part of this course we will study the basic concept of atom and sub-atom particles. We will analyze the various theories and experiments that have led to the modern view of the atom’s structure. We will learn how atoms combine and form molecules through the understanding of the nature of the chemical bond. The central part of this course deals with the chemical equilibrium. In this section we will analyze problems regarding the concept of equilibrium in chemical processes, solubility, acid-base equilibrium and stoichiometry. The third part of our course will be dedicated to more specific subjects such as redox processes, electrochemistry, thermochemistry and intra-molecular forces. Aims: To learn the fundamentals of chemistry Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • •

Apply concepts of electronic structure; bonding and chemical equilibrium in chemical processes Apply principles of acid/base and redox reactions in biological reactions. Demonstrate practical skills required for basic chemistry laboratory. Calculate concentrations, acidity of solutions (pH), and solubility of materials in aqueous solutions. Balance chemical equations in terms of mass. Balance oxidation-reduction in terms of electrons. 22


• • •

Predict directions of chemical reactions by analyzing thermo-chemical data. Predict three-dimensional structure of molecules by applying bonding theories. Attendance: 80%

Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Tutorials Module Content: •

• • • • • • • •

Molecules: classification of matter and processes, atomic structures, quantum numbers, atomic orbitals, electronic configurations, the periodic table, the nature of the chemical bond, Lewis structures, bond types, molecular geometry, hybridized orbitals, electronegativity, polarization, resonance and families of compounds. Chemical reactions: stoichiometry, writing and balancing chemical equations, limiting reactant and yield, solution concentration, electrolytes, acid-base reactions, precipitation reactions and titrations. Chemical equilibrium Acid/base reactions: definitions of acids and bases, strengths of acids and bases, acid-base equilibrium, pH, polyprotic acids, amphoteric molecules, common ion effect, buffers, neutralization reactions and titrations. Precipitation reactions: solubility products, complete precipitation. Redox: reduction-oxidation reactions, oxidation numbers, electrochemical series, redox titrations and balancing redox reactions. Thermochemistry: energy, enthalpy, heat of reaction and heat of formation. Electrochemistry: electrode potential and the Nernst equation. Intermolecular forces: state of matter and classification of intermolecular forces.

Required reading\ literature: “Chemistry” Zumdahl/Zumdahl, 4-8th Ed., Houghton Mifflin Co. Module evaluation: o End of course written examination – 100% Additional information: None


HUMAN BIOLOGY: CELLULAR, DEVELOPMENTAL AND GENETICS Module Code: D1-75100 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: The Institute for Medical Research, Faculty of Medicine Academic year: 1st Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 3hr lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Magid Auditorium Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof.Muli Ben-Sason; [email protected] Teaching staff: Institute for Medical Research Staff Office hours: Upon request by e-mail General prerequisites: None Module Description: Introductory course providing knowledge on three aspects of Human Biology: Biology of the cell, the basics of embryonic development, and human genetics. Aims: To present the current view on distinguishing the living cell from the inanimate. To provide the language of biology in order to become familiar with the scientific literature. To present the central processes in cell function, and organization of cells into tissues. To teach the central principles of developmental biology and genetics. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • • •

Recall basic terminology on cell biology, developmental biology and genetics. Describe the structure and functions of the cell membrane, cellular organelles and cytoskeleton. Outline the mechanisms involved in the transport of endogenous and foreign substances within, into and out of the cell. Outline the mechanisms involved in RNA transcription and protein synthesis. Outline the mechanisms involved in, and control cell division. Outline the basic mechanisms involved in the embryonic development. Analyze basic genetic problems and calculate probabilities.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: 24 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Unit A –Cell Biology • Introduction: cell structure and the organelles within the cells, multicellular and unicellular organisms, eukaryotes and prokaryotes, macromolecules, hydrophobic and hydrophilic substances, carbohydrates, fats, proteins, nuclear acids, minerals and vitamins. • The cell membrane: phospholipids, lipid bilayer, the fluidity of the lipid bilayer, cholesterol, membrane proteins, glycocalyx, membrane transport, carriers and channels, passive and active transport, electrochemical gradient and ion pumps. • Organelles: compartmentalization, organelles with and without membranes, location of organelles in the cell and their functions: mitochondria, endoplasmic reticulum, free ribosomes, polyribosomes, rough endoplasmic reticulum and the Golgi apparatus. • Cytoskeleton: structure, function in stabilization and motion; intermediate filaments, keratin; microtubules: structure, assembly and growth, influence of drugs, centriole, centrosome, microtubules and cell organization, motor proteins and intracellular transport, cilia, flagella, axoneme, function during mitosis; microfilaments: actin; structure, focal contacts. Myosin, association of actin with myosin, movement and modification of cell shape, lamelliopodia, pseudopodia and microvilli. • Cell nucleus: structure of the nucleus, nuclear envelope, transport of substances into the nucleus, nucleolus, chromosomes, origin of replication, DNA polymerase function, mutations, the genetic code, the gene, RNA, transcription, RNA polymerase, RNA processing; mitosis: prophase, metaphase, anaphase, telophase and cytokinesis. • Cell-cycle control: environmental factors that participate in cell-cycle control, phases of cell-cycle, checkpoints, cyclins, CDKs and MPF. • Proteins: the process of transferring genetic information, expression of genes, the transcription process, transcription control, types of RNA, splicing, translation, the genetic code, the structure of tRNA and the structure and function of the ribosome. • Endocytosis and exocytosis: the process of endocytosis, phagocytosis and pinocytosis, lysosomes, transport of substances to the lysosome, clathrincoated vesicles, the mechanism of secretion from cells, formation of secretory vesicles, sorting of proteins in the Golgi apparatus and SNAREs. • Cell-cell junctions: types of junctions and their functions. Tight junctions: structure, function and transcytosis; anchoring junctions: adherens junctions, desmosomes and hemidesmosomes; gap junctions. Cell surfaces: apical surface and basolateral surface and transcellular transport. Unit B – From Cell to Organism • Stem cells: definition, embryonic and adult stem cells, symmetric and asymmetric stem cell division, regulation by intrinsic and extrinsic factors. Differentiation of ES cell, direction of differentiation; adult hemaopoietic stem cell and intestinal stem cells. • Signal transduction: intracellular communication, signal molecules, ligands and receptors, nuclear receptors and membrane receptors, G-proteins, second messengers, kinase and phosphatase, SH2 and SH3 domains in the proteins and Ras.


•

Genes and cancer: benign and malignant cancers, metastasis, oncogenes, proto-oncogenes and loss of cell division control, Ras and cancer, chromosomal changes in cancerous cells; Tumor suppressor genes: retinoblastoma, p53, apoptosis, CML and the function of the Gleevec drug. • Developmental biology: basic questions concerning embryonic development, the universality of the development mechanism, research modules, different research approaches, propagation, cleavage, formation of the blastula, gastrulation, formation of the three-layered embryo and somite development, development of the nervous system, cell fate and cell determination, embryonic induction, morphogenesis and apoptosis during development. Unit C – Genetics • Basic principles of genetics: Mendelian inheritance, pedigrees, genes and alleles, autosomal and X-linked inheritance, genotype and phenotype (recessive, dominant and co-dominant) and partial penetrance. Required reading\ literature: Alberts et al, Essential Cell Biology, 3rd edition 2010 Module evaluation: o End of Course Written Examination -100% Additional information: None


STRUCTURE & FUNCTION OF BIOMOLECULES Module Code: D1-75110 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: The Institute for Medical Research, Faculty of Medicine Academic year: 1st Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 4hr Lecturer (14 Weeks) + 3hr Workshop (4 Weeks in parallel to the lectures) HU credits: 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Magid auditorium Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Rotem Karni; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Rotem Karni, Prof. Hannah Rahamimoff, Prof. Ehud Razin Office hours: Sunday 12:00-16:00 General prerequisites: General/organic chemistry Module Description: The course teaches basic biochemical principles, the structure and function of the basic components of the living cell such as proteins, lipids, sugars, the organization of these components and their function. Aims: To familiarize the student with basic biochemistry and cell biology to medical and dental students. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • •

Describe the structure, chemistry and functional roles of biomolecules, including nucleic acids, lipids, carbohydrates and proteins. Explain the chemical properties of water and how they influence biomolecular and cellular function. Compare the catalytic mechanisms of different classes of enzymes and be capable of performing simple calculations relating to their activity and inhibition. Identify types of enzymatic inhibitors and their kinetic properties. Explain the physiological meaning of KM and outline how energy is harvested and used to drive cellular reactions. Explain oxygen transport in the body, and the biochemical properties of oxygen binding to hemoglobin and myoglobin.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & workshop 27 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Molecular logic of life. Introduction to biomolecules. Biochemical processes. Water. Non-covalent bonding. Ph, acids, bases and buffers. Amino acids. Protein; primary, secondary and tertiary structure. Alpha helix and beta sheets. Protein conformations. Enzyme catalysis. Enzyme kinetics. Irreversible, Competitive, uncompetitive and non-competitive inhibitors. Cooperativity and allosteric interactions. Oxygen carriers: hemoglobin, myoglobin and their properties. Lipids: structure and function. Cell membrane structure and organization. Fatty acid metabolism. Ketone bodies. Carbohydrates: structure and function. Nucleotides and nucleic acids: structure and function.

Required reading\ literature: Chapters 2-8, 10-11 of Lehninger, Principles of Biochemistry, Fifth edition Module evaluation: o End of Year Written Examination – 100% Additional information: None


PRACTICAL IMAGING Module Code: D1-75126 ECTS: 1 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Medical Biophysics and Nuclear Medicine, Hadassah hospital Academic year: 1st Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 1hr Lecture (14 weeks) HU Credits: 1 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Magid auditorium Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Gadi Goelman; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof. Gadi Goelman Office hours: none General prerequisites: None, but 5 points in high school physics is an advantage. Module Description: General introduction to medical imaging. The course includes an introduction to electromagnetic radiation, basic image processing, interaction of light and matter, Fourier transformation etc. . The course aims to familiarize the following clinical image modalities: radiography and computed tomography (CT), position emission tomography (PET), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and ultra sound. Aims: To understand the physical principles of clinical imaging. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • •

categorize images by their methodology, contrast and clinical use evaluate normal appearing anatomy by the image parameter compare risks/benefits of different image modalities predict which modality can be used for a specific case

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: • •

Introduction: Overall imaging concepts, modalities, imaging definition and procession, functional vs. anatomical, photon and the electromagnetic spectrum. X ray: discovery, generation, radiology imaging, interaction with matter, attenuation etc. . 29


• • • •

CT: principles, sonogram, filtering, back projection etc. . PET: physical principles, cyclotron, measurements and clinical use. MRI: principles, spins, magnetization, NMR, spin echo, gradients, TE and TR, image sequences etc. . US: principle, generation, various use, Doppler imaging etc. .

Required reading\ literature: There are no specific books reading required. Module evaluation: o End of year written examination – 100% Additional information: None


ELECTRICITY, WAVES AND OPTICS - FOR MEDICINE & DENTISTRY STUDENTS

Module Code: D1-77112 ECTS: 4 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Institute of Physics, Faculty of Mathematics and Sciences Academic year: 1st Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 3hr Lectures (14weeks) + 1hr Tutorials (14weeks) HU Credits: 4 Location of instruction: The Edmond J. Safra Campus, Feldman A Lecturer Coordinator and email: Adiel Loinger; [email protected] Teaching staff: Institute Of Physics Staff Office hours: Thursday 11:00-13:00 General prerequisites: Mechanics (D1-77188) Module Description: Introductory level physics course for medical students focusing on basic electricity and magnetism, electrical circuits and waves. Aims: To introduce students to some general physics topics and skills relevant to undergraduate medical students. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • •

Reconcile abstract physical concepts with a quantitative mathematical approach. Explain the fundamental principles of electric and magnetic fields, forces, energy and potential, and basic waves. Perform simple numerical calculations involving the topics outlined above. Connect the abstract concepts with day to day systems and with biological and medical systems. Asses the influence of electricity and magnetism on the operation of biological systems.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & tutorials Module Content: Electricity:


• • • • • • •

Electric charge. Coulomb's law. Electric field and potential. Capacitors. Currents and resistors. Ohm's and Kirchoff's laws. RC circuits.

Magnetism: • • • •

Magnetic fields. Lorentz force. Biot-Savart and Ampere laws. Induced E.M.F.

Waves and optics: • • • • •

Classification of waves. Mathematical description of waves. Doppler Effect. Diffraction and interference. Basics of optics and optical instruments.

Required reading\ literature: None Module evaluation: o Weekly tutorial exercises – 10%. o Midterm exam - 20% o Final exam - 70% Additional information: Weekly tutorial exercises have to be submitted.


MECHANICS FOR MEDICINE & DENTISTRY STUDENTS

Module Code: D1-77188 ECTS: 4 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Racah Institute of Physics, Faculty of Mathematics and Sciences Academic year: 1st Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 3hr Lectures (14 weeks) + 1hr Tutorials (14 weeks) HU Credits: 4 Location of instruction: The Edmond J. Safra Campus, Feldman B Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Reuven Perel; [email protected] Teaching staff: Racah Institute of Physics Staff Office hours: By individual appointment. General prerequisites: Mathematics at the level of Israeli “Bagrut”, 3 units or more. Module Description: This is an introductory course of mechanics. Main topics are: kinematics, dynamics, work and energy, momentum, hydrostatics, hydrodynamics, harmonic motion and statics of a rigid body. Aims: Understanding the basic concepts and laws of mechanics will allow the students a better understanding of the physical world in general and of physical phenomena in medicine in particular. Students will be allowed to participate in the following semester’s course dedicated to further topics of physics, such as electromagnetism. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • •

Explain the basic concepts and laws of mechanics and be able to apply them. Participate in continuation courses in physics, e.g. electricity and waves, based on the knowledge acquired in this course. Explain the physical meaning of medical concepts, such as pressure. Perform in the future medical tasks that require understanding of the physics of the clinical phenomena, diagnostics or therapy.

Attendance: No formal requirements for attendance. However, attendance is recommended. Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & tutorials Module Content: 33 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

• • • • • • • •

Introduction: Dimensions, units, scalars, vectors and algebra of vectors. Kinematics: Velocity and acceleration, motion along a straight line, motion in two/three dimensions, motion with constant acceleration, circular motion and relative motion. Dynamics: mass, force, Newton's laws, various forces, circular motion, harmonic oscillations and Newton's universal law of gravitation. Work & Energy: work, kinetic energy, conservative forces, potential energy, conservation of mechanical energy, general law of conversation of energy and power. Systems of particle: momentum, impulse, internal forces, center of mass, conservation of momentum and collisions (elastic and inelastic) in one and two dimensions. Fluids: pressure, density; hydrostatics: Pascal's principle, Archimedes' principle; hydrodynamics: continuity equation, Bernoulli's equation, viscosity and Poiseuille's law. Harmonic motion Statics of a rigid body: torque, equilibrium and the requirements for equilibrium.

Required reading\ literature: No required literature. Recommended books are, inter alia: 1. Haliday ,Resnick, Walker, “Fundamentals of physics”. 2. Paul A. Tipler, “Physics for Scientists and Engineers”. Module evaluation: o End of Year Written Examination – 90%, o Weekly tutorial exercises – 10%. Additional information: Weekly tutorial exercises have to be submitted.


BASIC CALCULUS Module Code: D1- 80126 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: The Einstein Institute of Mathematics, Faculty of Science Academic year: 1st Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 4hr Lectures (7 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: The Edmond J. Safra Campus, Kaplan Bldg., Chemistry 7 hall Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Yaakov Itin; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Yaakov Itin Office hours: Sunday 10.00-11.00 General prerequisites: Basic high school mathematics. Module Description: Definitions, theorems and techniques of basic differential and integral calculus. Aims: To provide the basic knowledge of techniques and applications, of differential and integral calculus. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • •

Demonstrate the knowledge of the system of real numbers. Analyze the domain and the range of real functions. Demonstrate the knowledge of the limit of functions at a final point and at infinity. Demonstrate basic techniques of differentiation and integration of real functions. Solve the extrema of function problems with applications to science.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: • • • • •

Real numbers system. Real function, its domain, range and graph. Transcendental functions. Limits at a point and at infinity. Basic technique of the limit calculation. Continuity of functions. Basic continuity theorems. 35


• • • •

Definition of the derivative as a limit; derivation of the derivatives formula’s for the basic functions; derivative of a product and quotient of functions; chain rule; geometrical meaning of derivative. Applications of derivatives. Antiderivatives and definite integrals, basic techniques of integration. Applications of definite integrals.

Required reading\ literature: 1. Glyn James: Modern Engineering Mathematics, Addison-Wesley. 2. Giordano, Weir and Finney: Thomas's Calculus 10e, Addision-Wesley 3. F.Ayres, E.Mendelson. Calculus. 1103 fully solved problems. Shaum’s Outline Series. McCrow_Hill IE Module evaluation: o End of course Written Examination – 100% Additional information: None


INTRODUCTION TO ORAL AND DENTAL HEALTH Module Code: D1-97311 ECTS: 1 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Department for Community Dentistry, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 1hr Lecture (14 weeks) HU Credits: 1 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, 8 Hall Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Avi Zini [email protected] Teaching staff: Department for Community Dentistry Staff Office hours: Mondays 12.00-14.00 General prerequisites: None Module Description: Lectures by different specialists from the Department of Community Dentistry. Aims: Preliminary, initial recognition of basic concepts in clinical and preventive dentistry. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • •

Recognize the wide spectrum of modern dentistry and potential interests in the field. Present the relevant anatomical sites. Summarize the risk factors for oral diseases. Recognize dental terminology.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: • • • • • • • •

Introduction to modern dentistry The masticatory system Dental morphology Dental caries and periodontal disease etiology and prevention Dental treatments Dentistry and medicine Geriatric dentistry Community dental programs 37


Required reading\ literature: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Dental and oral tissues. Third edition. Letty Moss – pages: 3-7 and 161-164. Atlas oral anatomy. Berkovitz – pages: 10-32. Dental anatomy and occlusion. B. Kraus. Periodontal and gingival health and disease. 2001, Martin Dunitz , 207-226. The oral-systemic disease connection. Michael L. Barnett. JADA, Vol. 137. Oct 2006. 5s-6s. http://jada.ada.org

Course evaluation: o Final written examination -100% Additional information: None


INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH IN DENTAL MEDICINE Module Code: D1-97313 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Aaron Palmon; [email protected] Teaching staff: Institute of Dental Sciences Staff Office hours: Sunday 9:00 – 10:00 General prerequisites: none Module Description: Oral science is a rapidly progressing research field. In this course the students will meet with the principle investigators of the Institute of Dental Sciences who will introduce them to the latest developments in oral medical research. Reading provides an important basis of any learning process and is especially crucial in biomedical sciences where progress is very rapid. The course will also provide the students with tools to search scientific literature resources and databases, evaluate scientific literature and offer techniques for processing and memorizing scientific data. Aims: To familiarize the 1st year students with the latest developments in Dental sciences and to provide them with tools to search scientific literature resources and to evaluate and assess scientific literature. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • •

Review the current strategies and techniques used in current dental research. Use the available resources of the Israeli National Library of Medicine. Search international electronic databases for scientific literature. Review the evolutional development of research and of scientific literature. Explain the research process (observation, question, hypothesis, objectives, methods, results and discussion) and its representation in a scientific report. Evaluate scientific reports according to the hierarchy of evidence and using impact factors and citation indexes.

Attendance : 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures 39 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Module Content: • • • • • •

What is scientific research? Electronic databases. Study design and its reported representation. The scientific report and its evaluation. Visit in the National Medical Library of Israel. Give examples of research projects focused on dental microbiology, immunology, physiology, tissue engineering and stem cells.

Required reading\ literature: None Module evaluation: o Written Examination – 100% Additional information: None


STATISTICS Module Code: D1- 97316 ECTS: 4 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Department for Community Dentistry, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures + 2hr Exercises HU Credits: 4 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Hall 8 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Avi Zini; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Avi Zini Office hours: Mondays 12.00-14.00 General prerequisites: None Module Description: Frontal lectures and a weekly relevant exercise with relevant examples from the literature. Aims: To provide an introduction to the theory and practical application of statistics in the dental sciences. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • •

Identify the key decisions when designing a research study. Describe the rationale and methods of selecting samples. Present and interpret data in graphical format. Calculate and interpret appropriate summary statistics to describe data. Critique the design, statistical methods and results presented in published medical research papers.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Exercises Module Content: • • • • •

The role of Statistics in Dentistry Designing Research Studies Data Collection and Processing Descriptive Statistics and Graphical Representations Basic Probability Concepts 41


• • • •

Sampling and Estimating Comparing Groups of Individuals Reading Medical Research Papers Linear transformation, normal distribution(Z), t-test, probability, combinatory, sensitivity, specificity, Pearson, Spearman, Regression, Gamma, Lambda, Kappa, Odds ratio, Chi-square and Kramer.

Required reading\ literature: None Module evaluation: o Final written examination – 80% o Exercises – 20% Additional information: None


INTRODUCTION TO PSYCOLOGY Module Code: D1- 97317 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Saligman Auditorium Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Shoshi Domachersky; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Shoshi Domachersky Office hours: None General prerequisites: None Module Description: In this introductory course we will review various aspects in psychology such as developmental psychology, theories in personality, stress and coping and psychopathology. Each domain will be dealt with by examining the different psychological approaches in regard to it. An emphasis will be given to the aspects that have to do specifically with dental medicine, such as the doctor-patient encounter and the psychological processes that happen during this encounter. Aims: To introduce the students to basic concepts in psychology, and its different approaches. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • •

Define commonly used terms in psychology Define the main characteristics of the leading approaches in psychology Compare the different approaches in psychology Outline the main symptoms of different psychopathologies Analyze basic behaviors and motives

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: • • •

Developmental psychology Emotion individual differences 43


• • • •

personality stress and coping psychopathology the doctor-patient encounter

Required reading\ literature: 1. Smith, Nolen-Hoeksema, Fredrickson & Loftus (2003). 2. Atkinson & Hilgard's Introduction to Psychology, (14th edition). Module evaluation: o End of year written examination - 100% Additional information: None


DENTAL MORPHOLOGY Module Code: D1- 97615 ECTS: 9 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lecture (14 weeks) + 3hr Workshop (14 weeks) HU Credits: 5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Pharmacy Hall B Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Uri Zilberman; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Uri Zilberman; Office hours: Wednesday 09:00- 14:00 General prerequisites: General Biology Module Description: The main subject of the course is to understand the functional anatomy of primary and permanent dentition and the oral tissues. The lectures will provide a comprehensive description of the morphology of primary and permanent dentitions, eruption and function and comparative anatomy of human and animal dentition. Human evolution will be described in relation to the changes of the dentition according to function. The work in the laboratory will focus on identification of isolated teeth, age assessment and the ability to carve anatomically correct teeth. Aims: The aims of the course are to give the students comprehensive knowledge on: • • • • • • •

The anatomy and morphology of primary and permanent teeth. Development and eruption of the human dentitions. The relations between form and function in the human dentitions Evolutionary changes in the human dentitions Differences between human and animal dentition in relation to function. Genetics and hereditary influences on tooth development The importance of dental morphology in basic and clinical dental research

Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • •

Identify primary and permanent teeth Determine the age of an individual based on teeth condition Demonstrate understanding of the relation between morphology and function in humans and in the animal kingdom Demonstrate understanding of evolutionary changes in human dentition 45


•

Identify the timing and cause of developmental insults in the dentitions

Attendance : 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction : Lectures & Workshop Module Content: Lectures: • • • • • • • • •

Introduction to human embryology Histodifferentiation and morphodifferentiation during tooth development Permanent tooth morphology Primary tooth morphology Eruption and function Radiographic morphology Comparative anatomy of human and animal dentition Human evolution and the changes in the masticatory apparatus Forensic dentistry

Laboratory work: • • • • • •

Teeth tracing Teeth carving (7 permanent teeth) Identification of isolated teeth (permanent and primary) Identification of teeth from models and age determination Identification of teeth on radiographs Computer exercises on teeth identification

Required reading\ literature: 1. Jordan, R.E. 1992. Dental Anatomy and Occlusion: Study of the Masticatory System. St. Lewis: Mosby-Yearbook, 2nd ed. 2. Woefel, J.B. 1990. Dental Anatomy: Its Relevance to Dentistry. Lea and Febiger Philadelphia, 4th ed. 3. Wuehrmann A.H. and Manson, H. 1973 Dental Radiology. CV Mosby Co. pp. 295-305. 4. Kraus, B.S. 1969. Dental Anatomy and Occlusion : a study of the masticatory system. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins. 5. Wheeler, R. C. 1984. Dental Anatomy, Physiology, and Occlusion. Philadelphia : Saunders, 6th ed. 6. Scott, J.H. 1982. Introduction to Dental Anatomy. Churchill Livingstone Dental Series. Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 9th ed. Module evaluation: o End of course written test including identification of isolated teeth, teeth on models and on radiographs - 60% o Practical examination- carving of a tooth - 40% Additional information: Can be found at the course site: http://www.md.huji.ac.il/courses/97615


INTRODUCTION TO MANUAL DEXTERITY IN DENTISTRY Module Code: D1- 97942 ECTS: 7 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Department of Prosthodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 3hr labs (14 weeks) HU Credits: 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Phantom Lab. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Eldad Irani; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Eldad Irani, Dr. Gilad Ben-Gal Office hours: Sunday 13:00- 15:00 General prerequisites: None Module Description: Training in cavity preparation, preliminary exposure to basic concepts in restorative dentistry, introduction to restorative materials and the use of basic dental appliances. Aims: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Develop basic manual dexterity skills required for restorative dentistry. Familiarize the student with the basic principles of cavity preparation. Familiarize the student with the dental clinical environment. Train the student in evaluating dental cavities.

Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • •

Prepare cavities in a composite plate based on specific guidelines. List the relevant parameters for cavity preparation. Evaluate, criticize and correctly grade cavity preparations.

Attendance : 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Labs Module Content: • • • • •

Introduction to restorative dentistry Principals of tooth preparation Restorative materials Principals of cavity evaluation Preparation of cavities in various geometric shapes


Required reading\ literature: Sturdevant’s Art and Science of Operative Dentistry 5th Editio, Fundamentals in Tooth Preparation– chapter 6. Module evaluation: o Written Test – 10% o Practical Examination – 90% o Continuous assessment of practical work Additional information: None


IMMUNOLOGY Module Code: D1- 97943 ECTS: 4 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: The Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 4hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 4 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Magid Auditorium Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Hovav Avi-Hai; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Hovav Avi-Hai Office hours: Tuesday 13:00-14:00 General prerequisites: Basic courses in Biochemistry and Cell Biology Module Description: The students will learn the structure of the immune system and the basic mechanism of the innate and adaptive immune responses. The students will be also introduced to the organization and rearrangements of immunoglobulins, T-cell receptors and the major histocompatability complex. We will also learn the development of host response against infections, immune escape by viral and bacterial pathogens, immunological memory, vaccinology, allergy and autoimmunity. Specific attention will be given to the oral mucosal immunity and the immunology of periodontal diseases. Aims: To provide a comprehensive understanding of basic immunology. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • • • •

Recognize the structure of the immune system. Deliniate the humoral and cell-mediated arms of the immune system. Describe origins, differentiation, maturation and function of immune cells. Distinguish between adaptive and innate immunity and discuss the molecular and genetic mechanisms involved in adaptive immunity. Compare immune responses and mechanisms in viral and bacterial infections. Delineate the mechanisms underlying detrimental immune responses in asthma, allergic reactions, autoimmunity and vaccinology. Recognize the abnormalities of the immune system that cause immunodeficiency. Delineate the immune mechanisms involved in periodontal diseases.


Attendance : 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • •

Introduction to the immune system Innate immunity Immunoglobulins T cell receptor Antigen presentation Lymphocyte development T cell mediated immunity The Humeral response Dynamics of Adaptive immunity Failures of host defense mechanisms Allergy and Autoimmunity Oral immunity

Required reading\ literature: Janeway's Immunobiology, 7th Edition Module evaluation: o End of course Written Examination – 100% (50 questions, 2 hrs) Additional information: None


1st CYCLE MODULES FOR THE DEGREE OF B. MED. SC

2nd year modules Module D2-75108 – HISTOLOGY A D2-75112 – BIOCHEMISTRY - GENE STRUCTURE & EXPRESSION D2-75122 – HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT D2-75202 – HISTOLOGY B D2-75205 – CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY D2-75211 – HUMAN NEUROANATOMY & NEUROBIOLOGY D2-75212 – HUMAN EMBRIOLOGY D2-75213 – HUMAN ANATOMY FOR DMD STUDENTS D2-75214 – BIOCHEMISTRY; BIOENERGETICS AND METABOLISM D2-75216 – METABOLIC AND PATHOLOGIC BIOCHEMISTRY D2-97312 – INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL DENTISTRY A D2-97315 – INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL DENTISTRY B Total credits


HU credits 4 3.5

ECTS

2 3.5 9.5 5

2 5 9.5 7

3 9.5 5

3 13 5

4

4

1 2 52

1 2 60

5 3.5

HISTOLOGY A Module Code: D2- 75108 ECTS: 5 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: The Institute for Medical Research, Faculty of Medicine Academic year: 2nd Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 3hr lectures (13 weeks) + 2hr workshop (13 weeks) HU Credits: 4 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Magid Auditorium Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Shulamit katzav-Shapira; [email protected] Teaching staff: Institute for Medical Research Staff Office hours: by e-mail General prerequisites: Cell Biology academic-level course (course D1-75100) Module Description: Introductory course to provide knowledge on the structure of tissues and basic systems in the human body, emphasizing the connection between the structure of tissues and organs and their functions. Aims: To achieve an understanding of basic histological techniques, the basic tissues and the body systems, and how tissues interact to form a complete unit, emphasizing the connection between structure and function of the organs Outcomes: On successful completion of this Module, students should be able to: • • • •

Recall basic terminology on tissues and microscopy. Identify histological features on microscopy slides of mammalian tissue and organs. Describe and illustrate the histology and the structure and specialized features of epithelium, connective tissue, muscles, nervous system, cardiovascular system, skin, blood, bone marrow and lymphatic tissue Explain the structure-function interrelationships in the studied systems.

Attendance: 100% of workshops Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Workshop Module Content:


•

•

•

•

• • •

•

•

•

Epithelial tissues: structure and function of epithelial tissue, general characteristics, classification, polarity of cells and tissue, characteristic modifications of apical cell pole, cell junctions, basal pole and basement membrane, glands. Connective tissues: Characteristics of connective tissue, classification: loose and dense connective tissue, connective proper, specialized connective tissue, extracellular matrix, fibers (collagen, reticular and elastic fibers), ground substance. Cells in connective tissue (fibroblasts, macrophages, mast cells, leukocytes, pericytes), adipose tissue. Muscles: General structure of muscle tissue and classification: striated muscle (skeletal and cardiac muscle) and smooth muscle. Skeletal muscle: myofibers, myofibrils, myofilaments, sarcoplasmic reticulum, T-tubules. Mechanism of contraction, damage repair. Connective tissue investments: epimysium, perimysium, endomysium. Skeletal muscles: structure and function, intercalated disks. Smooth muscle: comparison between three types of muscles. Nervous system: structure of nervous tissue, neuron structure: cell body, axon, dendrites, synapses. Types of neurons: multipolar, pseudounipolar, bipolar. Glia cells: Schwann cells, satellite cells, ependyma, oligodendrocytes, astrocytes, microglia. Myelin, principles of nerve stimulus conduction. Central and peripheral nervous system. Voluntary and autonomic (sympathetic and parasympathetic) nervous system. Central nervous system: meninges, brain (cerebrum and cerebellum), spinal cord. Gray and white matter, sublayers. Brain chambers, choroid plexus, cerebrospinal fluid, blood-brain barrier, regeneration. Peripheral nervous system: connective tissue investments of nerves: epineurium, perineurium, endoneurium. Sensory, sympathetic and parasympathetic ganglia. Skin: Layers of skin, layers of epidermis, cells of epidermis: keratinocytes and their differentiation, melanocytes, Langerhans cells and Merkel cells. Layers of dermis, sensory receptors in skin, skin appendages: sweat glands, hair follicles and sebaceous glands. Cardiovascular system: General structure of the system and the relationship between the blood and the lymphatic system. General characteristics of arteries and veins, unique properties of each type of artery and vein. Classification of blood capillaries, passage of substances via capillary wall. Lymphatic vessels. Structure of the heart: endocardium, myocardium and pericardium. Pacemakers and conduction system. Blood and bone marrow: Blood: plasma, cells: erythrocytes and leukocytes (basophils, eosinophils, neutrophils, lymphocytes and monocytes), blood platelets. Bone marrow: structure, hematopoiesis: general principles, hematopoietic pluripotential stem cells, typical developmental processes of each cell lineage. Lymphatic system: Lymphocytes, diffused lymphatic system, lymphatic modules. Lymph nodes: structure and function, cortex, paracortex and medulla, subcapsular sinus, medullary cords, lymphatic sinuses. Spleen: structure and function, white and red pulp, periarterial lymphatic sheet, marginal zone, blood sinuses. Thymus: structure and function, cortex and medulla, blood-thymus barrier, Hassal’s corpuscles, T cell education. 53


Required reading\ literature: 1. HISTOLOGY, a Text and Atlas, by Ross H.M., Gordon I. K. and Pawlina W. 2. LWW, 5th edition (2006) or 6th edition (2010). .Module evaluation: o Practical Examinations (with computer) - 50% o End of Course Written Examination - 50% o Quizzes - up to 4 points bonus Additional information: Atlas and movies in the course website, Lab manual


BIOCHEMISTRY - GENE STRUCTURE & EXPRESSION Module Code: D2-75112 ECTS: 3.5 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: The Institute for Medical Research, Faculty of Medicine Academic year: 2nd Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 3.5 Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 3.5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Magid auditorium Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Itamar Simon; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Itamar Simon; Dr. Asaf Hellman; Dr. Ehud Cohen; Office hours: no office hours, the student can call the teacher at any time. General prerequisites: None Module Description: In the course the students will learn about the structure of the genetic material and about the flow of the genetic information from DNA into RNA and proteins in prokaryotes and in eukaryotes. In addition the students will learn the basic principles of the regulation of gene expression at multiple levels including transcription, translation, RNA and protein stability and epigenetic regulation. Finally, the course will present the basic tools available for studying molecular biology and genetic engineering which are widely used in modern research labs. Aims: To achieve an overview of the principles of human molecular genetics, including a good understanding of gene regulation in prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • • •

Describe DNA structure. Outline the processes and enzymes involved in DNA replication. Describe the flow of genetic information from DNA to proteins Present the major mechanisms of transcription regulation of prokaryotes. State the major mechanisms of transcription regulation of Eukaryotes. Analyze chromatin structure and its relation to transcription. Evaluate experimental results of the basic methods in molecular biology.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: 13 x 3hr(s) Lectures; 4 x 3hr(s) workshops. The lectures are given in a large class (>200 students) whereas the workshops are done in small groups of 20 students each. 55 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Course Content: DNA and RNA The Molecules of Heredity & Flow of Genetic Information: • DNA Structure: Structural characteristics of DNA, nucleotides, the double helix and its characteristics. • DNA Replication: Semi-conservative, bi-directionality, origin of replication, DNA polymerases, replication fork, helicases and gyrases, primers and primase, ligase, termination of replication. • Transcription: Types of RNA molecules, promoters, RNA polymerase, initiation of transcription, transcriptional elongation, termination of transcription. • The Genetic Code: codon table, tRNA structure, tRNA activation. • Translation: Structure of the ribosome and its subunits, rRNA, the initiation complex, elongation of protein synthesis, termination of translation. Gene Regulation: Prokaryotes • Sigma factors: function, mode of action, alternative sigma factors and transcriptional regulation. • Bacterial promoters: conservation, consensus. • Concept of positive/negative control. • Lac operon: repressor, inducer, cis versus trans, mutants and their molecular basis, catabolite repression, CRP mode of action. • Trp operon: repression. • Arabinose operon: autogenous control, regulation at a distance. • Secondary structure of RNA as a regulatory tool in gene expression: transcriptional termination, attenuation. • Stringent response: how bacteria adjust growth to nutrient availability. • Tet operon and its application in biotechnology Gene Regulation: Eukaryotes • cis-acting DNA elements: promoters and enhancers. • trans-acting transcriptional regulators: main features of transcription factors. • Functional protein domains: DNA-binding, activation, repression, dimerization. • The RNA Polymerase II initiation complex. • The basal transcriptional machinery of the cell. • Post-transcriptional regulation. • siRNA and microRNA. Gene Regulation: Epigenetics • Histones, the nucleosome, chromatin structure. • Covalent modifications of histones (the histone code): acetylation, phosphorylation, methylation and ubiquitination. • DNA methylation. • Chromatin remodeling complexes. Concepts underlying basic experimental methodologies in molecular biology: • Gel electrophoresis. • Southern, Northern and Western blotting. • S1 mapping. • Primer extension. 56 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

• • • • •

PCR and RT-PCR. Utilization of reporter genes. Gel retardation (EMSA). DNA footprinting. Transfection of DNA into cultured cells.

Required reading\ literature: No reading is required but the students are urged to read the relevant parts of a basic text book including Biochemistry – Stryer or Molecular Biology of the Cell, 4Th edition. Course evaluation: o Final written examination – 100% Additional information: None


HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Module Code: D2-75122 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Department of Medical Neurobiology, the Institute for Medical Research, Faculty of Medicine Academic year: 2nd Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Magid and/or Seligman Auditorium Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Asher Ornoy; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof. Asher Ornoy, Prof. Yoram Nevo Office hours: if needed: appointment in the Teratology laboratory General prerequisites: Basic knowledge in Anatomy, Physiology and human Embryology Module Description: A total of 28 hours of lectures will be given which will cover the main developmental milestones in infancy, childhood, adolescence and at old age. We will describe the fine and gross motor development, development of language and communication, behavioral changes as a factor of age especially at childhood, adolescence and at old age. Physical growth and the physiologic changes in advanced age will also be discussed. In addition we will describe the more common developmental and behavioral problem such as autism, attention Deficit hyperactivity disorder and muscle diseases. Aims: To understand the principles and main stages of human Growth and Development especially of the cognitive, motor, behavioral, language and communication throughout the life cycle, with special emphasis on childhood. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • •

Describe the major developmental milestones at early and late childhood Identify children with developmental delay Classify developmental services in Israel Show the importance of early prevention of developmental disorders Explain the physical and mental changes during puberty and ageing

Attendance: 80%


Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures and large group clinical case discussions Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Introduction to Growth and development; Growth patterns, Percentiles and factors affecting growth; Prematurity and consequences; Cognitive development; Language development; Motor development; Mental retardation – etiology and assessment; Child abuse and neglect; Development of vision and hearing; Physical and emotional changes at adolescence and puberty; Ageing: understanding the process - physiologic changes in the different organs; Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD), Autism, intrauterine CMV infection and Down syndrome: clinical case presentations and discussions.

Required reading\ literature: 1. There are 10-12 required clinical and scientific publications that are listed in the syllabus of the course each year. The final examination contains questions on these publications: 2. In 2011 the following list contained the required reading: Cornier E. Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder: a review and update. J of Ped. Nursing, 23:345-357, 2008. 3. Shapiro BK. Cerebral palsy: a reconceptualization of the spectrum. J of Pediatrics, 145:S3-S7, 2004. 4. De Magalhaes JP & Faragher RGA. Cell division and mammalian aging: integrative biology insights from genes that regulate longevity. BioEssays, 30:567-578, 2008. 5. Muscular Dystrophy A recently published review 6. Bloom ED et al. The developmental Neurobiology of autism spectrum disorder. J of Neuroscience. 26: 6897-6906, 2006. 7. Tabuchi A. Synaptic plasticity – regulated gene expression: a key event in the long lasting changes of neuronal function. Biol. Pharm.Bull. 31:327-335, 2008. 8. Pauly JR, Slotkin TA. Maternal tobacco smoking, nicotine replacement and neurobehavioral development. Acta Pediatrica 97:1331-1337, 2008. 9. Steinhausen HC, Blattmann B, Pfund F. Developmental outcome in children with lntrauterine exposure to substances, European Addiction Research, 13:94-100, 2007. 10. Ivanovic DM et al. Head size and intelligence, learning, nutritional status and brain development. Neuropsychologia, 42:1118-1131, 2004. 11. Bonnier C. Evaluation of early stimulation programs for enhancing brain development. Acta Pediatrica 97:853-858, 2008.


Module evaluation: o End of Year Written Examination – 100% Additional information: None


HISTOLOGY B Module Code: D2-75202 ECTS: 5 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: The Institute for Medical Research, Faculty of Medicine Academic year: 2nd Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 3hr lectures (11 weeks) + 2hr workshop (13 weeks) HU Credits: 3.5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Magid Auditorium Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Zvi Bar-Shavit; [email protected] Teaching staff: Institute for Medical Research Staff Office hours: by e-mail General prerequisites: Histology course of basic tissues and systems (course D275108) Module Description: Introductory course to provide knowledge on the structure of tissues and basic systems in the human body, emphasizing the connection between the structure of tissues and organs and their functions. Aims: To achieve an understanding of the normal and healthy structures of body systems and how tissues interact to form a complete unit, emphasizing the connection between structure and function of the organs Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • •

•

Recall basic terminology on tissues and microscopy. Identify histological features on microscopy slides of mammalian tissue and organs. Describe and illustrate the histology and the structure and specialized features of endocrine and exocrine glands, digestive system, respiratory system, urinary system, the eye, cartilage, bone, and the male and female reproductive organs. Explain the structure-function interrelationships in the studied systems.

Attendance: 100% of workshops Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Workshops Module Content:


•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Endocrine system: General principles of functions of the endocrine system, types of hormones, types of hormone receptors. Hypophysis: function, structure and division into anatomical and histological regions. Structure and functional connection between the nervous and epithelial parts of the glands, portal system. Thyroid gland: unique structure, existence of follicles, extracellular storage, function of gland hormones. Parathyroid gland: structure and cell types, function of PTH. Adrenal glands: typical structure of steroidsecreting cells, cortex and medulla, zoning of cortex, neural origin of adrenal medulla, the functional relationship between the cortex and medulla, function of adrenal hormones. Islets of Langerhans in pancreas: cell types, secreted hormones and their functions. Digestive tract: mouth and tongue, the general structure of digestive tract (mucosa, submucosa, muscularis externa and serosa or adventitia), adaptation of the structure of each organ of the digestive tract to its specific function: esophagus, stomach, small intestine (duodenum, jejunum, ileum), colon, appendix, rectum and anus. Innervation of digestive tract (Aurbach’s and Meissner’s plexus), lymphatic tissue in digestive tract. Digestive system glands: salivary glands (mucous and serous), structure of acini and ducts (intercollated, striated and excretory). Structure of salivon. Liver: structure and function, three definitions of liver lobule, classical liver lobule: central vein, blood sinuses, cords of hepatocytes, portal canal (portal vein, hepatic artery and bile duct), blood flow in the liver, structure of hepatocyte and its adaptation to its many functions. Creation of bile and its flow. Gallbladder: structure and function. Exocrine pancreas: structure and function, acini and ducts. Respiratory system: Structure of the system and division into conducting and respiratory regions. Function of each part, nose, pharynx, larynx, trachea (mucosal cells, hyaline cartilage), lungs. Changes in structure of tubes during their descent in the bronchial tree: bronchi, regular bronchioles, terminal bronchioles (Clara cells), respiratory bronchioles. Structure of alveoli and alveolar septum (pneumocytes type I and II, dust cells, surfactant), blood-air barrier and gas transport. Urinary system: Structure of kidney (cortex and medulla), division into lobes and lobules, structure of nephron and its location in the kidney, nephron tubules and their adaptation to their function, juxtaglomerular apparatus, control of blood pressure, excretory passages: ureters, urinary bladder and urethra. Cartilage and bone: Cartilage: cells (chondroprogenitor cells, chondroblasts and chondrocytes). Hyaline cartilage, elastic cartilage, fibrocartilage. Embryonal processes in cartilage formation and growth processes. Bone: bones of the skeleton, bone composition: extracellular matrix and cells (osteoprogenitor cells, osteoblasts, osteocytes, osteoclasts), osteons, blood vessel canals, processes of mineralization. Intramembranus ossification, development and growth of long bones, epiphyseal plate, modeling and remodeling. The eye: structure of eye, three layers of eye and structural changes between their anterior and posterior aspects, eye chambers (anterior chamber, posterior chamber and vitreous space), cornea, iris, retina, ciliary body and lens. Embryonic development of the eye. 62


•

•

Female reproductive system: structure of ovaries, development of follicles in the cortex of the ovary and the structure of the follicle in each developmental stage, hormonal control of follicle development. Ovulation and creation of corpus luteum, fertilization of oocyte. Atresia of follicles. Oviducts: general structure and division into four structural regions. Adaptation of each region to its function. Uterus: structure, menstrual cycle, structural changes in uterine wall throughout the cycle. Cervix, vagina, mammary gland: structure, structural changes in different life stages: before and between pregnancies, during pregnancy and during lactation. Male reproductive system: structure of testis, development of sperm cells in the seminiferous tubules, spermatogenic cells, Sertoli and Leydig cells, intratesticular tubules and extratesticular tubes (epididymus, vas deferens, penis), accessory glands: prostate gland, seminal vesicles, bulbouretral gland.

Required reading\ literature: 1. HISTOLOGY, a Text and Atlas, by Ross H.M., Gordon I. K. and Pawlina W. 2. LWW, 5th edition (2006) or 6th edition (2010). Module evaluation: o Practical Examinations (with microscope and computer) - 50% o End of Course) Written Examination - 50% o Quizzes - up to 4 points bonus Additional information: Atlas and movies in the course website, Lab manual.


CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY Module Code: D2-75205 ECTS: 9.5 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: The Institute for Medical Research, Faculty of Medicine Academic year: 2nd Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 7hr Lectures (14 weeks) + 2hr Tutorials (14 weeks) + 5hr labs (7 weeks) HU Credits: 9.5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Magid Auditorium, Morasha A Auditorium Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Baruch Minke; [email protected] Teaching staff: Institute for Medical Research Staff Office hours: Sun – Thu 8:00- 12:00 General prerequisites: None Module Description: In the first part the students learn physical chemistry aspects of transport processes across cell membranes, physiology of excitable tissues, nerve, muscle, contractility and synaptic transmission. In the second part they learn about sensory systems, both in the periphery and central nervous system (CNS), motor systems and neuronal integration at the cellular and CNS levels. Aims: To provide an overview of the cellular molecular and global neuronal processes underlying the functions of excitable tissues, leading to sensory motor and cognitive functions. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • •

Explain the how the electrical activity of neurons is produced in biophysical terms. Apply biophysical principles of to explain the function of neurons, muscles and sensory systems. Describe the mechanisms underlying neuronal function, synaptic transmission, motor and sensory function. 64


• •

Describe the signaling pathways which regulate activity of synapses, skeletal, cardiac and smooth muscles and sensory cells in health and some cases of disease. Select techniques suitable for the evaluation of cellular and molecular processes that account for the electrical activity of neurons muscles and sensory cells as well as their basic functions.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures, Tutorials & Labs Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Mechanisms of passive and active movement of ions across membranes. Donnan equilibrium, Nernst equation, Goldmann-Hodgkin-Katz equations, ion channel properties and regulation. Gating mechanism of voltage dependent channels. Hodgkin and Huxley model of channel gating. Physiology of axons, propagation of the action potential, molecular structure of ion channels. Physiology of skeletal and smooth muscles, mechanics, structure-function relationship, contractility, molecular mechanism of contraction, excitation contraction coupling. Cellular communication, synaptic transmission, pre and post synaptic processes, neurotransmitters, excitatory and inhibitory synapses. Physiology of the central nervous system: the somatosensory system, peripheral and central mechanisms, mechanisms of pain. The visual system, retina LGN visual cortex, receptive fields, functional architecture, orientation and binocular columns, color vision. Auditory system, acoustic transduction, outer middle and inner ear, neuronal pathways of the auditory system. Motor systems, spinal cord, myotatic reflex, servo systems, motor neuron pool, avoidance reflex, central pattern generators, mass reflex. Cerebellum, righting reflexes. The vestibular system, structure and function. Motor cortex, pyramidal tracts, somatotopic representation, speech center, eye movements. Injuries of the motor cortex. Basal ganglia. Autonomic nervous system. Hypothalamus, limbic system. EEG, sleep, consciousness. Higher brain functions.

Required reading\ literature: 1. From Neuron to Brain by J.G. Nicholls, R. Martin, B. G. Wallace & P. A. Fuchs 4th edition Sinauer Associates Inc. Publishers 2. Physiology of the heart Katz. A. M. 3rd edition: pp 123-180 189-203 4th edition: pp103-125 140-193 65 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Module evaluation: o Written Examination - 85% o Laboratory report -10% o Written short tests - 5% Additional information: None


HUMAN NEUROANATOMY & NEUROBIOLOGY Module Code: D2-75211 ECTS: 7 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: The Institute for Medical Research, Faculty of Medicine Academic year: 2nd Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 7hr Lectures (14 weeks) + 6hr labs (14 weeks) HU Credits: 5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Magid Auditorium Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Shlomo Rotshenker; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof. S. Rotshenker, Prof. A. Lev-Tov, Dr. I. Nussinivitch, and Dr. L. Anglister Office hours: None General prerequisites: None Module Description: The course is divided into two integrated sections; frontal lectures in Neurobiology and Neuroanatomy (total of 40 x 1-hour lectures) and a gross anatomy dissection of the Human Brain laboratory (total of 21 hours based on self-study aided by additional 13 x 1-hour frontal lectures). Topics covered in the first section (Neurobiology and Neuroanatomy) include an introduction to the cellular composition of the Nervous System (neurons, glia and synapses) and their organization into anatomical-functional circuits, spinal-cord and peripheral nerves, autonomic Nervous System, trophic interactions between neurons and glia cells and between neurons and target cells they innervate, the response of the Nervous System to trauma (e.g. degeneration, denervation, regeneration and re-innervation), general sensory systems (e.g. touch, pain and ascending pathways), visual system, auditory system, motor system (e.g. spinal cord, descending motor pathways, cerebellum, basal ganglia and the integration of motor control), limbic system and hypothalamus, functional organization of the cortex and higher brain functions (e.g. language). Aims: Provide students with the understanding how the Nervous System functions based on general developmental and neurobiological principles and understanding of the anatomical-functional organization of the Nervous System (i.e. correlation between structure and function). Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: •

Recognize the gross anatomy of the Nervous System


•

Explain how the Nervous System functions based on developmental and neurobiological principles • Explain the anatomical-functional organization of the Nervous System Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & labs Module Content: •

Introduction to the cellular composition of the Nervous System (neurons, glia and synapses) and their organization into anatomical-functional circuits • Spinal-cord and peripheral nerves • Autonomic Nervous System • Tropic interactions between neurons and glia cells and between neurons and target cells they innervate • The response of the Nervous System to trauma • General sensory systems • Visual system • Auditory system • Motor system • Limbic system and hypothalamus • Functional organization of the cortex and higher brain functions Required reading\ literature: None Module evaluation: o An examination (total of 100 marks) which is based on: o Written multiple choice section – 60% o Laboratory section where students are asked to identify brain structures - 40% Additional information: None


HUMAM EMBRIOLOGY Module Code: D2-75212 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: The Institute for Medical Research, Faculty of Medicine Academic year: 2nd Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 3hr Lectures (14weeks) HU Credits: 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Magid Auditorium, Morasha A Auditorium Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Chaya Kalcheim; [email protected] Teaching staff: Institute for Medical Research Staff- Dr A. klar, Prof. A. Ornoy, Prof. I. Ariel, Prof. S. Yagel Office hours: Determined upon students requests. General prerequisites: None Module Description: The Course deals with stages of human development from fertilization to birth. The dynamics of developmental processes is analyzed in coordination with anatomical data. In addition, for selected topics, it conveys basic molecular mechanisms whose knowledge stems from animal studies. Aims: To achieve an understanding of basic processes underlying human development. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • •

Use appropriate embryological terminology. Describe key processes of early development with an emphasis on their dynamic nature. • Identify primordial embryonic structures and their derivatives in the adult. • Recognize major developmental defects and their underlying embryologic causes. Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: • • • •

Introduction to development (the concept of developmental hierarchy), Fertilization, Bilaminar embryo, Trilaminar embryo (gastrulation), 69


• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Placenta (embryology and physiology), Intraembryonic mesoderm (development of somites, muscle, vertebrae, dermis), Lateral plate mesoderm, Intermediate mesoderm, Embryonic folding, Cardiovascular system (normal and malformations), Digestive system, Respiratory system, CNS, Neural crest and PNS, Enteric nervous system, Genitourinary system, Brachial arches and derivatives, Craniofacial complex, Ultrasound

Required reading\ literature: 1. The Developing human: Clinically oriented Embryology. Keith Moore 2. Human Embryology- Larsen 3. Material presented in lectures (several lectures deal with new material not yet integrated in textbooks). Module evaluation: o End of semester written examination – 100% (Multiple choice examination). Additional information: Pass standard: 65%.


HUMAN ANATOMY FOR DMD STUDENTS Module Code: D2-75213 ECTS: 13 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: The Institute for Medical Research, Faculty of Medicine Academic year: 2nd Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 4hr Lectures (14 weeks, 1st Semester) + 6hr labs (14 weeks, 1st Semester) 2hr Lectures (14 weeks, 2nd Semester) + 3hr labs (3 weeks, 2nd Semester) HU Credits: 9.5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Magid Auditorium Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Michael Tal; [email protected] Teaching staff: Institute for Medical Research Staff Office hours: Tuesday 11am-16pm General prerequisites: Medical Humanities Course Code-75114 Module Description: Study of the gross anatomy of the human, including regional dissections and radiographic and cross-sectional anatomy. Developmental and systemic anatomy, regional anatomy of the head, neck, thorax, abdomen, pelvis, and perineum. Aims: • •

To maintain the importance of understanding the structure of the living body at the forefront of clinical dental and medical therapeutic practice, thereby enhancing the quality and efficiency of patient care. To provide an introduction to anatomical terminology and to the structural biology of the major body systems.

Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • •

Integrate knowledge of gross anatomy with different clinical presentations. Demonstrate the relevance of anatomy to clinical application. Identify the anatomical structures on cadavers and in patients. Demonstrate practical skills of dissection. Relate anatomical structures to their function. Work in groups in Dissecting Room to develop communication skills.

Attendance: 80% 71 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Labs Module Content: Introduction: • Anatomic terminology: Orientation to the body • Skin and fascia • Joints: Movements and factors in stability • Muscle: Basic arrangements and types • Organization of peripheral nervous system: Somatic and autonomic (visceral Thorax: • Lungs and Pleura • Organization of broncho-pulmonary segments • Dual blood supply of the lungs • Dynamics of changes in thoracic volume • Diaphragm: Development, hiatuses, and innervations • Heart and Pericardium • Development of the four- chambered heart • Projections onto the chest wall of cardiac landmarks • Coronary artery circulation • Mediastinum and its subdivisions • Esophagus • Trachea and bronchi • Radiologic Anatomy Abdomen: • Anterior abdominal wall; • Projection of underlying viscera onto the abdominal wall • Muscles, aponeuroses, and superficial fascia • Inguinal canal in the male and female • Structural divisions and relationships of the gastrointestinal tract; • Stomach, Small and Large Intestine, Rectum; • Blood supply • Development of the gastrointestinal tract and kidney • Liver and gall bladder; Hepatic lobulation; Biliary duct system • Pancreas, its blood supply, divisions, relationships • Spleen and its blood supply • Peritoneum • Posterior abdominal wall • Abdominal aorta; Inferior vena cava; Lymphatic system • Kidneys; Blood supply; Renal lobulation; Ureters • Suprarenal glands • Preaortic plexuses, ganglia, and splanchnic nerves • Lumbar plexus Pelvis Perineum: • Bony pelvis • Development in Female and Male; vagina and rectum • Radiologic anatomy in the Male and Female 72 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

• • • • •

Pelvic diaphragm and pelvic walls; pouches Ovaries, uterine tubes, uterus, and vagina Urinary bladder; prostate, ureters and urethra Vascular supply and lymphatic drainage Sacral plexus and autonomic innervation

Perineum: • Urogenital diaphragm and perineal body • Male and Female external genitalia • Penis, scrotum and testes • Anus and anal canal • Blood supply and lymphatic drainage of perineum Back: • • • • •

Surface features, major muscle groups; posture Radiologic anatomy Anatomy of vertebrae and the functional unit of the vertebral column Spinal canal, spinal cord, and meninges Organization of spinal nerves: Roots, rami, ganglia

Neck: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Projection of deep structures in relation to surface landmarks; Radiologic anatomy Fascial planes Trachea Thyroid gland: Blood supply Parathyroid glands Larynx: innervation, muscles of vocalization Carotid and subclavian arteries and their branches Jugular veins, and superior vena cava Lymphatic nodes and ducts Lymphatic nodes and ducts Sympathetic ganglia of the neck Vagus, accessory, and hypoglossal nerves Cervical and brachial plexuses Cervical skeleton and associated muscles

Head: • • • • • • • • • • • •

Embryonic origins of the skull, face eye and ear Surface features; projection of deep structures in relation to surface landmarks Muscles of facial expression and their innervation Sensory innervation and blood supply Orbit: Bony elements, eye movements, eye Ear; External auditory canal and tympanic membrane Tympanic cavity, auditory tube Nasal cavity and paranasal sinuses: Blood supply, and innervation Pharynx, its course and muscular components: Blood supply and innervation Oral cavity Lymphatic drainage Jaw, muscles of mastication; temporomandibular joint 73


• • • • • • • •

Infratemporal; Pterygopalatine fossas Relationships of the brain with the skull, meninges Carotid and vertebral arterial supplies Venous sinuses and venous drainage Cerebrospinal fluid flow Intracranial, intraosseous and extracranial courses of the cranial nerves Parasympathetic ganglia Radiologic anatomy

Required reading\ literature: 1. Clinically Oriented Anatomy Moore & Dalley, 5th edit. 2. LWW. Grant's Dissector 15th edit. 3. Grant's atlas. Course evaluation: o End of the year practical examination on cadavers, bones, radiographic images and anatomical schemes - 40% o Written examination test - 60% Additional information: Mark pass 65%


BIOCHEMISTRY; BIOENERGETICS AND METABOLISM Module Code: D2-75214 ECTS: 5 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: The Institute for Medical Research, Faculty of Medicine Academic year: 2nd Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 4hr Lectures (14 Weeks) + 3hr Workshop (14 Weeks) HU Credits: 5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Magid Auditorium, Morasha A Auditorium Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Haya Loberboum-Galski; [email protected] Teaching staff: The faculty of Medicine, staff. General prerequisites: A general course in chemistry Module Description: General introduction to types of metabolic pathways and common strategies used in energy metabolism, bioenergetics. Overview of carbohydrate and lipid metabolism. Glycolysis, gluconeogenesis, glycogen metabolism, the pentose-phosphate pathway and the regulation of these pathways, discussing hormonal, covalent and allosteric control of enzymes. The citric acid cycle and its central role in metabolism. Oxidative phosphorylation, electron transfer and ATP synthesis. The urea cycle and degradation of amino acids. Lipid metabolism. The mobilization of fats. Fatty acid catabolism. Ketone body formation. Fatty acid biosynthesis. Regulation of fatty acid and lipid metabolism. Integration and overall control of metabolism. Aims: To provide students with the introduction to Biochemistry, mainly metabolic pathways and its regulation. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • •

• • •

Outline how energy is produced and used to drive cellular reactions. Describe and illustrate the metabolic pathways of: glycolysis, glycogen metabolism, the pentose-phosphate pathway, gluconeogenesis, the citric acid cycle, oxidative phosphorylation, the urea cycle, degradation of amino acids, the synthesis and degradation of fatty acids and the synthesis of ketone bodies. Describe the interrelationships between the various metabolic pathways and outline their overall regulation. Read and evaluate scientific papers. Analyze and answer biomedical problems. 75


Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Workshops Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

ATP as an energetic coin Glycolysis The citric cycle Oxidative phosphorylation Glycogen metabolism, The pentose-phosphate pathway, Gluconeogenesis The urea cycle Degradation of amino acids The synthesis and degradation of fatty acids The synthesis of ketone bodies The synthesis of cholesterol Hormonal regulation of lipids metabolism Integration of metabolism

Required reading/Literature: 1. Stryer L. Biochemistry (latest addition) or Leninger Biochemistry (latest addition). 2. Selected papers in the International literature (changing every year) Module evaluation: o End of Course Written Examination – 100% Additional information: None


METABOLIC AND PATHOLOGIC BIOCHEMISTRY Module Code: D2-75216 ECTS: 4 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Department of Human Metabolism and Nutrition. The Institute for Medical Research, Faculty of Medicine Academic year: 2nd Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 4hr Lectures (14 Weeks) HU Credits: 4 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Morasha A Auditorium Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Ram Weiss; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Ram Weiss, Prof. O. Meyuchas, Prof. J. Bar-Tana, Prof. S. Korman, Prof. M. Mayer Office hours: upon pre-arrangement via email General prerequisites: course no. D2-75214 Module Description: This course integrates the previously leant knowledge of general biochemistry into the understanding of general metabolic pathways in health and disease. The course focuses on energy metabolism and alterations of glucose metabolism as well as exercise. In addition, an introduction to the main hormonal pathways is provided. Aims: To provide students with an introduction and overview of metabolic pathways regulating basic energy metabolism. Outcomes: On successful completion of this course, students should be able to: • • • • • • •

Outline how energy is harvested and used to drive cellular reactions Describe and illustrate the metabolic pathways that govern the absorptive and post absorptive state. Outline the main metabolic circuits that govern hunger and satiety Depict the relation between lipid partitioning and metabolic parameters Describe the metabolic pathways involved in aerobic and anaerobic exercise Describe the patho-physiology of various forms of diabetes in the biochemical and physiological context Describe the interrelationships between the various metabolic pathways and outline their overall regulation 77


Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: • • • • • • • •

General introduction to energy metabolism, Body composition and metabolic pathways that take part and regulate energy metabolism. Overview of carbohydrate, protein and lipid metabolism during various conditions of caloric sufficiency. Hormonal, covalent and allosteric control of enzymes involved in bioenergetics. An introduction to hormonal signaling and feedback mechanisms regulating the main metabolic pathways. The impact of lipid partitioning on metabolism. The metabolism of physical activity and stress. Integration and overall control of metabolism.

Required reading\ literature: The course is based on the frontal presentations. Occasionally, teachers will provide additional reading material via the course website. Course evaluation: o End of year written examination – 100% Additional information: None


INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL DENTISTRY A Module Code: D2-97312 ECTS: 1 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Department of Oral Medicine, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 2nd Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 1hr Lectures (14 weeks) & the student has a choice of 2-6 hours exposure to various specialists' clinics HU Credits: 1 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Hall 3 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Czerninski Rakefet; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Czerninski Rakefet & Faculty clinical senior staff Office hours: None General prerequisites: None Module Description: The course introduces the various specialties of dentistry by senior specialists. Students are invited to visit specialists clinics and join the actual clinical activity Aims: • • •

To inform the students about the various specialty fields in dentistry. To introduce concepts of approaches to various groups of patients, various diseases, treatments materials and procedures. To familiarize the student with the dental clinical environment at specialists clinics.


Identify the role and aims of each of the specialty field of dentistry Identify common clinical dental and oral conditions Identify the main treatment approach , procedures, materials and tools used by each specialty

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: • • • •

Introduction to Prosthodontics and implantology, Pedodontics and baby clinic, Orthodontics, Oral Medicine, 79


• • • • •

Endodontics, Peridontics , Oral and maxillofacial Surgery, Head and neck rehabilitation. Dental treatment under sedation and general anesthesia. Lasers in the use of dentistry

Required reading\ literature: None Module evaluation: o Multiple choice written examination at the end of the course -100% Additional information: None


INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL DENTISRY – B Module Code: D2- 97315 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Department of Prosthodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 2nd Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures(14 weeks) + 2hr Workshops (14 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Feuerstein Osnat; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Feuerstein Osnat, Prof. Noah Stern, Dr. Chen Nadler, Ms. Edna Tsioni Office hours: Wednesday 10:00-12:00 General prerequisites: None Module Description: This course allows the dental student, while in his pre-clinical academic studies, to be experienced with the management and work at the dental clinical environment. The course comprises of introduction lectures, clinical workshops in the student dental clinic, and a closing meeting. While in the clinic, the students will be actively involved by assisting the fifth year students in their dental work. By the end of each clinic the students should prepare a written report composed of new input and questions regarding therapist-patient relationship, dental materials and procedures. Aims: The main objective of this course is to introduce to the second year dental students the dental clinical environment, the dental materials and the procedures used in dentistry. Additional objectives are to develop students’ empathetic communication with patients, and to practice productive team work under safe and healthy conditions. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • •

Recognize and name the basic features of the dental clinical environment, materials, and procedures. Establish proper dentist-patient relationships and assess ethical behavior. Develop team work practice. Generate meticulous behavior in the clinic regarding infection control, based on recall of the related guidelines. Develop productive comfortable work conditions of sitting posture and fourhanded dentistry. Create observation skills and generate questions during clinical practice. 81


Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Workshops Module Content: • • • • • •

Introduction to the dental clinical environment: dental unit, dental materials, and dental patient records. Dentist-patient relationships, dentist-assistant relationships, ethical behavior and attentive communication. Infection control in dental practice: procedures and guidelines. The dental assistant work: a healthy sitting working posture, four-handed dentistry, and illustrations of materials and tools manipulation by the assistant during dental procedures. Workshops of assisting in the dental student clinics. A concluding meeting presenting students’ input and questions regarding therapist-patient relationship, dental materials and procedures.

Required reading\ literature: none Module evaluation: o End of course written examination - 70% o Clinical reports - 30% Additional information: none


1st CYCLE MODULES FOR THE DEGREE OF B. MED. SC

3rd year modules Module D3-75206 – MEDICAL PHYSIOLOGY B D3-75305 –CLINICAL TERATOLOGY D3-75309 – MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY FOR DMD STUDENTS D3-96634 – GENERAL PATHOLOGY D3-97606 – ORAL PHYSIOLOGY D3-97607 – ORAL ECOLOGY D3-97608 – ORAL BIOLOGY D3-97609 – BONE D3-97630 – ORAL AND SYSTEMIC PATHOLOGY D3-97631 – PHARMACOLOGY D3-97632 – B.Med.SC SEMINAR D3-97718 – DENTAL MATERIALS D3-97729 – CARIES D3-97934 – ORAL BIOCHEMISTRY D3-97983 – TISSUE ENGEENERING OF THE CRANIOFACIAL COMPLEX D3-97983 – HUMAN GENETICS Total credits


HU credits 7.5 1

ECTS

5.5

5.5

3 2 4 4 3 5 7 2 4 3.5 2 4

3 2 4 4 3 5 7 2 4 2.5 2 3.5

4 61.5

4 60

7.5 1

MEDICAL PHYSIOLOGY B Module Code: D3-75206 ECTS: 7.5 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: The Institute for Medical Research, Faculty of Medicine Academic year: 3rd Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 7hr Lectures (14 weeks) + 2hr Tutorials (14 weeks) HU Credits: 7.5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Magid Auditorium, Morasha A Auditorium, Seligman Auditorium Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. David Lichtstein; [email protected] Teaching staff: The Institute for Medical Research Staff Office hours: By appointment General prerequisites: Medical Physiology A Module Description: The course teaches about the physiology of a number of systems in the healthy bodythe cardiovascular, respiratory, renal and digestive systems – not only as individual systems, but also emphasizing the integration between them. Aims: To give the medical students a sound basis of systems physiology in the healthy body, putting an emphasis on the integration between the various systems. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • •

Describe the basic functioning of the various systems taught in the course Integrate interactions between the various systems Assess whether basic clinical parameters measured in a patient (for example blood pressure and blood gases) are in the normal expected range • Calculate kidney function • Assess acid-base status Attendance: Optional for lectures, 100% for tutorials Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Tutorials Course Content: •

Cardiovascular physiology (30 hours lectures + 8 hours tutorial) Introduction, the heart as a pump, electrical and mechanical activity in the heart, the electrocardiogram, regulation of cardiac activity, physics of blood flow, properties and functions of the arterial system, microcirculation, properties and function of the venous system, regulation in the cardiovascular 84


system, both local and central, integration between the cardiovascular system and the kidney in control of blood pressure, blood flow to the heart. • Respiratory physiology (29 hours lectures + 4 hours tutorial) introduction, mechanics of respiration, ventilation, diffusion, pulmonary blood flow, gas transport to and from the tissues, ventilation-perfusion ratio, respiratory contribution to acid-base balance, pathophysiology, regulation of respiration, aerobic and anaerobic exercise, metabolism and thermoregulation. • Renal physiology (18 hours lectures + 4 hours tutorial) Structure and function of the kidney, renal blood flow, autoregulation in the kidney, filtration, measurements of renal function, reabsorption and secretion along the nephron, functions of the different segments of the nephron, sodium and potassium balance in the body, acid-base balance as regulated by the kidney including integration with the respiratory system, calcium balance. • Digestive physiology (10 hours lectures) Introduction, motility in the system, secretion and absorption along the digestive system. Required reading\ literature: Provided by each lecturer end changes from year to year. Module evaluation: o End of course multiple choice examination - 90% o Quizzes at the start of each tutorial - 10% o In addition it is required from each student to submit all the tutorial course work. Additional information: Recommended text book: Berne and Levy Physiolgy 6th edition


CLINICAL TERATOLOGY Module Code: D3-75305 ECTS: 1 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Dept of medical neurobiology, the Institute for Medical Research, Faculty of Medicine Academic year: 3rd Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 4hr per week (X4 weeks); total of 14 scheduled hours HU Credits: 1 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Medical school, Lecture Hall 5 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Asher Ornoy; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof. Asher Ornoy Office hours: If needed – Appointment in the Teratology Laboratory, School of Medicine General prerequisites: Anatomy, Embryology, Microbiology, Pathology Module Description: A total of 14 hours of lectures will be given on the teratogenic agents in man and their mechanism of action. Special emphasis will be given to teratogenic drugs, including drugs of abuse and chemicals, to the effects of ionizing irradiation, of hypoxia, of nutritional deficiencies and of maternal infections in pregnancy. We will also discuss the possible effects on some maternal diseases like diabetes, SLE and other autoimmune diseases as well as of paternal factors. Aims: To understand the basis of possible effects of the environment on the developing human embryo and fetus. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • •

Define the main human teratogenic drugs Define the teratogenicity of some maternal infections in pregnancy and how they can be diagnosed Define the pregnancy stages when embryos and fetuses are most susceptible to the action of teratogens Counsel pregnant women following exposure to non teratogenic agents and have some basic knowledge on the possible effects of teratogenic drugs. Refer complicated cases to teratogen information services (TIS) for counsel.

Attendance: 80% of the lectures


Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures and clinical case discussions Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • •

Introduction to Teratology Mechanism of teratogenesis The effects of ionizing irradiation Hypoxia, hyperthermia and industrial exposure Teratogenic effects of substances of abuse: of ethanol, heroin, cocaine, heavy smoking Effects of maternal infections in pregnancy: CMV, rubella, varicella - zoster toxoplasmosis and other rare infectious problems Effects of Maternal diabetes on the developing embryo and fetus Effects of SLE and other autoimmune diseases, effects of anemia in pregnancy Effects of antiepileptic drugs Effects of the most common teratogenic drugs Placental insufficiency and pregnancy outcome Paternal exposure to toxic agents

Required reading\ literature: 1. Several reviews in the field of clinical teratology that may change periodically 2. Power point presentations of the lectures Module evaluation: •

Final written examination – 100%

Additional information: Discussion of eight clinical cases from the Israeli Teratogen Information Service


MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY FOR DMD STUDENTS Module Code: D3-75309 ECTS: 5.5 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Institute for Medical Research Israel-Canada, Hebrew University-Hadassah Medical School, Faculty of Medicine Academic year: 3rd Semester: 1st+ part of 2nd Contact hours per week: 4hr lectures/independent study (14 weeks of 1st semester) + 6 hr lectures/independent study (6 weeks of 2nd semester) + 2 hr labs (3 weeks of the 2nd semester) HU Credits: 5.5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Botnar Auditorium (2010-11) Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Colin Block; [email protected] Teaching staff: Academic staff of the Dept of Clinical Microbiology & Infectious Diseases of the Hadassah-Hebrew University Medical Centre and staff of the Faculty of Medicine Office hours: No fixed receiving hours; continual contact by email and via course web-site General prerequisites: None Module Description: This course introduces the student to medically important microbes and the hostmicrobe interaction, with an emphasis on infectious diseases, their pathogenesis, diagnosis and epidemiological, public health and even ethical aspects. In addition, antimicrobial agents and their pharmacology are given in some detail. The course comprises regular lectures, laboratories and activities based on independent study: case-based teaching workshops, reading assignments, assignments in small group sessions. Emphasis is also placed on the informed use of electronic resources in the information era. Aims: The course aims to equip the students with basic knowledge in infectious diseases and antimicrobial therapy that will prepare them for their clinical studies. It also aims to provide them with skills in self-directed learning to enable them to deal independently with gaps in their knowledge as well as with new knowledge. Outcomes: On successful completion of this course, students will be able to: •

Classify microbial organisms and agents of infectious diseases, including bacteria, viruses, fungi, parasites and prions


•

List important organisms of medical significance, including normal residents of the human body. • Describe host-organism interactions, including innate and adaptive host responses and the mechanisms by which microorganisms produce disease. • Interpret clinical presentations of diseases learned, according to different pathogenic mechanisms • Describe the laboratory diagnostic approach to the diseases learned. • List classes and generic types of antimicrobial agents, their basic pharmacology, mechanisms of action, types and mechanisms of antimicrobial resistance and their spectrum of activity. • Integrate and interpret the role of different classes and species of pathogens in interpretation of diseases of anatomical systems of the body or particular modes of transmission (e.g. vector-borne infectious agents, systemic animalassociated infections etc). • Construct and validate a personal system for utilizing reliable electronic and other information resources in identifying, organizing and learning areas of knowledge in medical microbiology not taught, with a view to life-long learning as a clinician or researcher. Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures, labs, case workshops, reading assignments, assignments in small groups and lectures prepared and delivered by the small groups. Module Content: Introductory Section: • Overview of microbes and other parasites in disease • The bacteria: Bacterial structure, growth, genetics and genomics • Introduction to antibacterial drugs and their cellular targets • Normal Microbiota & introduction to host-parasite relationships • Innate and adaptive immunity in Infectious Diseases; the complex relationship between man and his residents; immunization • Bacterial pathogenesis • Approach to diagnosis of bacterial infections • The viruses: Classification, structure and replication • Viruses: Pathogenesis, epidemiology and transmission • Approach to diagnosis of viral infections • Introduction to fungi of medical importance • Introduction to parasitology – the protozoa and arthropods of medical importance • Introduction to parasitology – the helminths (worms) • Antibiotics: mechanisms of action and resistance • Antibacterial therapy: pharmacology and special aspects of resistance • Laboratories: 6 hours of “wet” laboratories outlining the classical process of diagnostic clinical microbiology • Other laboratory tests in diagnosis of infectious diseases • Disinfection and sterilization Systems Section: • Sexually transmitted infections (including HIV/AIDS) 89 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

• Skin and soft tissue, bone & joint infections bacterial & fungal • Staphylococci and streptococci • Viral diseases with skin manifestations; childhood viral infections • Herpes viruses • Respiratory tract infection • Respiratory viruses • GIT: hepatitis Reading assignments (basic knowledge to be read and prepared for 1h plenum discussion): Learning a new language – bacteria Learning a new language – antibiotics Learning a new language – viruses Learning a new language – fungi Learning a new language – parasites Case Workshops (3-4 cases with questions; guided and independent reading; 2h plenum discussion): Gastroenteritis Antibiotic resistance Sexually transmitted infections/HIV “Flesh-eating bacteria” Assignments (Guided & independent reading; submission of report; discussion in small groups): Vaccine refusal (based on an actual event involving refusal of pertussis vaccination) Taxonomy Games Diphtheria Infective endocarditis Required reading\ literature: 1. Goering R et al, Mims’ Medical Microbiology 4th edition (Mosby) 2. Levinson W, Review of Medical Microbiology and Immunology, 11th edition (on-line via library) 3. Brooks GF et al, Jawetz, Melnick, & Adelberg's Medical Microbiology, 25th edition (on-line via library) Module evaluation: o Written examinations comprise 79% of final mark: • Written tests, 2 in semester 1, 1 in semester 2 – 54.5% • End of year written examination – 45.5% o Laboratory report: 5% of final mark o Assignments: 16% of final mark (Written tests determine pass/fail) Additional information: None


GENERAL PATHOLOGY Module Code: D3-96634 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: The Department of Pathology, Hadassah Medical Center, Faculty of Medicine HU Academic year: 3rd Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 3-5hr Lectures/week; total of 40 scheduled hours HU Credits: 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Hall5 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Orit Pappo, [email protected] Teaching staff: Medical staff, Department of Pathology Office hours: Sunday-Thursday 8:00-15:00, by appointment General prerequisites: Successful completion of Year 2 histology, Module Description: This course is presented in a frontal lecture format with alternating two-hour long and one-hour long lectures, consisting of introductory lectures into the general pathology of cellular inury/adaptation, inflammation, neoplasia, and immune processes. A bibliography is provided for supplemental reading. Aims: Recognize physiological , biochemical and immunological abnormalities and correlate them with morphological changes in various organs and with the clinical findings Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • •

Recall pathological terminology. Associate cellular changes observed with the disease process Outline cellular responses and adaptations to injury. Describe the pathological processes observed in inflammation, repair, circulatory disorders, infectious diseases, autoimmune diseases, radiation injury Recognize certain genetic and metabolic diseases Explain the systems used to classify neoplasms

Attendance: 80%(optional for lectures) Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: 91 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Pathological processes including; • • • • • • • •

Cellular responses to injury, cellular adaptation, cell death Acute inflammation, chronic inflammation and repair. Neoplasia terminology and classification. Genetic and environmental causes of neoplasia. Mechanisms of disease underlying circulatory disorders: congestion, edema, hemorrhage, thrombosis, embolus, infarction Genetic diseases: single gene disorders, inherited metabolic diseases and structural disorders Diseases of the immune system: amyloidosis, hypersensitivity, autoimmune diseases: eg. SLE, Sjogren syndrome, Scleroderma Morphological changes in various infectious diseases Radiation injury

Required reading\ literature: Robbins and Cotran : Pathologic Basis of Disease (, Kumar, Abbas, Fausto, Aster) Saunders Elsevier Eighth Edition 2008 Module evaluation: o End of course written examination (MCQ Exam) – 100% Additional information: none


ORAL PHYSIOLOGY Module Code: D3-97606 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 3rd Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Hall 3 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Assaf Zemel; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Assaf Zemel Office hours: Mondays, at 13:00-14:00. General prerequisites: Cellular physiology (D2-75205), Human Neuroanatomy and Neurobiology (D2-75211). Module Description: The course covers the physiology of major systems in the oral cavity. This includes, sensory systems such as mechanoreception, noiciception, thermoreception, taste and smell, as well as major reflexes and motoric functions such as, mastication, salivation, deglutition, vocalization. Aims: To study the physiology of major systems in the oral cavity. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • •

Describe basic sensory mechanisms in the oral cavity. Describe fundamental functions of the orofacial musculature. Explain the mechanisms of these functions and the control by the nervous system. Explain how dental treatments, aging and pathological conditions may interfere with normal function of orofacial tissues. Recognize and assess the relevance of oral physiology processes to the practice of clinical dentistry.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: Sensory systems in the oral cavity:


• Mechanoreception • Noiciception • Thermoreception • Taste and smell Major reflexes in the oral cavity; • • • •

Mastication Salivation Deglutition Vocalization

Required reading\ literature: "Clinical Oral Physiology", Miles TS, Nauntofte B. and Svensson P. Editors, Quintessence Publishing, Copenhagen, 2005. Module evaluation: o Project work - 50%, o End of Year (course) Written Examination- 50%. Additional information: None


ORAL ECOLOGY Module Code: D3-97607 ECTS: 4 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 3rd Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 3hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, lecture hall 3, medical school Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Gilad Bachrach; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Gilad Bachrach Office hours: Tuesdays 08:00-10:00 General prerequisites: None Module Description: In the oral environment, a dynamic relationship exists between bacteria and the host during periods of health and disease. Dental diseases are hypothesized to result when an ecological shift occurs resulting in overgrowth of bacterial species associated with disease. The Oral Ecology course deals with environmental, microbial and host factors that affect the oral ecology and thus, oral health. The topics discussed include: Biofilm and the oral biofilm; Dental plaque development; The normal oral microflora; Bacterial species associated with oral disease; Relationship between oral microorganisms (mutualism, antagonism); Bacterial interactions (coaggregation, communication); Virulence factors; Introduction to dental diseases; Cultivable and uncultivable bacteria; The involvement of host response in dental diseases; Antibiotic alternatives; The course includes a six hour microbiology laboratory spanning three consecutive days. Aims: To provide an overview of the oral microbial ecosystem with emphasis on factors (environmental, microbial and host-related ) that lead to dental diseases. Outcomes: On successful completion of this course, students should be able to: • • • • •

Describe the endogenous and the disease-associated oral bacteria; Describe the molecular methods used for defining the microbial composition of the oral biofilm; Explain ecological transitions occurring during the shift from oral health to disease; Describe bacterial virulence mechanisms involved in dental disease; Portray the role of host immunity in oral health and disease;


•

Provide an up to date explanation for the association between periodontitis and systemic disorders.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Frontal lectures and 6 hours of laboratory workshop. Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Oral microbes and oral ecology Development of the endogenous oral microflora Endogenous contamination Oral Gram positives, negatives and spirochetes Microbes involved in periodontal disease Biofilm and oral biofilm Microbial communication (quorum sensing, nanotubes, metabolic and virulence associated) Programmed cell death and biofilm dispersion Microbial composition of the oral biofilm- non-cultivated oral bacteria Molecular methods for analyzing the oral biofilm Biofilm imaging Coaggregation and coadhesion in the oral biofilm Genetic background and periodontal disease Host immunity and periodontal disease Resolving the periodontal inflammation Periodontitis and systemic conditions Antibiotics and their alternatives

Required reading\ literature: Marsh, P.; Martin, M. V. Oral Microbiology; 5 ed.; CHURCHILL LIVINGSTONE Elsevier, 2009. Module evaluation: o Written examination - 100% Additional information: None


ORAL BIOLOGY Module Code: D3-97608 ECTS: 4 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 3rd Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 4hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 4 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Hall 4,8 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Aaron Palmon; [email protected]; Prof Dan Deutsch; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof. Aaron Palmon, Prof. Dan Deutsch Office hours: Sunday 9:00-10:00 General prerequisites: 3rd year student Module Description: A course describing oral cavity development, structure, mineral composition, trace elements in enamel, systemic fluoride, topical fluoride, dental fluorosis, tooth proteins biochemistry and molecular biology, and basic relevant dental clinical implications such as regeneration of the tooth supporting tissues using recombinant proteins, amelogenesis imperfecta, Aims: To present detailed embryological, structural, biochemical and molecular information on oral cavity hard and soft tissues. This information is the basis for understanding the mechanisms of many of the dental diseases such as carries, dental fluorosis, amelogenesis imperfecta, periodontitis, diagnosis and present and future possible treatments. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • Describe the components of teeth, attachment apparatus and oral soft tissues at anatomical and histological levels. • Outline growth mechanisms, role of bone remodeling and selected developmental abnormalities in the orofacial region. • Evaluate oral structure-function clinical implications. • Describe the changes in chemistry, biochemistry and molecular biology during the different stages of enamel development (from very early stages up to maturation when enamel is fully mineralized). • Describe the major proteins (and corresponding mRNA and genes) expressed by the developing ameloblast cells and their possible roles. 97 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

• • •

Describe trace elements in developing and mature enamel, and their association with dental carries and dental fluorosis (including mechanisms). Explain the genetic disease Amelogenesis Imperfecta, modes of inheritance, various phenotypes, causative genes and phenotype-genotype correlations. Explain the regeneration of tooth supporting tissues: cementum, periodontal ligament and alveolar bone, after induction of experimental periodontitis, using recombinant proteins, through recruitment of mesenchymal stem cells.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures and computerized histological slides laboratories Module Content: • Embryology of the Head, Face, and Oral Cavity; • Development of the Tooth and Its Supporting Tissues; • Enamel: Formation, changes in chemistry, biochemistry and molecular biology during the different stages of enamel development; • major extracellular enamel proteins and the corresponding mRNA and genes; • trace elements in developing and mature enamel, and their association with dental carries and dental fluorosis (including mechanisms); • Dentin-pulp Complex; • The Periodontium: Bone, Cementum, Periodontal ligament, Gingiva; • Physiologic Tooth Movement: Eruption and Shedding; • Oral Mucosa; • Repair and Regeneration of Oral Tissues; • Repair / regeneration of tooth supporting tissues: cementum, periodontal ligament and alveolar bone, after induction of experimental periodontitis, using recombinant proteins, through recruitment of mesenchymal stem cells; • The genetic disease Amelogenesis Imperfecta, modes of inheritance, various phenotypes, causative genes and phenotype-genotype correlations. Required reading\ literature: 1. A.R. Ten Cate. Oral Histology. 2. S.N. Bhaskar. Orban's Oral Histology and Embriology 3. B.K.B. Berkovitz. A Colour Atlas and Textbook of Oral Anatomy Histology and Embriology. 4. Current review publication supplied by course coordinator 5. Selected relevant manuscripts Module evaluation: o Written examination- 100% Additional information: None


BONE Module Code: D3- 97609 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 3rd Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 3 hr Lectures(14 weeks) HU Credits: 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Hall 3, 5 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Itai Bab; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof. Itai Bab; Dr. Mona Dvir-Ginzberg Office hours: Coordinated upon request General prerequisites: Anatomy; Histology; Biochemistry; Genetics Module Description: This course is presented in a frontal lecture format. The course introduces the student to skeletal functions and structure, describing processes related to bone development and remodeling. In addition, pathologic processes specific to bone and bone healing processes are given in some detail. Aims: To gain insight in the fundamentals of bone pathophysiology Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • •

Describe fundmental processes related to bone growth. Outline principles of bone metabolism. Described the mechanisms of bone formation, bone resorption and skeletal reaction and consequences to mechanical loading/unloading. • Outline regulatory processes related to bone cell differentiation and activity. • Described pathologic processes specific to bone. • Outline bone specific healing processes. • Explain structure-function relationships related to the skeleton. Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: • • • •

Introduction to the skeleton: skeletal functions, types of bone, bone cells Bone specific research methods Bone development Bone healing 99


• • • • • • • •

Bone remodeling Osteoblast Osteocyte Osteoclast Regulation of bone remodeling Skeletal infection and inflammation Metabolic and genetic bone diseases Bone tumors

Required reading\ literature: 1. Research and clinical article and reviews 2. Information retrieved from the web Module evaluation: o End of Course Written Examination (multiple choice) - 100% Additional information: None


ORAL AND SYSTEMIC PATHOLOGY Module Code: D3-97630 ECTS: 5 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 3rd Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 4hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Hall 4 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Gabriel Nussbaum; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Gabriel Nussbaum Office hours: Sundays, 12:00-14:00 General prerequisites: D3-96634, General Pathology Module Description: This course in Oral and Systemic Pathology deals with the etiology and clinical manifestations of a wide range of conditions of the oral cavity and systemic diseases. The pathologic and pathophysiologic basis of systemic and oral diseases, and their relationship to clinical decision-making in dentistry will be emphasized. Aims: The aim of the course is to enable students to define the major diseases of the oral mucosa and submucosa and major organ systems in terms of their etiology, clinical features, histopathology, epidemiology, treatment and prognosis. Furthermore, students should acquire the ability to generate a differential diagnosis based on clinical scenarios. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: : • • • • •

Define and describe the etiology, clinical features, and histopathology of major diseases of the oral mucosa, submucosa, and salivary glands. Recognize the clinical features and underlying organ pathology of major systemic illnesses. Differentiate between benign and malignant processes in the oral cavity based on histopathologic and clinical features. Develop a differential diagnosis of oral conditions based on presentation of clinical features and histopathological data. Decide on a treatment plan based on patient management principles for the conditions covered in the lectures.


Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: Oral pathology including: • Vesiculo-bullous lesions • Ulcerative lesions • White lesions • Pigmented lesions • Pre-neoplastic lesions • Neoplastic lesions • Verruco-papillary lesions • Connective tissue lesions • Inflammatory jaw lesions • Cysts of the jaws and neck • Salivary gland diseases • Salivary gland neoplasms • Odontogenic and non-odontogenic tumors • Metabolic and genetic diseases and abnormalities of the teeth Systemic pathology including: • • • • • • • •

Blood vessel and cardiovascular pathology Gastrointestinal pathology Hepatobiliary pathology Pancreas pathology Respiratory pathology Renal pathology Skin pathology Endocrine system pathology

Required reading\ literature: 1. Oral Pathology, Regezi, Sciubba, and Jordan, 5th Edition 2. Robbins Basic Pathology, 8th Edition Module evaluation: o End of year written examination - 100%. Additional information: None


PHARMACOLOGY Module Code: D3-97631 ECTS: 7 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Pharmacology, Drug Science Teaching Unit, School of Pharmacy Academic year: 3rd Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 6hr Lectures, including presentation of clinical cases (14 weeks) + 6hr computerized teaching (total hours) + 8 hours labs (total hours) HU Credits: 7 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Hall 5, 6, Computer farms and laboratory halls (Beinleumi) Module Coordinator and email: Dr. Rami Yaka; [email protected] Teaching staff: Pharmacology Staff Office hours: Sunday 10:00-12:00 General prerequisites: Courses in: Anatomy, Pathology, Physiology and Biochemistry Module Description: The course comprises regular lectures, clinical presentations, laboratories and computerized teaching. This course introduces the student to Principle of Pharmacology, including pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and drug metabolism. Drug therapy for various disorders are given in some detail, with an emphasis on neurologic and psychiatric disorders, cardiovascular diseases, Inflammation, asthma, gastrointestinal disorders, autoimmune dieses and cancer. Aims: To provide the students with a basic understanding of the major pharmacological principles and drug properties and the basic concepts of therapy of cardiovascular, cancer and neurological disorders. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • •

Explain how drugs produce effects at a living system at the molecular, cellular, system organism levels. Describe the general processes which drugs undergo in the body. Explain the interaction of drugs with receptors and signaling mechanisms. Relate the mechanism of drug action to management and therapy of specific diseases. Design and perform a pharmacological experiment. Approaching clinic with a basic pharmacological understanding.

Attendance: 90% - lectures, 100% - computerized teaching and laboratories 103 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Labs, Clinical presentations and computer simulators. Module Content: • • • • • • • •

Principle of Pharmacology (4 hours), Pharmacokinetics and dynamics (8 hours), Drug metabolism (4 hours), Autonomic nervous system (8 hours), Drug therapy for neurologic and psychiatric disorders (30 hours), Cardiovascular pharmacology (26 hours), Drug therapy of Inflammation asthma and gastrointestinal disorders (8 hours), Therapy of autoimmune dieses and anti-cancer drugs (8 hours).

Required reading\ literature: Goodman and Gilman, The pharmacological bases of therapeutics (last edition). Module evaluation: o End of Year Written Examination – 85% o Assessment of computerized exercises - 5% o Laboratory work and report – 10% Additional information: The Israeli student receives a lot of personal attention; they are divided in groups of 4-5 students each have its own teaching assistant.


B.Med.Sc SEMINAR Module Code: D3-97632 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 3rd Semester: 1st+ 2nd Contact hours per week: meetings on personal request HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Aaron Palmon; [email protected] Teaching staff: Researchers from Hebrew University Office hours: Sunday 9:00-10:00 General prerequisites: 3rd year student Module Description: A seminar course guided both by a course coordinator and individual expert on a student chosen medical subjected Aims: To carry out an independent research integrative project review of a particular aspect of Dental or General Health. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • •

Plan, execute and report on a research project Utilize problem solving skills, project management skills and presentation skills Write for publications and dissemination.

Attendance: None Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Directed Study (Project literature review followed by Independent supervised research report writing). Module Content: • •

Literature review, report writing and possible presentation of research. The thesis topic will be on a subject within the domain of Dental or General Heatlh, provided prior to the first month of year 3 and should be completed by the end second symester. • Supervision will be provided by a relevant member of HU academic staff or in some cases by local supervisor in the health service. Required reading\ literature: 105 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

up to 10 research articles agreed with the mentor Module evaluation: o Written report -100% (evaluation: 50% mentor, 50% lecturer coordinator) Additional information: General instructions of report and current topics are supplied during the first month of 3rd year by the coordinator during Oral Biology course.


DENTAL MATERIALS Module Code: D3- 97718 ECTS: 4 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Department of Prosthodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 3rd Semester: 1st and 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Feuerstein Osnat; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Feuerstein Osnat, Dr. Shai Levi, Dr. Eldad Irani, Prof. Rephael Philo Office hours: Wednesday 10:00-12:00 General prerequisites: None Module Description: The course is composed of frontal lectures, a laboratory demonstration, and student seminars. The frontal lectures comprise most of the course meetings, which focus on the following four primary topics: (1) Terminology and principles of materials science. (2) Structure and properties of the main dental materials, classified to families– polymers, ceramic materials, metals, and composite materials. (3) The connection between the theoretical knowledge and its application in the dental clinic. (4) Research methods and scientific literature in dental materials. The student seminars involve student presentations and assessment of published research studies in the domain of dental materials. Aims: The course involves the comprehension of fundamental terms and principles in materials science, with particular emphasis on the relationships between material structures and their properties. The student should recognize the different families of materials and their characteristics, be able to classify dental materials and to apply this theoretical knowledge in practice, in the dental clinic. The last aim is to develop of competence in reading and assessing research studies in the domain of dental materials. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • •

Define and describe fundamental terms and principles of material science. Relate between materials' structures and their properties. Classify dental materials into groups, while discriminating between the characteristics of the materials in the different groups. 107


•

Recognize the correspondence between principles and characteristics of dental materials and their appearance in the dental clinic. • Asses and compare between dental materials, of a wide variety, based on the knowledge of their composition and structure. • Formulate suitable selection of dental materials for specific cases, based on the theoretical knowledge. • Analyze and criticize published research materials in the domain of dental materials. • Conclude rational scientific decisions, explain and justify material choice for a specific dental treatment. Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Workshop Module Content: • • • •

• • • • • • • • • •

Dental materials course: objectives and program Introduction to materials science: the relationships between materials properties (electrical, mechanical, thermal, chemical, optical) to atomic, molecular, and crystalline structure. Amalgam: alloy composition, reaction, powder manufacture, mixing and properties. Polymers, acrylic and resin restorative materials: 1. Polymers: forms of polymerization reactions, polymer structure and properties 2. Acrylic: monomers, polymerization, heat and cold cured acrylic, glass transition temperature, softening, and cross-links. 3. Resin composite materials: composition structure and properties, a comparison to the acrylic polymer, setting and shrinkage, oxygen inhibition, the effects of fillers and resin chemistry on properties, classification, light and self cured materials. 4. Solid surface properties, adhesion and bonding. Dental adhesives. 5. Biocompatibility of resin composite materials 6. Base and liner materials Seminar: Sorting and evaluation of the manufacturer’s advertizing information of resin composite materials Ceramic materials: types of dental ceramics, structure and properties, sintering, metal-ceramic bonding, castable and machinable ceramics. Waxes and gypsum materials. Flexible impression materials: alginates, polysulphide, polyether, and silicones. Cements Metals: introduction to metals, structure and characteristics, biocompatibility of metals, considerations in choosing alloys for porcelain fused to metal prosthetics, groups of dental alloys. Clinical performance and scientific methods to evaluate dental materials Laboratory: lab methods in dental materials science Literature seminar: critical reading in the scientific literature of dental materials Conclusive seminar: students ask and answer “Why” questions regarding clinical manipulation of dental materials 108


Required reading\ literature: 1. Restorative Dental Materials / RG Craig 2. Philip’s Science of Dental Materials / Anusavice Module evaluation: o End of course written examination - 90% o Presentation (in seminars) – 10% Additional information: none


BIOLOGICAL AND CLINICAL ASPECTS OF DENTAL CARIES Module Code: D3-97729 ECTS: 2.5 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 3rd Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (14 weeks) + 3hr labs (7 weeks) HU Credits: 3.5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Hall 3 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Doron Steinberg; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof. Doron Steinberg Office hours: Sundays 12:00-14:00 General prerequisites: General microbiology Module Description: Oral lectures and student laboratory Aims: Study the etiology of caries Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • •

Categorize, and explain the etiological factors of caries disease Integrate all the factors associated with caries progression into a one process Perform risk assessment of caries Perform, evaluate and draw conclusion on experiments in oral microbiology and on salivary properties conducted at the student laboratory. Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Student Laboratories Module Content: Oral lectures • •

The four classic cycles composing the caries disease (microbiology, host, diet, time). The course will be focusing mainly on microbiology component. Dental biofilm (components, mechanism of formation, biological functions): acquired pellicle, bacterial adhesion and accumulation, biochemistry, quorum sensing, bacteriocins, gene expression.


•

Methods of caries diagnostics a prediction of caries (laboratory techniques and commercial kits) • Pharmaceutical means to prevent treat caries: tooth pastes, mouth washes, gels, chewing gums, sustained release devices. • Anticaries agents: antibacterial agents, anti quorum sensing agents, anti biofilm agents, • Clinical evaluation of caries Laboratory Each student will conduct: • Stephan curve • Measure fluoride content in water • Measure bacteria in dental units • Measure oral bacteria in mouth (commercial kits and laboratory techniques) • Measure salivary flow, salivary pH, salivary buffer capacity • Metabolic pathways of oral bacteria (acid production , polysaccharides) • Quorum sensing evaluation • CAMBRA: caries risk assesment • De/re mineralization evluations • Surface activity of dental medications • Biological effects of dental medications e.g. antibacterial effects. Required reading\ literature: 1. Cariology, Newbrun 2. Oral bacterial ecology, Kuramiysu and Ellen 3. Oral microbiology and immunology, Nisengard and Newman review articles Module evaluation: o Written examination - 80% o Laboratory work & report - 20% Additional information: Dr, B. Shahal and Dr. G. Mikolsky are giving each: 2 lectures and two students laboratories. Three Ph.D. students are in charge of the three groups of the students' laboratory


ORAL BIOCHEMISTRY Module Code: D3-97934 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 3rd year Semester: 2nd semester Contact hours per week: 3hr Lectures(12 weeks), 3hr labs at the end of the semester. (2 weeks) & 3hrs assignments related to laboratory experimentation HU Credits: 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Hall 8 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Mona Dvir-Ginzberg; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Mona Dvir-Ginzberg, Guest Lecturer Dr. Asher Hoos (4hrs) Office hours: Monday 10:00-12:00 General prerequisites: Biochemistry and Oral biology Module Description: This course provides a thorough understanding of the basic principles of biochemical processes related to oral health. The Course content will be divided into 5 units, including (1) epithelium biochemistry and biology; (2) connective tissue components and breakdown; (3) nutrition, hormones and metabolism; (4) biochemistry of saliva. The final unit (5) will consist of two sequential sessions involving laboratory experimentation and interpretation related to oral health. Aims: To provide a systematic understanding of oral biochemistry and related disorders. Outcomes: On successful completion of this course, students should be able to: •

Differ between the various structural and biochemical features of tissues in the oral mucosa

•

Relate various dental pathologies to inflammation, infection and cell death within the oral mucosa

•

Correlate between biochemical processes in ECM synthesis and breakdown to dental pathologies

•

Associate metabolic pathways of vitamin intake to hormonal groups and related pathologies

•

Recognize salivary components and their functional attributes in oral physiology


•

Communicate results from the literature to peers and engage in critical dialogue.

•

Interpret and Correlate laboratory findings to pathological and physiological processes related to dental medicine

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures, Labs & tutorials Module Content: Epithelium biochemistry and biology • Biology and biochemistry of the oral mucosa • Kertinization of the oral mucosa • Structure and function of keratin • Pathological conditions related to the oral mucosa • Therapeutic strategies in wound healing of the oral mucosa • Biochemical aspects of cell death. Connective tissue components and breakdown • Structure and function of extracellular matices (ECM) in dental sciences • Processes in ECM breakdown • ECM-related pathologies Nutrition, hormones and metabolism • Nutritional and Hormonal influences on periodontium • Hormonal signal transduction and their roles in metabolism • Techniques in hormone detection and therapy • Mineral and vitamin intake and their metabolism • Oral disease related to vitamin intake and hormonal imbalance Biochemistry of saliva • Composition and roles of salivary proteins and proteoglycans • Signal transduction related to salivary flow and production • Composition and function of crevecular fluid • Circadian rhythms of saliva • Proteomic approaches in protein identification and isolation from saliva Laboratory experimentation related to markers of periodontal disease Required reading\ literature 1. Biochemistry and Oral Biology, AS Cole and JE Eastone, 2nd edition. Publisher, WRIGHT. 1978 2. Topics in Dental Biochemistry. Levine, Martin, 1st Edition., 2011, Springer Module evaluation: o Final written examination - 70% o Laboratory report - 30% Additional information: None


TISSUE ENGEENERING OF THE CRANIOFACIAL COMPLEX Module Code: D3-97983 ECTS: 3.5 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 3rd Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 4hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 4 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Hall 3, Pharmacy A Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Dan Gazit; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof. Dan Gazit, Dr. Zulma Gazit, Dr. Gadi Pelled Office hours: Mon, Tue: 15:00-19:00 General prerequisites: Basic courses in histology, physiology and anatomy. Module Description: Trauma, cancer, infections and birth defects might result in sever tissue loss in the craniofacial complex. Tissue engineering is an emerging field in medicine, which deals with tissue regeneration using a combination of cells, genes, polymeric scaffolds and state-of-the-art molecular imaging technologies. The course includes lectures on adult and embryonic stem cells, noninvasive imaging technologies, gene therapy and gene delivery methods, biodegradable scaffolds, dynamic cell culture systems, genetically engineered stem cells and novel strategies for craniofacial tissue regeneration. Part of the course includes the presentation of new articles, at the forefront of the field of tissue engineering, presented by the students. Aims: •

Provide the students with up-to-date knowledge relevant to the fields of tissue engineering and regenerative medicine with a focus on the craniofacial complex. • Provide the students with tools to understand basic and clinical research in the field of craniofacial tissue engineering. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • •

Provide a detailed overview of current status of craniofacial tissue engineering. Comparatively discuss the use of different viral and non-viral gene delivery methods. Discuss current approaches to stem cell isolation and characterization. Describe and explain how different biomaterials are being used for specific tissue regeneration. 114


•

Define and review molecular imaging modalities used in regenerative medicine to date. • Outline and explain current advances in nanotechnology and its application in tissue engineering. • Discuss current advanced of tissue engineering being applied in the clinical arena. Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures and seminars given by the students. Module Content: • • • • • • • •

Craniofacial Clinical Regenerative Medicine & Novel Stem Cell Therapies Osteonecrosis of the Jaw Current Surgical Solutions for Craniofacial Tissue Repair Embryonic and Adult Stem Cells – Isolation and Characterization Clinical Trials in Regenerative Medicine Tempromandibular Joint and Dental Tissue Regeneration “Smart” Biomaterials for Craniofacial Tissue Regeneration Advanced Imaging Modalities for Monitoring Craniofacial Tissue Regeneration and Stem Cell Survival • Nanotechnologies in Regenerative Medicine & Craniofacial Tissue Engineering • DNA-Based Therapy for Tissue Regeneration • Student seminars Required reading\ literature: “Principles of Regenerative Medicine”, 2nd edition, Atala A, Lanza R, Thomson JA, and Nerem RM. Eds. Elsevier Inc. 2011. CHAPTER 10: Embryonic Stem Cells: Derivation and Properties. CHAPTER 13: Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells. CHAPTER 17: Mesenchymal Stem Cells. CHAPTER 21: Stem Cells Derived from Fat. Module evaluation: o End of Year Written Examination - 75% o Presentation – 25% Additional information: Written exam and presentatiosn are compulsatory elements


HUMAN GENETICS Module Code: D3-75304 ECTS: 4 Cycle: 1st cycle Responsible department: The Institute for Medical Research, Faculty of Medicine Academic year: 3rd Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 4hrs lectures + 3hrs exercises HU Credits: 4 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Medical School- Hadassah Ein Kerem Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Annick Raas-Rothschild; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr Annick Raas-Rothschild, Professor Vardiella Meiner and 4 four Ph.D students assistants for the exercises group teaching Office hours: None General prerequisites: courses such as cell biology and biochemistry, or specific knowledge on: • • • • • • • •

Mendel's first and second laws and how they relate to cytogenetics. Prediction of outcome of crosses including the use of the Punnett square. Determination of genotypes. Identification and understanding the stages of mitosis and meiosis. Understanding of basic structure and function of chromosomes and how they relate to medicine. The structure of DNA and RNA Genetic Code and how to translate a nucleic acid sequence into an amino acid sequence. Methylation and its function in chromosome inactivation and gene imprinting.

Module Description: This course introduces the student to human genetics and to the mechanisms of inheritance. In addition, the students will encounter a variety of genetic disorders and will learn to identify and debate the modes to treat them. Aims: To give the medical students knowledge of the principles of human genetics for their application to a wide variety of clinical problems. Outcomes: On successful completion of this cmodule, students should be able to: • •

Describe the mechanisms of inheritance Explain what are the role of genetic factors in diseases 116


•

Identify patients at risk for a genetic condition: take a family history and interpret a pedigree; • Detect the clinical indicators for cancer predisposition. • Use in an appropriate way genetic testing and screening. • Use the new technologies that can permit to elucidate the disease genetic etiology • Debate the new therapeutic possibilities for genetic diseases Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: 18 x 2hr(s) Lectures; 6 x 3hr(s) Practicals. Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

How can patients chromosomes be studied :Cytogenetics techniques Numerical and structural abnormalities; balanced and unbalanced abnormailties Numerical and structural abnormalities; balanced and unbalanced abnormailties Sex chromosome abnormalities Prenatal diagnosis Constitutional and mosaic abnormalities What can we learn from a family history ? How can a patient DNA be studied Interpretation of pedigree-Dominant inheritance penetrance- expressivity Recessive inheritance Screening and testing : when is screening useful ? X linked inheritance - X inactivation Non mendelian inheritance - imprinting How are genes for Mendelian disorders identified? Non mendelian inheritance - expansion disorders Non mendelian inheritance - mitochondrial disorders Multifactorial inheritance :Why are some conditions common and other rares? The Hardy Weinberg law Treatment of genetic diseases Is cancer genetic

Required reading\ literature: 1. Clinical genetics Andrew Read & Dian Donnai ( Scion publishing) 2. Thompson & Thompson Genetics in Medicine, Robert L. Nussbaum Roderick R. McInnes ;Huntington F. Willard Module evaluation: o Written Examination – 100% Additional information: The aim of the small group meeting is to assure that the students will understand the teaching material and use the material to solve problem based clinical genetics situation.


2ND CYCLE MODULES FOR THE DEGREE OF D.M.D

1st year modules (4th academic year)

Module D4-97321 – BASIC SKILLS/ FIXED PRECEIAL DENTURE D4-97322 – BASIC SKILLS / OCCLUSION D4-97708 – ORAL RADIOLOGY D4-97711 – ORAL SURGERY D4-97713 – WORKSHOP ON COPING WITH STRESS D4-97716 – CRANIOFACIAL DEVELOPMENT ORTHODONTICS D4-97731 – HEMATOLOGY D4-97733 – ORAL MEDICINE D4-97744 – EPIDEMIOLOGY AND PREVENTION OF ORAL DISEASES D4-97752 – PERIODONTICS D4-97753 – LOCAL ANASTHESIA D4-97755 – ENDODONTICS D4-97757 – INTRODUCTION FOR BASIC & CLINICAL RESEARCH D4-97822 – INFECTIOUS DISEASES - CONTROL & PREVENTION D4-97838 – PATIENT'S BEHAVIOUR D4-97841 – BASIC SKILLS/RESTORATIVE DENTISTRY D4-97850 – COMPUTER USES IN DENTAL MEDICINE D4-97318 – ORAL HEALTH PROMOTION FOR UNDERSERVED NEEDED POPULATION -A Total credits


HU credits 16 9 2.5 2 0 2.5

ECTS

4.5 4 1

3 3 1

6.5 4 4 1

4.5 3 3 1

1

1

2 17.5 1 4

2 12 1 2

82.5

60

11 6 2 2 2.5

BASIC SKILLS/ FIXED PARTIAL DENTURE Module Code: D4-97321 ECTS: 11 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Prosthodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 4th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (28 weeks) + 6hr Labs (28 weeks) HU Credits: 16 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Phantom Lab Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Ben-Gal Gilad; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Prosthodontics Staff Office hours: Sunday 13:00- 16:00 General prerequisites: none Module Description: Indications for FPD, Planning of FPD, Principles of tooth preparation, provisional restorations, materials for fabricating FPD's, Impression materials and techniques, lab and CAD/CAM manufacture of FPD's, Soldering, Finishing and cementation. Aims: To teach the complete process of FPD production, both in the clinic and in the lab, and to acquire students with the manual ability of preparing teeth and provisional restorations. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • Decide, explain and justify the treatment choice of a FPD. • Plan and design a FPD. • Decide which is the preferred material to be used for a FPD. • Prepare teeth for a single crown and for three unit bridges. • Prepare provisional restorations for single crowns and for three unit bridges • Describe and compare between various methods of fabricating FPD's Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: 50X1hr Lectures &130hr Labs. Module Content: • • • • •

Basic nomenclature and definitions Indications for fixed partial dentures Treatment planning for single tooth restorations Treatment planning for the replacement of missing teeth Principles of tooth preparations 119


• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Preparation of periodontally weakened teeth Provisional restorations Fluid control and soft tissue management Impressions Metal restorations Porcelain fused to metal restorations Zirconia and alumina restorations CAD/CAM Working cast and die Pontics and edentulous ridges Soldering Porcelain and ceramics Finishing and cementation Esthetic considerations Visit to dental laboratories and milling centers

Required reading\ literature: 1. Herbert T. Shillingburg, Fundamentals of fixed prosthodontics Third edition. Chapters 6,7,9,14,15,16,17,18,22,23,26. 2. R. W. Wassell et al. Crowns and other extra-coronal restorations: Try-in and cementation of crowns. British Dental J. 2002; 192: 17-28 3. R. W. Wassell et al. Crowns and other extra-coronal restorations: Impression materials and technique. British Dental J. 2002; 192: 679-690 4. R. W. Wassell et al. Crowns and other extra-coronal restorations: Provisional restorations. British Dental J. 2002; 192: 619-630 Module evaluation: o o o o

End of Year Written Examination- 25% Practical Examinations – 40% Weekly written quizzes – 15% Teacher’s assessment – 20%

Additional information: None


BASIC SKILLS / OCCLUSION Module Code: D4-97322 ECTS: 6 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Prosthodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 4th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (1st & 2nd semesters) + 2hr Labs (1st Semester) + 2hr Clinic (2nd Semester) HU Credits: 18 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecture Hall’ 4th Floor, Phantom Lab, 5th floor, Seligman Clinic, 1st floor Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr.Mordechai Lipovetsky-Adler; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Prosthodontics Staff Office hours: Thursdays 10:00-12:00 General prerequisites: Successful completion of courses in anatomy and dental morphology Module Description: The students will get acquainted with the theoretical aspects of the ideal occlusion. Aims: Good knowledge of the topic of ideal occlusion on the theoretical level, acquaintance with some clinical aspects of occlusion Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • Perform a complete occlusal examination and mounting on an articulator. • Analyze the different aspects of the ideal occlusion and various deviations. • Describe and classify different pathologies of occlusion. Attendance: Lectures: 80%, laboratories and clinics: 100% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures, Labs & clinics Module Content: • • • •

Teeth alignment, Static and dynamic tooth contacts, Form and function of muscles of mastication and the temporomandibular joint, Fixed and manageable factors in occlusion, 121


• • • •

Mandibular positions - definitions and controversies in the literature, The envelope of motion, Face bows - planes of reference and head position, Articulators and mounting sequence.

In the second semester clinical relevant topics will be presented theoretically: • • • •

Vertical dimension, Occlusal trauma, TMD, Malocclusions.

Laboratory • Students will perform the exercise of negative carving Clinic •

Students will take impressions, face bow registration, bite registration, complete mounting on an articulation and complete a full occlusal examination

Required reading\ literature: 1. The dentition: Its alignment and articulation and the arrangement of cusps. From: Kraus B., Jordan R.E. and Abrams L. Dental anatomy and occlusion. The Williams& Wilkins Co.1969/ pp 223-244. 2. The self protective features of the dentition. From: Kraus B., Jordan R.E. and Abrams L. Dental anatomy and occlusion. The Williams& Wilkins Co.1969/ pp 15-27. 3. The temporomandibular joint. From: Mohl, Zarb, Carlsson and Rough: Atextbook of Occlusion.Quintessence Books 1988. pp. 81-96. 4. Adjutable articulators: Parts and function by Ash and Ramfjord. From: An introduction to functional occlusion. W.B. Saunders Co. 1982. pp. 21-37. 5. A Textbook of Periodontal Therapy. Chapter 22 ( 4th ed. pp. 568-626, 6th ed. pp. 1065-1111. From: Periodontal therapy. Goldman and Cohen the C.V. Mosby Co. St. Luis. Module evaluation: o Theoretical grade (40% of final course grade): • Written Tests – 20%. • End of Year (course) Written Examination – 80% o Practical grade (60% of final course grade): • Presentation of the negative- carving exercise with an oral colloquium – 70% • Graded Clinical Performance – 30% Additional information: None


ORAL RADIOLOGY Module Code: D4-97708 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Oral Medicine, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 4th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (13 weeks) + 16hr Practical per student (8hrs*week the number of weeks depends on the number of students per year) HU Credits: 2.5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Saligman Auditorium and radiology unit Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Silvina Friedlander; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Silvina Friedlander, Dr. Chen Nadler, Mrs. Inna Risin Office hours: Wednesday 10:00-11:00 General prerequisites: Basic knowledge on physics (Electrical and radiation physics), Maxillofacial anatomy, tooth morphology, caries disease, periodontal disease, dental patient management software. Module Description: The course consists of basic topics on oral radiography and radiology including the nature of ionizing radiation, biological effects resulting from this radiation, radiation safety and protection hazards. Imaging principles and techniques, the x-ray film and its processing, quality control and infection control are the essentials. Intraoral and extraoral imaging techniques, digital imaging direct and indirect methods are presented in the theoretical part and exercised during the practical part. Advanced imaging (MRI, CT, tomography) basics and considerations on referrals are taught. The principles of basic interpretation of normal anatomy, caries, periodontal disease, periapical disease and dental anomalies in radiographs are presented. The guidelines for prescribing dental radiographs are depicted. Aims: The purpose of this course is to teach students the basics of oral radiography and radiology. Prepare the students to the rational use of dental radiography and its principal role as a diagnostic aid tool. This course is essential for the students to practice the radiographic methods available for the general dentist. Provide the basics of interpretation and quality assurance so the student will be able to effectively self criticize his own work. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to:


• • • • •

Produce intraoral radiographs (make the radiograph and process it) in various methods (film based, digital imaging; periapical radiographs in the bisectingangle technique, paralleling technique; bitewings. Identify radiographic artifacts and self criticize the quality of their performance, decide whether the radiograph is diagnostic or a retake should be made considering the radiation risks to the patient. Interpret the normal tooth anatomy and the supporting apparatus. Identify caries, periodontal disease, dental anomalies and periapical pathology. Assess the specific kind of radiograph needed for the diagnostic task ahead based on the recommended guidelines on prescribing radiographs and the essential rule of ALARA (As Low As Reasonable Achievable). Evaluate and interpret radiographs using computer software, dominate the different functions available for digital radiology.

Attendance: 80% - lectures; 100%- practical Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Practical Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Introduction to oral maxillofacial radiology and radiography (1hr) The physics of ionizing radiation (1hrs) Imaging principles and techniques (projection geometry, intraoral radiographic examinations) (2hrs) The x-ray film and its processing (image characteristics, quality assurance and infection control) (2hrs) Digital imaging (direct and indirect)(2hrs) Radiation biology (biologic effects of radiation) (2hrs) Radiation safety and projection (2hrs) Extraoral Radiographic examinations ( panoramic radiography, Cephalometric) (2hrs) Specialized radiographic techniques (CT, MRI, CBCT ,Sialography) (2hrs) Normal radiographic anatomy (2hrs) Dental caries (2hrs) Periodontal diseases (2hrs) Inflammatory lesions of the jaws (limited to the periapical area) (2hrs) Dental anomalies (2hrs)

Required reading\ literature: 1. White SC, Pharoah MJ. ; Oral Radiology: Principles and Interpretation. St. Louis; Mosby-Year Book, 6th edition; 2009. (International edition) 2. Whaites E.; Essentials of Dental Radiography and Radiology. Churchilllivingstone, 4th edition, 2007 Module evaluation: o End of Year (course) computerized Examination - 70% o Practical work - 30% (1/2 practical requirements; 1/2 Practical Examination) Practical requirements (during the practical exercises a group of 6 students per two weeks, each student must perform): • 1 film based bisecting-angle technique FMX (full mouth x-ray) 124 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

• 1 film based paralleling technique FMX • 1 digital FMX (1/2 bisecting-angle technique and 1/2 paralleling technique) Practical examination (only a student that completed all the practical requirements may attend). Additional information: practical examination will be held at the second semester, as well as practicals for some of the groups.


ORAL SURGERY Module Code: D4-97711 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 4th Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Saligman Auditorium Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Regev Eran; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Staff Office hours: None General prerequisites: None Module Description: The course covers basic oral surgery principles and procedures and link them to the pre-clinical basic science studies. In topics such as basic wound and fracture healing, hemostasis and spread of infections we show the bridge and connection from the basic knowledge acquired in the first years of dental school to the everyday practice of oral surgery. We also go over basic extractions and oral surgery procedures as well as the armamentarium. Aims: The aim of the course is to introduce the dental students to the theoretical background of basic oral surgery diagnosis and basic surgical procedures. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • • • •

Identify the appropriate armamentarium and techniques for simple extractions. Describe the indications for the removal of impacted teeth. Describe the different incisions, flaps, suture materials and suturing techniques Describe the process of normal and abnormal wound and bone healing. Recognize the signs, symptoms and spread of dental and oral infections. Indicate the principles of antibiotic treatment Classify the different techniques and materials for control of bleeding. Diagnose and describe the treatment for oral related pathologies i.e. salivary glands, maxillary sinuses, cysts and periapical lesions. Identify emergency situations and deliver Basic Life Support (CPR)


Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Principles of forceps and elevators. Incisions, flaps and sutures. Applied anatomy and principles of simple extractions. Impacted teeth – diagnosis and treatment. Wound healing Spread of dental and oral infection Principles of the use of antibiotics in oral surgery Osteomyelitis – diagnosis and treatment including HBO Osteochemonecrosis and osteoradionecrosis Oral surgery in pregnancy Control of bleeding in oral surgery Pathologies of the salivary glands – diagnosis and treatment Diagnosis and treatment of pathologies associated with the maxillary sinuses. Cleft lip and palate – introduction to diagnosis and treatment Endodontic surgery. Diagnosis and treatment of cysts of the jaws

Required reading\ literature: Contemporary Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. Peterson, L.J., Eliss, E. III, Hupp, J.R. and Tucker, M.R. 3rd Ed., 1998, Mosby. Module evaluation: o End of year written examination – 100% Additional information: None


WORKSHOP ON COPING WITH STRESS Module Code: D4-97713 ECTS: 0 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Prosthodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 4th Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Workshop (2 Weeks) HU Credits: 0 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Yael Babad; [email protected], Hannah Kedar; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Yael Babad, Hannah Kedar Office hours: On demand General prerequisites: None Module Description: This workshop is based on scenarios mentioned by students concerning their difficulties and anxieties encountered in their clinical work. Topics dealt with are time management, relationships with patients, relationships with instructors, and relaxation techniques. Aims: Counseling students regarding ways of coping with stress at the early stages of their clinical work. Outcomes: On successful completion of this workshop, students should be able to: •

apply techniques learned in this workshop to effectively cope with stress

Attendance: 100% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Workshop (Mainly role-playing and small-group discussions) Module Content: • • • •

Time management, Relationships with patients, Relationships with instructors Relaxation techniques.

Required reading\ literature: None 128 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Module evaluation: None Additional information: This workshop has stemmed out of a real concern for the well-being of dental students in their initial stages of clinical work. It is intended to facilitate their ability to cope with professional stress in this phase as well as in the future. It does not have goals involving acquisition of knowledge, comprehension, analysis and the like, and consequently does not require any reading or evaluation.


CRANIOFACIAL DEVELOPMENT - ORTHODONTICS Module Code: D4-97716 ECTS: 2.5 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Orthodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 4th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures and exercises (14 weeks, 1st semester), 1hr Lectures (14 weeks, 2nd semester) HU Credits: 2.5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Hall 5, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr.Yocheved Ben-Bassat; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Orthodontics Staff Office hours: None General prerequisites: None Module Description: The curriculum in the 4th year is comprised of frontal lectures and exercises, in small groups, aimed to demonstrate and practice subjects discussed in the frontal lectures. Main topics taught in this year: Craniofacial growth and development, development of occlusion, functional development, classification of malocclusion, etiology of malocclusion, theories and biology of tooth movement. Aims: Acquaintance and understanding of craniofacial and occlusal development, etiology of malocclusion, functional development and functional causes of malocclusion, biology of orthodontic forces and tissue response to orthodontic tooth movement, classification of malocclusions. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • •

Describe and explain theories of craniofacial growth and development and how they affect the dento-facial area. Distinguish between early signs of malocclusion and normal development. Classify malocclusions. Describe and explain theories of general and local factors of malocclusion. Describe and explain theories of the biology of orthodontic forces and tissue response to orthodontic tooth movement.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures and exercises. 130 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Module Content: • • • • • • • • • •

Growth and development of the craniofacial complex. Somatic growth - normal and abnormal. Development of occlusion. Classification of malocclusions. Local factors for malocclusions. Premature loss of primary teeth. Functional development. Functional causes of malocclusions. Habits. Tissue response to orthodontic tooth movement.

Required reading\ literature: Textbook of Orthodontics. SE Bishara. Chapter 19. Saunders, 2001. Chapters 3– 6, 8, 9. Module evaluation: o End of year written examination – 100% Additional information: None


HEMATOLOGY Module Code: D4-97731 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Hematology, Faculty of Medicine Academic year: 4th Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: Total of 10 days, 8 hours per day HU Credits: 4.5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Neta Goldschmidt; [email protected] Teaching staff: Physicians and researchers, Hematology department, HadassahHebrew University Medical Center. Office hours: During the days of the course, Sunday-Thursday, 8:00-16:00 General prerequisites: BA program for MD/DMD Module Description: The course concentrates on the following subjects: Anemia and other disorders of the red blood cells (RBC), Coagulation disorders (thrombophilia and bleeding disorders), Transfusion medicine, Hematological malignancies including lymphomas, leukemias, myeloma, myelodysplastic and myeloproliferative disorders, Bone marrow transplant, Additional subjects include neutrophils, infections in the neutropenic patient and dental treatment in the hematology patient. Aims: We aim to teach basic knowledge of the common as well as exceptional critical medical situations that the future doctor may diagnose or be involved in the treatment of. Understanding the science behind the medical event and the importance in the correct diagnosis and clinical approach is critical for the future doctor. Examples: diagnosis of acute leukemia on a dental exam (gingival hypertrophy), an approach to the bleeding patient. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • •

Describe RBC function, differentiate between the different anemias, be able to discuss the causes, clinical features, laboratory investigations and management of anemias. Describe haemostasis and the basic coagulation laboratory tests, be able to discuss approach and management of thrombophilia and bleeding disorders. Discuss aspects of the ABO and Rh blood group systems, describe pretransfusion testing and outline possible side effects to blood products transfusion. Define and classify acute leukemia, lymphoma, myeloma, myeloproliferative and myelodysplastic syndroms. Describe the common presenting symptoms of 132


• • •

the above malignancies, the therapeutic approach and the principal treatments (examples: chemotherapy for acute leukemia, supportive care for chronic lymphocytic leukemia, targeted therapy for chronic myeloid leukemia). Discuss indications and steps in bone marrow transplant procedures (conditioning and transplant), and outline common side effects to transplant. Recognize possible dental expressions of hematological malignancies and chemotherapy complications. Examine slides of blood smears and describe the normal as well as the pathological cells seen.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: The course is based on oral lectures (70%) and laboratory work (30%). In the lab we present clinical cases and show relevant blood test results and slides that help in the diagnosis of the clinical case. We suggest possible therapeutic approach to the case presented. Labs are given to small groups (1/8 of the class). Module Content: • • •

• • •

• • •

Hematopoiesis Normal RBC, introduction to anemia, microcytic/ normocytic/ macrocytic anemia, hemoglobinopathies, enzymopathies, thalassemia, approach to hemolytic anemia, autoimmune hemolysis, approach to anemia. Structure and function of the coagulation system, common tests to evaluate coagulation, disseminated intravascular coagulation syndrome, thrombocytopenia, inherited bleeding disorders, thrombophilia, the antiplatelets and anti-coagulation medicines The ABO and Rh system, preparation of blood products for transfusion, medical complications in transfusion medicine. Bone marrow transplant: Indications, procedures and complications. Acute leukemia – classification, diagnosis and treatment. Lymphoma – clinical and laboratory characteristics, therapeutic approach. The chronic lymphoproliferative diseases. Plasma cell dyscrasias. The myeloproliferative and myelodysplastic syndromes. Approach to erythrocytosis and thrombocytosis. Hematological morphology (red cells, white cells and platelets) – normal and pathological. Normal neutrophil, febrile neutropenia Dental exam and findings in various hematological conditions.

Required reading\ literature: Relevant chapters in a text book as Harrison’s principles of internal medicine. Module evaluation: o Written Tests 80% o Oral (slide) Examination 20% Additional information: None


ORAL MEDICINE Module Code: D4-97733 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Oral Medicine, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 4th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (28 weeks) & 2 hrs Clinical sessions (2 weeks) HU Credits: 4 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Pharmacy A, Pharmacy B Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Czerninski Rakefet; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Oral Medicine Staff Office hours: Tuesday 13-14 General prerequisites: Oral anatomy and physiology, Oral histology and pathology, Clinical pharmacology and Microbiology Module Description: Medical anamnesis. Clinical Head and neck examination. Normal anatomy of the oral cavity. Recognition, clinical examination, differential diagnosis, diagnosis and diagnostic tests and treatment of oral diseases or oral manifestations of systemic diseases: Reactive lesions and Tobacco related disorders. Infectious Diseases (Viral, Fungal and Microbial), Vesiculo-Ulcerative diseases and Aphtous ulcerations, Allergic reactions and contact stomatitis, Pigmented lesions ,Potentially malignant disorders and oral cancer. Salivary glands disorders. Aims: To enable the students to understand the pathologic and pathophysiologic basis of oral diseases and systemic diseases with oral manifestations and to apply this understanding of diseases by being able to examine, diagnose and treat this diseases Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • •

Outline medical anamnesis Conduct full head and neck clinical examination Explain the etiology and pathogenesis of oral diseases and systemic diseases with oral manifestations Analyze clinical and laboratory data in order to diagnose disease of the oral cavity and systemic diseases with oral manifestations Select treatment approach of oral diseases and systemic diseases with oral manifestations Identify research models of oral cancer and salivary glands diseases


Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Clinical sessions (without patients) Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Medical anamnesis Head and Neck physical examination Examination of the oral cavity Anatomic structure of the oral cavity Common pathological findings at the oral cavity (Fordyce granules, Leukoedema, Fissured tongue, Hairy tongue, Varicosities, Exostoses , Tor)i Reactive lesions –Mechanical injuries (Linea alba, Morsicatio buccarum ,Traumatic ulcer, Epulis fissuratum,) thermal and chemical injuries Tobbaco related disorders (Nicotine stomatitis, Smokers melanosis,leukoplakia) Viral infections (Herpes Simplex, Varicella, Herpes Zoster, Hand Foot and Mouth Disease, Herpangina,Cytomegalo Virus, Epstein –Barr virus,Human Papiloma virus) Fungal infections: Candidiasis (Including -Denture stomatitis, Angular cheilitis, Median rhomboid glossitis, Papillary hyperplasi), Deep fungal infection Microbacterial infections (Syphilis, Tuberculosis, Actinomycosis, Cat scratch disease) Vesiculo-Ulcerative diseases: Lichen planus, Lichenoid reaction Pemphigus Vulgaris, Mucous Membrane Pemphigoid Erythema multiforme Contact stomatitis Common oral lesions in children and adolesencent Salivary glands-Normal anatomy and physiology ,infectious and systemic diseases Radiation related disorders,management of xerostomia ,clinical and basic research , Recurrent aphthous ulcerations, Behcet's Syndrome Angioedema, Orofacial granulomatosis, Melkerson Rosenthal Syndrome Pigmented lesions: Physiologic, Benign, Neoplasms, Syndromes, Exogenous deposits, Drug induced pigmentation Potentially malignant disorders, Oral cancer clinical and basic sciences research Cases presentation-differential diagnosis and management

Required reading\ literature: 1. Regezi JA, Sciubba J, eds. Oral Pathology: clinical pathologic correlations. Philadelphia: WB Saunders 2. Neville BW, Damm DD, Allen CM, Bouquot JE. Oral and maxillofacial pathology. Philadelphia: WB Saunders 3. Additional updated references (papers) are presented at the lectures Module evaluation: o End of the year multiple choice examination (PowerPoint exam) - 88% 135 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

o Clinical Examination -12% Additional information: None


EPIDEMIOLOGY AND PREVENTION OF ORAL DISEASES Module Code: D4-97744 ECTS: 1 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department for Community Dentistry, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 4th Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (8 weeks) + 2hr workshop (2 weeks) HU Credits: 1 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Avraham Zini; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department for Community Dentistry Staff Office hours: Mondays 12.00-14.00 General prerequisites: None Module Description: Lectures and a hands-on workshop practicing the main dental and periodontal indices. Aims: To understand and be aware of the basic concepts in dental public health, epidemiology and prevention. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • •

Describe the main dental indices. Identify and understand the basic concepts in dental public health. Recommend and utilize the basic indices in dental public health surveys. Outline the psycho-social factors that may impact on oral health.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & workshops Module Content: • • • • • • •

Health Public health Community dentistry Preventive dentistry Epidemiology and prevention of: dental caries, periodontal disease and oral cancer Fluorides Sugars and sugar supplements in preventive dentistry 137


• •

Psycho-social determinants of oral health Workshop of dental indices (DMFT and CPI) implementation

Required reading\ literature: 1. Daly B,Watt R: Book - Essential dental public health. 2002; Chapters 1-6, 1216. 2. Sgan-Cohen HD, Kats J et al. Trends in caries and associated variables among young Israeli adults over five decades. Community Dent Oral Epidemiol 2000;28:234-240. 3. Burt BA. Fluoridation and social equity. J Public Health Dentistry. 2002;62:195-200. 4. Levy SM. An update on fluorides and fluorosis. J Can Dent Assoc. 2003;69:286-291. 5. The American Academy of Periodontology. Epidemiology of periodontal diseases. J Periodontol. 1996;67:935-945. 6. Goultschin J, Sgan-Cohen HD et al. Association of smoking and periodontal treatment needs as evaluated by CPITN. J Periodontol. 1990;61:364-367. 7. Ettinger RL. Demography and dental needs – an international perspective. Gerodontology. 1993;10:3-9. 8. Zini API, Sgan-Cohen HDC. (2007). The Impact of Oral Health among an Underprivileged Homebound Elderly Population in Jerusalem. In press. Journal of the American Geriatrics Society. 2008. 56;99-104. 9. Zini A, Czerninski R, Vered Y, Livny A, Sgan-Cohen HD. Trends of oral and pharyngeal cancer in Israel, by gender, age, ethnic group, and country of origin: 1970-2006. Community Dent Oral Epidemiol. 2009. 10. Zini A, Czerninski R, Sgan-Cohen HD. (2010). Oral Cancer Over Four Decades: Epidemiology, Trends, Histology, and Survival, by Anatomical Sites. Journal of Oral Pathology and Medicine. 39(4):299-305. Module evaluation: o Final written examination – 100% Additional information: None


PERIODONTICS Module Code: D4-97752 ECTS: 4.5 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Periodontology, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 4th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 1hr Lectures (28 weeks) + 2hr Clinical Practice (28 weeks) HU Credits: 6.5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4, Seligman auditorium, Seligman Clinic Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Moshe Goldstein; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Periodontology Staff Office hours: Daily 09:00 – 13:00 General prerequisites: None Module Description: Full academic year course. Weekly lecture. Clinical Hands-On training: First semester basic training ("phantom"); Second semester treatment of "real" patients. The students are given basic knowledge of anatomy, etiology and pathogenesis of Periodontal diseases as well as differential diagnosis and treatment protocols. In the clinical part they put in practice all the above Aims: To learn and understand the fundamentals of Periodontology. To be able to perform periodontal treatment for patients with Gingivitis and Mild Chronic Periodontitis. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • Perform complete periodontal examination. • Identify and diagnose periodontal diseases • Manage simple periodontal diseases • Provide adequate periodontal supportive therapy Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Clinical Practice Module Content: • • • • •

introduction anatomy instruments plaque and calculus periodontal examination 139


• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

periodontal evaluation - part 1 periodontal evaluation - part 2 mechanical plaque control chemical plaque control introduction to scqaling and root planing diagnosis - part 1 diagnosis - part 2 decisions making in periodontal therapy occlusion pathology and pathgenesis - histology pathology and pathgenesis - immunology pathology and pathgenesis -genetics microbiology - part 1 microbiology - part 2 local and systemic medication periodontal medicine - part 1 periodontal medicine - part 2 introduction to periodontal surgery supportive therapy case presentation case presentation conclusions and course evaluation

Required reading\ literature: 1. Clinical Periodontology and Implant Dentistry. Blackwell. Fifth Edition 2. Selected articles from international scientific journals Module evaluation: At the end of the year the student is given two grades: • Evaluation of the clinical activity • The grade of the written examination. In order to pass the course the students have to obtain a minimal 60% grade for each of the above. Clinical requirements: Each student has to provide complete periodontal treatment to a minimum of three patients. Failure to complete the clinical requirements leads to failure of the course. Additional information: End of Year Written Examination Profile: 1 x 2 hours. Option for Supplemental Examination at the end of the summer vacation.


LOCAL ANASTHESIA Module Code: D4-97753 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 4th Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 2 hr Lectures (14 weeks) + 2 hr Clinical Practice (14 weeks) HU Credits: 4 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4, Oral and Maxillofacial Clinic. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Hadas Lehman; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Staff Office hours: None General prerequisites: None Module Description: Local anesthesia in dentistry – Learning how to practice safe and effective local anesthesia in dentistry through avoiding the complications that may result from hazards or errors in technique. Aims: The student will understand the principles of local anesthesia administration in dentistry and will be able to perform local anesthesia in the oral cavity for restorative and surgical procedures or other treatment, as needed/required, including management of potential complications of local anesthesia. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • •

Assess the probability of the patient to safely undergo dental procedure under local anesthesia. State the pharmacology and the clinical properties of the local anesthetics and vasoconstrictors and conclude their suitability to the specific patient and/or procedure. Carry out basic local anesthesia techniques. Identify local and systemic complications of local anesthesia and analyze the correct way of coping.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Clinical Practice Module Content: 141 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

• • • • • •

Introduction Patient evaluation Pharmacology of local anesthetics and of vasoconstrictors The armamentarium Techniques of regional anesthesia in dentistry Local and systemic complications

Required reading\ literature: Handbook of Local Anesthesia, Stanley F. Malamed, 5th edition Module evaluation: o End of course Written Examination – 100% Additional information: All clinical practices are obligatory


ENDODONTICS

Module Code: D4-97755 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Endodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 4th Semester: 1st and 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (5 weeks of 1st semester) + 1hr Lecture (13 weeks of 2nd semester + 28hr Clinical practice HU Credits: 4 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Phantom laboratory. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Sharonit Sahar- Helft; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Endodontics Staff Office hours: Thursday 10:00-12:00 General prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of 3rd year. Module Description: The theoretical provide the students with in-depth knowledge regarding clinical and radiographic diagnosis, case management, access cavity preparation, introduction pulp histo-pathology, introduction Endo-Perio diseases. In Addition the students are introduced to up to date knowledge regarding root canal preparation techniques(x3) root canal filling materials and techniques, Endodontic Instrumentation: Rotary instruments and irrigation techniques. The clinical course provides the student with basic clinical training of primary treatment that are expected to be preformed by a undergraduate student. Students are trained in, difficulty assessment, endodontic treatment planning. Following thorough analysis of the data with an assigned instructor and case discussion the student is allowed to start the treatment. Endodontic treatment includes root canal preparation using state of the art rotary instruments and root canal filling using lateral compaction technique. Aims: To train the 4th year student to diagnose endodontic needs, and teach him to provide a basic endodontic treatment in cases that do not require special endodontic proficiency with special attention on organization. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • •

Apply proper endodontic terminology to pulpal and periapical diseases Identify the anatomy and explain physiology of the pulp and periapical tissues 143


• • •

Interpret radiographic patterns of endodontic disease Explain the concepts involved in endodontic success and failure. Explain how newer technologies integrate in the practice of endodontics

Attendance: Mandatory throughout the specified time dedicated to endodontic curriculum. Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures are provided by the department staff. The clinical teaching in the phantom clinic is provided by seniors and graduate students from the specialist program. The instructors-students ratio is 1:5. At least 4 senior endodontics is present during teaching session. Module Content: • •

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Epidemiology Dental anatomy: Recognise morphology, average length, number of the roots, roots curvatures of all teeth, recognize variation in root and pulp anatomy and errors that may cause difficulties or failures in root canal treatment. Access cavity: Preparation of the access cavity in straight-line access and removal of pulp horns, opening in the dental crown and removing caries or restorations during access preparation that permits cleaning, shaping, disinfection and tree-dimensional obturation of the root canal. Equipment and material in root canal treatment: Basic set of instrumentation, general physical properties of endodontic instrument, describe the design of the more common canal reparation instruments and their mode of used. Cleaning and shaping root canal system: Objectives for cleaning and shaping, techniques for shaping in round, oval, ribbon shaped canals. Techniques step-by-step of standardized and step –back preparation. Root canal obturation: Prupose of obturation and the reason why inadequate obturation may result in failure, what is an ideal obturation material, advantage and disadvantage of the obturation materials. Lateral condensation technique. Endodontic Radiography: Importance of radiographs in endodontic diagnosis and treatment, reasons for limiting number of exposures. Identify normal anatomic features in the maxilla and mandible on radiographs, varying horizontal and vertical con angulations on working radiographs, determine the third dimension on angled radiographs "SLOB" rule. Diagnosis and treatment planning: Define the differentiate between subjective symptoms and objective findings and identification of diseases of pulpal and periradicular. Purpose used clinical examination for extraoral and intraoral of soft and hard tissies, clinical pulp and periapical tests, identify the pain aspect most important in diagnosis. New Endodontic instrument Pro- taper: Describe physical properties their mode of used, explain the basis for size and taper,propewr used and prevent breakage within the canal, describe techniques used and sterilization. Pulp pathology: Portals of the entry of microorganisms to the pulp tissue, endodontic microbiology, reaction of the pulp tissue to the bacteria, understand infection control as applied to endodontic practice, rational of debridment of the root canal system. 144


•

•

Periradicular pathology: Portals of the entry of microorganisms to the periradicular tissue, predominant bacteria associated with endodontic infection. understand reaction of periradicular tissue to bacteria, rational of debridment of the root canal system. Sterilization: Advantage and disadvantage of thchniques used for sterilization. Select appropriate sterilization methods for each instrument type.

Required reading\ literature: Text book: Endodontics: Princiles and practice 4th edition Torabinejad &Walton. The following chapters are mandatory: 1. The Biology of Dental Pulp and Periradicular Tissues 2. Protecting the Pulp, Preserving the Apex 3. Endodontic Microbiology 4. Pulp and Periradicular Pathosis 5. Diagnoses and Treatment Planning 6. Periodontal and Endodontic Interrelationship 11.Endodontic Radiology 12. Endodontic Instruments 13. Internal Anatomy 14. Isolation, Access Preparation and Length Determination 15. Cleaning and Shaping 16. Preparation for Restoration and Temporarization 17. Obturation 18. Procedural Accidents Appendix: Pulpal Anatomy and Access Preparations Module evaluation: Theoretical grade – 30% o End course examination - 100% Clinical grade – 70% o clinical skills (During the semester careful examination after each root canal treatment and at the end of the year clinical solo case) - 70% o Behavioral and organizational assessment of the student by the accompanying instructors - 30% Additional information: Minimal requirements should be accomplished for a clinical grade. A higher than 65 grade is required for each of the above mentioned components and sub components . Minimal requirements: 6 treated teeth: 2 teeth with one root, 2 teeth with two roots, 2 teeth with three roots.


INTRODUCTION FOR BASIC & CLINICAL RESEARCH Module Code: D4-97757 ECTS: 1 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Oral medicine, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 4th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 1hr Lecture (28 weeks) HU Credits: 1 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4, Pharmacy A Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Doron J Aframian; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Doron Aframian, Prof. Harold Sgan-Cohen Office hours: Tuesdays 8:00-10:00AM upon pre-meeting e-mail schedule. General prerequisites: Descriptive statistics, B.Sc./B.Sc.Med. Degree. Module Description: The basics of epidemiology and good clinical practice (GCP). Introduction to basic, translational and clinical research design. Study design; Cohort, Case-control, Crosssectional, Randomized controlled trials (RCT). Best Practice and Regulatory Issues in Research. Introduction to statistics in epidemiology. Quality of Life. Epidemiological data sources. Concepts of Qualitative Research. Qualitative Research Designs; Interviews, focus groups, action research, observational studies. Case Studies. Ethical issues in research, internationally and in Israel. Introductory for the D.M.D. degree thesis's dissertation. Aims: • •

To develop a critical understanding of quantitative and qualitative research methods as applied to public health research To validate basic & clinical research approaches.


•

Relate the historical development of ethical principles Describe the principles of measurement of health and disease. Identify the different types of epidemiological (quantitative and qualitative) and interventional study design and describe the basic epidemiologic study designs that are used to test hypotheses, measure test performance and identify associations and establish causation. Discuss the interpretation of qualitative research and describe the complimentary nature of quantitative and qualitative research. 146


• •

Critically evaluate epidemiologic research using contemporary epidemiological instruments where appropriate. Design a methodological approach for data collection and analysis to answer a variety of health services research questions.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Introduction Presentation of objectives and requirements doctoral thesis (DMD) Types of human research Selecting the study population Epidemiological relationships Decoding research information and drawing conclusions Descriptive statistics Probability Statistical Inference Basic points of basic research Applied research Ethics Committee Goals and activities Ethics in research - Good clinical practice (GCP) Clinical trial approval process in implementation of basic research (laboratory) clinic Animal experiments Examples of basic research and clinical applications Research and use information sources

Required reading\ literature: Lectures handouts Module evaluation: o Written Examination – 100% Additional information: None


INFECTIOUS DISEASES - CONTROL & PREVENTION Module Code: D4-97822 ECTS: 1 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Oral Medicine, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 4th Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (7 Weeks) HU Credits: 1 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Chen Nadler; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Chen Nadler Office hours: Tuesday 11:00-12:00 General prerequisites: No Module Description: The course encounters students to infection control principles. It exhibits both airborn and blood-born pathogens in the dental office. It introduces the students to Standard precautions and PPE measures, according to the Israeli ministry of health and the CCD. It demonstrates the available cleaning, disinfection and sterilization principles, with emphasis on specific measures needed in the dental chair environment. It introduces students to post-exposure-protocol. Aims: To teach the theory and practical measures of infection control both for the benefit of the patient as well as the health care personnel Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: •

• • • •

Recognize the relevant pathogens in the dental office and their transmission routes and risks in order to justify their everyday practice and their future staff practice (who they would be in charge of). Demonstrate the practical skills of Standard Precautions and PPE for infection control needs. List the different methods of cleaning, disinfection and sterilization techniques available and integrated them all in practice. Recognize infection control needs unique to the dental chair (recapping needle technique etc…) Identify the need for post-exposure protocol and memorize it.

Attendance: 80%


Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures and software on HandCleaning Module Content: •

• • •

• •

Overview of infection control risks: The different relevant pathogens in the dental office and explains the overall measures of infection control, including routes and risks of transmission. Prevention: Introduction to Personal Protective Equipment, according to the Israeli ministry of health and the CDC infection control guidelines.. Hand cleaning software Prevention part II: Theoretical and practical principles of cleaning, disinfection and sterilization, with emphasis on available monitoring techniques. Dental office: Specific practical measures in the dental office, it focuses on the specific measures needed in the dental chair environment Post-exposure-protocol: risks of infections and practical measures.

Required reading\ literature: Ministry of Health guidelines for infection control and the CDC Guidelines for Infection Control in Dental Health-Care Settings — 2003 Module evaluation: o End of year written examination - 100% o Software on Hand cleaning: compulsory with no credit (0%) Additional information: As of next year, the course will have additional practical demonstration of infection control measures in the dental unit


PATIENT'S BEHAVIOUR Module Code: D4-97838 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 4th Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Seligman Auditorium Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Diana Ram; [email protected] Teaching staff: Irit Sorek, Orit Yosefi, Dr. Nir Uziel, Dr. Diana Ram Office hours: Sunday 10:30 11:30 General prerequisites: None Module Description: This 36 hour communication course teaches basic communication techniques and progresses on to specialized communication necessary to the competent practice of dentists. Interacting effectively requires the ability to provide therapeutic communication in a variety of situations and to a variety of people Aims: The course is designed to assist the dental student to become a better communicator in one-to-one settings and as staff member. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • •

• • • • • •

Provide caring communication within the therapeutic context of doctor/patient relationship caring relationships. Demonstrate interpersonal communication techniques which effectively initiate, maintain and terminate doctor/client relationships (phases of helping relationships) Utilize communication adaptations that are supportive to effective interaction with individuals Develop self awareness regarding the influence of personal values, beliefs and biases upon one's own interpersonal style, as well as Recognize the influence on others' communication styles. Recognize what is meant by "professional communication" Develop professional communication techniques and terminologies for effective collaboration and consultation. Identify tools for non-verbal (body language) communication.


Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Stress and behavioral disorders in dentistry Introduction, Communication levels Active listening Practice active listening (group A)/ Empathy, dubbing and asking questions (group B) Practice active listening (group B)/ Empathy, dubbing and asking questions (group A) Personal style in communication Feedback and dealing with resistance - Assertiveness Communication styles Practice Feedback and dealing with resistance – Assertiveness(group A)/ practice Communication styles (group B) Practice communication styles (group A)/ practice personal style in communication (group B) Assertiveness Assertiveness in dentistry for children Body language Pain as a comprehensive experience Behavioral disorders treatment approaches

Required reading\ literature: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

10. 11.

Barak C, Shushan S – At eye level (1999), kiryat bialik, AH limited 17-62, 121-132 (Hebrew) Molco S: Everything about body language. (1998) Keter, Jerusalem (Hebrew) Pays A, (1990) Meaning of body language. Israel, Or Am (Hebrew) Tzipori- Bekneshtein P: Effective interpersonal communication (1996), Israel, Or Am (Hebrew) Raam G: Meaning of the messages inside the body postures. 2nd Ed, Hod Hasharon, Nisan (1998) (Hebrew) Brownell J. (1986) Building Active Listening Skills Helgesen M. & S. Brown (1995) Active Listening: Introducing Skills for Understanding. Cambridge Publication Powell, J. (1985). Why am I afraid to tell you who I am? Chicago: Argus Communication. Roter,D., & McNeilis, K. S. (2003).The nature of the therapeutic relationship and the assessment of its discourse in routine medical visits. In: T.L. Thompson, A.M. Dorsey, K. Tamparo, C. & Lindh, W. (2000). Therapeutic communications for health professionals. (2nd ed.). Delmar. (Ch.1, Ch.2., Ch.10, Ch. 13, Ch.14.( Thompson.T.L., Dorsey, A.M., Miller, K.I., & Parrott, R. (2003). Handbook of health communication. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. 151


Module evaluation: o Final Examination, multiple choice – 100% Additional information: None


BASIC SKILLS - RESTORATIVE DENTISTRY Module Code: D4-97841 ECTS: 12 Cycle: 2nd degree Responsible department: Department of Prosthodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 4th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hrs lectures (21 weeks) + 5hrs practice (21 weeks) 1hr seminar + 4hrs patient clinic (The last 7 weeks of second semester) HU Credits: 17.5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Basic skills mannequin laboratory. Module Coordinator: Dr. Kopolovic Katarina D.M.D; [email protected] Office hours: Wednesday 8:00- 13:00 Lecturer(s): Staff of the Department of Prosthodontics. General prerequisites: BSc. degree in Medical sciences. Module Description: Principals of tooth preparations for amalgam and for direct anterior and for posterior esthetic restorations. Indications for use of different pulp protection materials, temporary restorations. Understanding the differences between plastic and rigid (cast) restorations. Understanding the clinical implication of carious lesions. Introduction to and basic principals of treatment planning. Aims: To acquire manual skills to perform cavity preparations for various restorative materials. To be able to manage and treat caries in patients. Outcomes On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • • •

Explain the rational of the principles of cavity preparation. Apply the principles to various types of cavities. Recognize restorative materials properties and implement it clinically. Recognize dentin and pulp protective materials and implement their clinical use. Prepare and propose a basic treatment plan. Identify and control the caries risk factors of a specific patient. Diagnose and treat carious lesion.

Attendance: Lectures: 80% 153 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Lab. and clinic: 100% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Assignments on mannequin -acrylic teeth Each assignment – 30 minutes seminar Demonstrations by instructor Practice supervised by instructor Practice – obligatory - not supervised Assignments on mannequin- extracted natural teeth, implanted in cement jaws Seminars: Prior each patient clinic 1h. Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Nomenclature, terminology and definitions Principles of tooth preparation for plastic restoration materials Instruments used in restorative dentistry Rubber dam Tooth morphology Ergonomics in dental clinic Dental amalgam-the material, handling and management Cl. I amalgam cavity preparation and restoration Cl. I (compound) amalgam cavity preparation and restoration Cl. II amalgam cavity preparation and restoration Cl. V amalgam cavity preparation and restoration Pulp protection-materials and methods Principals of enamel and dentin bonding Direct esthetic restorations - anterior Cl. III,IV Direct esthetic restorations –posterior CI. I, II Introduction to inlays and onlays Fissure sealants Clinical considerations of caries diagnoses Caries risk assessment Over view of frequently used materials in dental clinics Introduction to treatment plan

Required literature: Roberson Th: Sturdevant’s Art and Science of Operative Dentistry. St.Louis 5th ed 2006, Mosby. Suggested reading: Garber DA et al: Porcelain and composite inlays and onlays; Esthetic posterior Restorations.1994, Quint. publ. 2. Gainsford ID et al: Silver Amalgam in Clinical Practice. Bristol, 3rd ed., 1992, Wright. 1.


Woelfel's Dental Anatomy: Its Relevance to Dentistry Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 7th ed 2007 4. Reid JS et al: Rubber Dam in Clinical Practice.1993, Quint, Publ 3.

Module evaluation: Theoretical knowledge - 35% o 2 written theoretical exams Manual Part A - basic skills - 40% o o o o

Mannequin practice (acrylic teeth) - 45% Mannequin practice (extracted teeth) - 15% Practical exam (amalgam) - 20% Practical exam (anterior composites) - 20%

Part B – patient treatment – 25% o Quality of assignments - 50% o Amount of assignments - 25% o Student’s attitude and instructor’s assessment - 25% Additional information: For each part of the above the minimal passing grade is 65 out of 100 Passing each part is obligatory for attending the next (Students who pass successfully part A are eligible to attend part B)


COMPUTER USES IN DENTAL MEDICINE Module Code: D4-97850 ECTS: 1 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 4th Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (X3 weeks) + 2hr practical (1week) HU Credits: 1 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4, Seligman clinic Lecturer Coordinator and email: Saveliev Julia; [email protected] Teaching staff: Saveliev Julia; Office hours: Sun-Thu: 8:00-16:00 General prerequisites: Basic computer skills Module Description: 3 lectures will be given, in which the students will learn the principles of using . patient management software. Each student will receive an additional practical exercise with the software. Aims: Acquaintance with patient management software and x-rays photos processing software, and coordinating them. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • •

Work with computerized files Store medical data Type medical files, prescriptions and reports Write correctly data collections, medical procedures and release reports Store and save x-rays photos (scan photos and documents to a computerized files) Work with instructors in student specific program: “ Instructors Approval Monitor”.

Attendance:100 % Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & practicals Module Content: •

Acquaintance with computerized systems in the faculty of dental medicine. 156


• • • • • •

Explaination about the “Doctor” software Work with computerized files in the university’s “Doctor” software coordinating “Doctor” with “SHICK” and “ Mediadant” softwares. Scaning documents and saving data correspondence with dental laboratories stages in computer work with new patient: § § § § § §

Enlisting a new patient Entering new patient to the program Entering new patient’s data and medical procedures Terms of payment Procedures of finishing the treatment Working with the archive

Required reading\ literature: Program’s Help section Module evaluation: o Continuous assessment of practical work – 100% (pass/fail) Additional information: None


ORAL HEALTH PROMOTION FOR UNDERSERVED NEEDED POPULATION - A Module Code: D4-97318 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Community Dentistry, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 4th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2 hr clinical practice HU Credits: 4 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Alon Livny; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Alon Livny Office hours: Wednesday, 12:00 – 13:00 General prerequisites: None Module Description: Elective course, intended for students who wish to widen their community involvement, beside the compulsory curricular courses of the department. The course involves oral health promotion activities and also providing basic dental treatments (free of charge) for underserved communities. The specific communities and activities may vary from time to time, and are selected each year. Aims: To help needed population who cannot afford dental treatment to improve their oral health, through health promotion and needed basic treatment. To develop the social responsibility and awareness of dental students. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • •

Recognize the subjective and objective treatment needs of the participating population; Apply skills and knowledge of known health promotion strategies suitable for the served communities. Evaluate the possibilities of treatment and choose the proper treatment according to the special considerations; Analyze and assess the differences in the community's health status achieved during the course. Experience the satisfaction of helping the society ( not measurable, but a fundamental outcome of the course) 158


Attendance: at least 10 yearly hours. Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Tutorials, Fieldwork & Clinical Practice. All activities are done after normal teaching hours. Module Content: • •

2-4 hours of orientation and briefing lectures. Several sessions of health promotion in the community and/or treatments in the students' clinic.

Required reading\ literature: None Module evaluation: None. Appreciation certificate and recording of "active participation" will be granted to attending students. Additional information: None



2nd year modules (5th academic year)

Module D5-97808 - THE USE OF DENTAL IMPLANTS FOR REHABILITATION OF MASTICATORY SYSTEM D5-97809 - COMPREHENSIVE TREATMENT OF PATIENTS D5-97810 - WORKSHOP ON COPING WITH STRESS - PART B D5-97817 - ORAL SURGERY-5TH YR D5-97823 - ORAL RADIOLOGY D5-97834 - MAXILLOFACIAL REHABILITATION D5-97845 - PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY IN THE CLINIC D5-97846 - DENTAL COMMUNITY PROJECT D5-97861 - COMPREHENSIVE TREATMENT OF THE ADULT PATIENT – PROSTHODONTICS D5-97862 - OROFACIAL PAIN D5-97863 - REMOVABLE PROSTHESIS D5-97864 - COMPREHENSIVE TREATMENT OF THE ADULT PATIENT – ENDODONTICS D5-97865 - COMPREHENSIVE TREATMENT OF THE ADULT PATIENT – PERIODONTOLOGY D5-97866 - ORTHODONTICS D5-97867 - THE DENTAL MANAGEMENT OF THE DENTAL COMPLEX PATIENT D5-97869 - PEDODONTICS D5-97319 - ORAL HEALTH PROMOTION FOR UNDERSERVED NEEDED POPULATION – B D5-New - CLINICAL PRACTICE AND SURGICAL OBSERVATION IN PERIODONTOLOGY D5-New - CLINICAL PRACTICE IN ORAL MEDICINE D5-New - CLINICAL PRACTICE IN ORAL AND MAXILOFACIAL RADIOLOGY D5-New - CLINICAL PRACTICE IN ORAL AND MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY Total credits


HU credits 4

ECTS 3

2 0 2 1 2 2 4.5 13.5

2 0 2 1 2 1.5 2 7

2 16 8

2 8 4

8

4

5.5 8

3 4.5

8 4

5 2

1

1

3 3

1.5 1.5

6

3

103.5

60

THE USE OF DENTAL IMPLANTS FOR REHABILITATION OF MASTICATORY SYSTEM Module Code: D5-97808 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Departments of Periodontology, Department of Oral and Maxillofacial surgery and Department of Prosthodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 1hr Lectures (14 weeks) + 1 hr lab (14 weeks). HU Credits: 4 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 5 + Fantom laboratory Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Ayala Stabholz; [email protected], Dr. Casap Nardy; [email protected], Dr. Eyal Tarazi ; [email protected] Teaching staff: The Periodontology, Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery and Prosthodontics departments' Staff. Office hours: Prof. Ayala Stabholz: Thu 8:00 – 10:00, Dr. Eyal Tarazi: Wed 09:0011:00 General prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of all 4th year requirements Module Description: This course composed of 2 parts: surgical and prosthetic. The course includes oral lectures and 3 hands-on sessions. This course provides the student with the basic clinical knowledge in understanding the role of implants in oral rehabilitation. The surgical part of the course focuses on training the student in the surgical phase of implant therapy that is expected from a dental undergraduate student to know and perform upon graduation. This course focuses on understanding the physiology of osseointegration, surgical technique of implant placement and restorative aspects of implant placement. Students are taught how to perform data collection and analysis prior to implant placement which includes systemic, oral and dental anamnesis, anatomic limitations related to implant placement, infection control prior to surgery, implant placement protocol and implant exposure techniques as well as patient management before, during and after performing the surgical procedure. The prosrhetic part of the course targets includes: Treatment planning, Implant platform identification, Impressions, Abutment selection, Occlusion, final delivery and maintenance.


The hands-on part of the course includes overview of all the prosthetic parts, impressions of jaw model with implants, preparing simple guiding stent, connection of a full denture to a model of edentulous jaw with 2 implants Aims: To expose the student to basic knowledge in dental implantology and provide him with basic clinical training in comprehensive simple implant placement into sites that do not require any additional surgical procedures to accommodate the implants. The prosthetic part of the course aims at preparing the student to be capable of doing single or two-unit implant restoration and Implant retained Ball/Locator over-denture. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • • •

• •

Describe the scientific foundation of implantology Explain the underlying physiology and biomechanics of implant Dentistry Perform thorough patient anamnesis Recognize and differentiate simple and complex cases and make referrals. Recognize factors and conditions which may affect successful implant treatment. Assess treatment plans and provide clinical care for simple cases Carry out patient assessment, produce cases documentation, direct (refer) patients who require more complex treatment and carry out simple implant treatment within treatment teams. Place implants in the jaws (simple cases). Explain the role of dental implants in restorative care

Attendance: Mandatory throughout the specified time designated for implantology curriculum Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Labs Module Content: Surgical part • • • • • • • •

•

Historical and biological aspects of osseointegration including the scientific background, Soft tissue-implant/abutment interface; Morphology, histology and physiology of the alveolar bone; Classification of residual ridges; The various root form implant systems (shape, surface characteristics, int./ext. hex connection etc.); Anatomical limits for fixture placement (anterior/posterior maxilla, anterior/posterior mandible); Radiographic analysis prior to implant placement; Preparatory preoperative procedures: patient anamnesis, prosthetic stent fabrication, informed consent of patients, pre-medication, gowning procedures and patient covering; First stage surgical implant placement protocol: anesthesia, incisions, drilling, fixture placement, tissue covering, post operative instructions; 162


•

Second stage surgical implant exposure protocol: implant exposure and soft tissue manipulation.

Prosthetic part • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Introduction and History of Implant science and innovations. Restorative basic concepts and components External Vs. Internal Connection Platform concept Interface Diameter & Implant Diameter Cover screw & Healing Abutment Abutment and Abutment screw Torque & Torque Drive Abutment screw & Prosthetic screw Implant Platform identification and Abutment Selection Single tooth restoration – cement retained abutment selection. Single tooth restoration – screw retained abutment selection. Treatment Planning and case selection for Implant rehabilitation Treatment Options according to Inter-arch relationships, Occlusion, Esthetics, crown to root ratio. Biomechanical principles in Implant restorative dentistry. Screw mechanical principles. Passive fit. Loading and shear torques. Forces on Ext. and Internal Hex Implants. Multiple unit restorations – screw vs. cement retained restorations. Impressions: Implant level impressions. Abutment level impressions. Closed tray vs. Open tray. Emergence profile. Principles of rehabilitation of the edentulous jaw Fixed retained restorations. Removable implant retained restorations. Bar vs. ball attachment Stud attachments: Ball, Spring Ball, Magnets, Zest, etc. Locator attachment. CT Guided Planning, Surgical stents. Principles of Occlusion for Implant retained restorations. Principles of teeth and implant over-dentures.

Lab training includes: • • •

Getting acquainted with the surgical tray, the relevant surgical equipment and the implant to be used in our course, Impression taking and prosthetic guide fabrication before surgery (this part involves joint teaching of prosthetic and surgical instructors) First stage surgery: soft tissue incision and flap elevation, implant site preparation, fixture placement in four edentulous conditions: maxillary 1st


•

pre-molar, mandibular 1st molar, two mandibular premolars and one 1st molar and a lower fully edentulous mandible to receive an over-denture. Second stage surgery of fixture placed during previous session.

Required reading\ literature: Michalakis K X et al. Cement-Retained Versus Screw-Retained Implant Restorations: A Critical Review. INT J ORAL MAXILLOFAC IMPLANTS 2003;18:719–728 2. Hebel K S et al. Cement-retained versus screw-retained implant restorations: Achieving optimal occlusion and esthetics in implant dentistry. J Prosthet Dent 1997;77:28- 35 1.

Module evaluation: o End of year written examination -100% Additional information: None


COMPREHENSIVE TREATMENT OF PATIENTS Module Code: D5-97809 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Departments of Prosthodontics, Periodontics and Endodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 1.5-2 hr seminars (14 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Ayala Stabholz; [email protected] , Dr. Orit Haramati; [email protected], Dr. Itzhak Abramovitz; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof Ayala Stabholz, Dr. Orit Haramati, Dr Itzhak Abramovitz Office hours: Sunday 12:00 – 13:00 General prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of all 4th year requirements Module Description: This course provides the student with advanced knowledge in understanding the importance of providing an integrative dental treatment to the patient by the general practitioner. Special clinical topics that need further coverage beyond those that were covered during each course's curriculum are targeted and specific or complicated clinical issues and scenarios that relate to the overall treatment plan of the dental patient are presented. 3-4 students present a seminar on an assigned topic and following their presentation, a discussion takes place involving all students and the 3 lecture coordinators who are present throughout the seminar and clarify complicated issues. Aims: To teach the students how to implement their theoretical knowledge into practical decision making when planning the overall treatment for a patient, and to understand how to integrate their theoretical knowledge into a practical one. In addition, special advanced topics are introduced. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • •

Diagnose and solve dental problems presented by their patient Plan a decent, logic integrative treatment plan Recognize their professional limits and decide when to refer to a specialist Provide a better treatment to the community 165


Attendance: Mandatory throughout the specified time designated for the course curriculum Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Seminars prepared and presented orally by the students, discussion and case analyses by students and staff, case presentations related to specific topics by graduate students of the 3 departments. Module Content: The opening lecture of this course provides the students with tools on how to create an oral case presentation in dentistry. This includes a full patient's case presentation which is presented by the teaching staff and/or a 4th year graduate student. At the beginning of the academic year, a list of specific topics to be covered is presented to the students and the students choose the one they are interested to present such that a group of 3-4 students are responsible for each seminar. Each seminar is being tutored by 1-2 teaching staff, depending on the assigned topic (perio-pros; perio-endo; prosendo etc.). The topics to be covered are updated each year by the staff. Generally, the seminars concentrate on diagnosis and treatment planning of patients suffering from caries and gingivitis, caries and periodontitis, evaluating periodontal, endodontic and prosthodontic consideration in tooth prognosis, the interrelationship between orthodontic treatment and periodontal as well as prosthodontic considerations, Occlusal traumatism, prosthodontic-endodontic-periodontal considerations of root amputation and hemisection, clinical crown lengthening vs. forced eruption, when and how to relate to tooth splinting, when to extract and when to preserve teeth and in cases of lost teeth – what are the considerations for rehabilitating the lost dentition, update on the use of systemic antibiotics in all disciplines of dentistry. Required reading\ literature: Each group is tutored by staff members that refer them to the specific literature but it is expected from the students to do a literature search independently. Module evaluation: Each student is evaluated at the end of his seminar by the staff and by the tutors and the final seminar grade is calculated as a percentage of the final grade in periodontics and prosthodontics for the 5th year. Additional information: None


WORKSHOP ON COPING WITH STRESS - PART B Module Code: D5-97810 ECTS: 0 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Prosthodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 2hr Workshop (2 Weeks) HU Credits: 0 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Yael Babad; [email protected], Hannah kedar; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Yael Babad, Hannah Kedar Office hours: On demand General prerequisites: None Module Description: This workshop is based on scenarios mentioned by students concerning their difficulties and anxieties encountered in their clinical work. Topics dealt with are time management, relationships with patients, relationships with instructors, and relaxation techniques. Aims: Counseling students regarding ways of coping with stress at the early stages of their clinical work. Outcomes: On successful completion of this workshop, students should be able to: •

apply techniques learned in this workshop to effectively cope with stress

Attendance: 100% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Workshop (Mainly role-playing and small-group discussions) Module Content: • • • •

Time management, Relationships with patients, Relationships with instructors, Relaxation techniques.

Required reading\ literature: None . 167 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Module evaluation: None Additional information: This workshop has stemmed out of a real concern for the well-being of dental students in their initial stages of clinical work. It is intended to facilitate their ability to cope with professional stress in this phase as well as in the future. It does not have goals involving acquisition of knowledge, comprehension, analysis and the like, and consequently does not require any reading or evaluation


ORAL SURGERY-5TH YR Module Code: D5-97817 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 1hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 5 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Casap Nardi; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Staff Office hours: Thursday 8:00 – 10:00 General prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of all 4th year requirements Module Description: This course focuses on the diagnosis and surgical treatment of facial trauma, craniofacial anomalies and pathologies of the jaws. Two weeks of rotation in the maxillofacial clinic provide the students clinical experience in diagnosis facial trauma, cranio-facial anomalies and pathologies of the jaws as well as the clinical experience in minor surgical procedures. As part of rotation the students observe major surgeries and are given the opportunity to be familiar with advanced surgical procedures. Aims The course aims at preparing the fifth year student to be capable of diagnosing and comprehending cranio-facial trauma, deformations and pathology. In the clinical part of the course the students are given the opportunity to demonstrate knowledge and gain experience in minor surgical procedures. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • •

Perform a thorough patient anamnesis including: medical review, sociological and psychological review, dental history and risk assessment. Perform a thorough clinical examination including: examination of head and neck and orofacial soft tissues, examination of teeth and restorations and radiographic examination. Demonstrate a range of diagnostic skills by: evaluating medical histories, showing radiographic diagnosis/diagnostic skills, identifying of pathology of oral soft and hard tissues.


• • •

Perform basic clinical procedures: opening a flap, performing tooth extraction and suturing oral mucosa. Demonstrate knowledge in advanced surgical procedures: orthognathic surgery, facial trauma, cranio-facial anomalies, implant dentistry and procedures of alveolar bone augmentation. Identify and have a thorough differential diagnosis of oral pathologies and demonstrate knowledge in the appropriate treatment.

Attendance: Course lectures - 80% 2 weeks of rotations - mandatory attendance throughout the period. Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Rotation in the unit Module Content: Complementary methods in diagnosis and treatment of oral tumors, facial trauma, diagnosis and treatment of mid-face fractures, diagnosis and treatment of mandibular fractures, dento-alveolar trauma, diagnosis and treatment of cranio-facial deformations, orthognathic surgery, training in intermaxillary fixation and splint preparation, diagnosis and treatment of temporo mandibular joint diseases, the influence of facial trauma and orthognathic surgery on the temporo mandibular joint, etiological aspects of oral tumors in molecular biology, introduction to diagnosis and treatment of oral tumors, oncological treatment of oral and maxillofacial tumors, diagnosis and treatment of intraoral soft tissue tumors, diagnosis and treatment of submandibular tumors, management of bisphosphonates necrosis, life threatening infections, diagnosis and treatment of pathology of the jaws, alveolar ridge augmentation procedures, complications in implant dentistry. Required reading\ literature 1.

Contemporary Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. Peterson, L.J., Eliss, E. III, Hupp, J.R. and Tucker, M.R. 3rd Ed., 1998, Mosby.

2.

Oral Pathology. Clinical-Pathologic Correlations. Joseph A. Regezi and James Sciubba. W.B. Saunders Co. Latest edition

3.

Oral Anatomy. Harry Sicher. Latest edition

4.

Oral Radiology: Principles and Interpretation [Hardcover] o

Stuart C. White, Michael J. Pharoah. Latest edition

Dental Management of the Medically Compromised Patient. James W. Little, Donald A. Falace, Craig S. Miller and Nelson L. Rhodus. 6th Ed. Mosby 2002 6. The Orthodontic treatment of Impacted Teeth: A. Becker Martin The Orthodontic treatment of Impacted Teeth: A. Becker, Chapter 1 - 3, pp 1 – 44 Martin Dunitz, 1998. 5.

7.

Nitzan DW, Marmary Y: The " anchored disc phenomenon”: a proposed ethiology for sudden onset severe and persisent closed lock of the TMJ.J Oral Maxillofac Surg 55 (8):797-802, 1997

8.

Nitzan DW, Bar ziv J, Shteyer A,: The status of the displace condylar head in ankylosis type III. J Oral Maxillofac Surg. 56 (10): 1133-8,1998 170


Module evaluation: o End of year written examination - 100% o Clinical continuous assessment (2 weeks of rotation) – pass/fail o Clinical assessment is given by the instructors of the oral and maxillofacial department throughout the weeks of rotation. Additional information: If the student fails in any of the above sub sections – he is evaluated as failed the entire course


ORAL RADIOLOGY Module Code: D5-97823 ECTS: 1 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Oral Medicine, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 1hr Lecture (14hrs) + 8hr * 1 week rotation (instructed seminar 6hrs + student seminar 2hrs) max 3 students per week min 2 students per week in rotation. Rotation starts before second cycle depends on number of students per year. HU Credits: 1 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 5, rotation in radiology unit Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Silvina Friedlander; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Silvina Friedlander, Dr. Chen Nadler Office hours: Wednesday 10:00-11:00 General prerequisites: maxillofacial anatomy, tooth morphology, basic knowledge of oral radiology, oral maxillofacial pathology Module Description: Lectures: The course will provide the student basic knowledge of oral maxillofacial pathology manifestation in different imaging modalities. Jaw bone pathology description and rules for reporting a radiographic finding. Interpretation of maxillofacial pathology and underlying altered systemic conditions based on a systematic approach to radiographs review. During this course the student will learn how to elaborate a differential diagnosis for findings in various dental imaging techniques. Advanced imaging modalities will be introduced (CT, MRI, CBCT, Extraoral images, Sialography). Practical: Seminars and rotation - The purpose of this rotation is to give the student the opportunity to interpret radiographs and elaborate self skills for quality control. The students are required to interpret FMX, Orthopantograms, and present a short seminar on differential diagnosis of a radiographic finding they encountered during the rotation. Practice the use of software for digital radiology, exercise the use of film base radiology, expose to advance imaging techniques used for dental and maxillofacial diagnosis. Aims: Provide the student knowledge of dental and maxillofacial common pathology in radiographs. Teach the students to distinguish normal anatomy from pathology findings, show them how to elaborate a differential diagnosis based on the radiology findings and clinical data, and how to report the findings. To develop students self 172 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

criticism and quality control. Improve students' skills in using imaging software. Expose the students to advance imaging modalities available for dental practice. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • •

Distinguish, describe and report pathology in dental radiographs. Elaborate a differential diagnosis for the finding, decide how to manage the patient, refer for additional evaluation or refer to a specialist or follow-up is needed. Interpret a radiology finding and asses based on clinical radiology and pathology correlation what is the most accurate diagnosis. Decide and select the appropriate imaging modality for a specific clinical or radiology finding in question. Estimate the quality of a radiograph and decide whether it is diagnostic or a retake should be performed.

Attendance: 80% Lectures; 100% Practical rotation Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Rotation in the unit Module Content: Theoretical: • • • • • • • •

Introduction to oral radiographic principles of pathology interpretation. (1hr). Inflammatory lesions of the jaws (2hrs) Cysts of the jaws(2hrs) Benign tumors of the jaws(2hrs) Malignant diseases of the jaws (2hrs) Diseases of bones manifested in the jaws(2hrs) Systemic diseases manifested in the jaws (2hrs). Differential Diagnosis for radiographic findings, cases interpretation (1hr)

Rotation: each student requirements: • • • • •

10 FMX interpretations and reporting ( 5 –film based and 5 digital imaging) 5 panoramic images interpretation (normal anatomy-mostly, common pathology -few) Student short presentation of differential diagnosis for a radiographic finding Practical requirement: perform and develop 1 FMX film based in the radiology unit on a patient under supervision of a radiology technician. Observe performance of advance imaging techniques (1 panoramic radiography; 1 sialography, 1 CBCT).

Required reading\ literature: • •

White SC, Pharoah MJ. Oral Radiology: Principles and Interpretation. St. Louis; Mosby-Year Book, 2009, 6th edition. Neville, Damm, Allen, Bouquot. Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology . SaundersElsvier, St. Louis, 2009 3rd edition.

Module evaluation: o Theoretical: End of Year - Computerized Examination - 50% o Practical requirements - 50% 173 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

(Evaluation by 2 teachers for the interpretation seminars and the students' presentation and evaluation by the radiology techniques for the FMX performance) Additional information: the students must submit the interpretations reports of all the requirements by the end of the week's rotation.


MAXILLOFACIAL REHABILITATION Module Code: D5-97834 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Unit of Maxillofacial Rehabilitation, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 2 hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 7 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Anat Buller-Sharon; [email protected] Teaching staff: Unit of Maxillofacial Rehabilitation Staff Office hours: sun-thurs. 08:30-09:30 General prerequisites: oral anatomy, oral physiology, oral pathology Module Description: The course will discuss the maxillofacial rehabilitation options post maxillectomy, mandibullectomy, glossectomy, trauma injuries and congenital defects. Aims: The course will provide the basic knowledge of maxillofacial rehabilitation. The students will realize the importance of early detection of head and neck tumors. They will be exposed to the prosthetic abilities of acquired defects in the head and neck region. The students will understand the significance of dental treatment of the irradiated patients. Dental student should realize that appropriate treatment should be given to carcinoma patients, and they can consul and refer their patients appropriately. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • •

Explain the importance of early detection of oral malignancies. Describe the prosthetic treatment post tumors ablation in the head and neck region (intra and extra-oral). Recognize the complication and side effects of radiation therapy of the head and neck region. Explain the dental required treatment of the irradiated patient. Recognize when it is needed to refer complicate patients to the maxillofacial team.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: 175 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

• • • • • • • • • • • •

General estimation of the maxillofacial patients Head and neck anatomy post tumor removal Intraoral maxillofacial rehabilitation post maxillary and mandibullectomy tumor ablation Intraoral maxillofacial rehabilitation post traumatic injuries Maxillofacial rehabilitation of congenital defects Extraoral maxillofacial rehabilitation (nose, eye, ear, etc.) Dental evaluation of head and neck irradiated patient The endodontic treatment of the irradiated patient Brachytherapy of head and neck tumors Obturators post maxillectomies Prosthetic rehabilitation post mandibulectomies Maxillofacial rehabilitation in children

Required reading\ literature: Maxillofacial Rehabilitation: Prosthodontic and Surgical Considerations. J. Beumer Module evaluation: o End of year written examination – 100% Additional information: None


PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY IN THE CLINIC Module Code: D5-97845 ECTS: 1.5 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Community Dentistry, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Clinical Practice (14 weeks, 1st semester) + 4hr Clinical Practice (14 weeks, 2nd semester) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Seligman Clinic Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Avraham Zini; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Community Dentistry Staff Office hours: Mondays 12.00-14.00 General prerequisites: Pre-test on theory taught in 4th Year Module Description: The clinic will involve preventive dentistry as an integral component of children’s dental care. Aims: To develop in the student the appropriate understanding and skill to prepare a preventive dental treatment plan and its implementation among children. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, the student will be capable to: • • • •

Collect relevant preventive clinical and behavioral data. Measure a preventive component, adapted to the individual needs of each child patient, based on risk and motivation levels and evidence based dentistry. Describe the clinical components. Recommend an appropriate individual preventive treatment plan.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Clinical Practice Module Content: • • • •

Oral hygiene instruction and brushing skills Prevention as an integral party of treatment Assessment of individual caries risk and appropriate prevention Motivational interview 177


• •

Improvement of appropriate dental knowledge Topical fluoride application

Required reading\ literature: 1. Livny A, Vered Y, Slouk L, Sgan-Cohen HD. (2008). Oral health promotion for schoolchildren – evaluation of a pragmatic approach with emphasis on improving brushing skills. BMC Oral Health 8:4. 0.88 2. Sgan-Cohen HD. (2008). Oral hygiene improvement: a pragmatic approach based upon risk and motivation levels. BMC Oral Health. 8: 31. 3. Burt B, Eklund S ( ed.). Dentistry, Dental Practice, and the Community. ( 6th edition). W.B. Saunders Company, USA 2005. 4. Ripa LW. A Half - Century of Community Water Fluoridation in The United States: Review and Commentary. P.H.D. 1993; 53(1): 17-44. 5. Simmons S, Smith R, Gelbier S. Effect of Oral Hygiene Instruction on Brushing Skills in Preschool Children. Community Dent Oral Epidemiol 1983; 11(4): 193-8. 6. Whitford GM. Acute and Chronic Fluoride Toxicity. J Dent Res 1992; 71: 1249-1254. 7. Davies RM, Ellwood RP, Davies GM. The rational use of fluoride toothpaste. Int J Dent Hyg. 2003 Feb;1(1):3-8. 8. Ferreira MA, Latorre Mdo R, Rodrigues CS, Lima KC. Effect of regular fluoride gel application on incipient carious lesions. Oral Health Prev Dent. 2005;3(3):141-9. Module evaluation: o Quantitative points gathered for patient treatment sessions - 40% o Qualitative instructors’ evaluation – 60% Additional information: None


DENTAL COMMUNITY PROJECT Course Code: D5-97846 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Community Dentistry, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 4hr Lectures (14 weeks) + Fieldwork HU Credits: 4.5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 5 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Avraham Zini; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Community Dentistry Staff Office hours: Mondays 12.00-14.00 General prerequisites: Initial lectures, preparatory group sessions with instructors, learning of all previous relevant theoretical material taught in 4th year Course Description: Preparatory Stage: Initial lectures, preparatory group sessions with instructors. Several meetings at a class or group levels in the Dental School. Collection of relevant material in the community and presentation, accordingly, of a community project proposal. Applied Community Stage: Implementation of the proposed project, including: monitoring and evaluation. Presentation of final report. Aims: Understanding and application of a community dental health program, understanding the individual characteristics of a community, planning an intervention, recognizing priorities, implementation of intervention, monitoring and evaluation. Acquiring experience in group health education, enhancing social commitment between the students and the community. Outcomes: On successful completion of this course, students should be able to: • • • •

Arrange and collect data from the target community. Assess, apply and analyze a community oral health program, according to the correct guidelines and stages of community dental health, and evidence based dentistry. Conclude the scientific results of the intervention. Criticize and decide on alternative pathways of interventions.

Attendance: 80%


Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures, group meetings & Fieldwork Course Content: • • • •

Principles of community programs Dental care to special care populations Meetings with community key people Recognition of the guidelines of Social Welfare Ministry and Health Ministry.

Required reading\ literature: 1. Frazier PJ, Horowitz AM. Priorities in planning and evaluating oral health programs. Fam Community Health. 1980 Nov;3(3):103-13. 2. Van Palenstein Helderman Wim, Lo Edward, Holmgren Christopher. Guidance for the planning, implementation and evaluation of oral health care demonstration projects for under-served populations. International Dental Journal. 2003, 53(1);19-25. Course evaluation: o o o o

Preliminary report – 15% Final report – 50% Behavior and participation – 15% Community participation and function – 20%



COMPREHENSIVE TREATMENT OF THE ADULT PATIENT PROSTHODONTICS Module Code: D5-97861 ECTS: 7 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department Of Prosthodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (28 weeks) +11hr Clinical practice (28 weeks) HU Credits: 13.5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4,5, The Seligman clinic Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Orit Haramati; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department Of Prosthodontics Staff Office hours: Sundays 12.00-14.00 General prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of all 4th year requirements Module Description: This course provides each student with basic clinical training and experience in comprehensive treatment for undergraduate students. Students are given the opportunity to demonstrate knowledge in comprehensive treatment planning health promotion and disease prevention and the management of a recall system. Each student is assigned to a clinical instructor group which is managed by two dentists. These clinical instructors provide their students with training in diagnosis, treatment planning, sequencing, and the actual treatment of their assigned patients. Consultations in the various specialties of dentistry occur as required. The instructors direct and coordinate the total dental health care of the patients of each of their students. Weekly seminars are provided to discuss and review dental techniques and journal articles. Individual student meetings are scheduled to discuss clinical performance. Aims: This course aims at preparing the fifth year student to be capable of formulating comprehensive treatment plans and manage the recall system for their patients. This is a clinical course where the students are given the opportunity to demonstrate knowledge in comprehensive treatment planning, oral health promotion and oral disease prevention. During this clinical training fifth year dental students will be able to perform basic clinical procedures on their assigned patients under the direct supervision of clinical instructors and other specified faculty. These experiences prepare the students to develop clinical competency in these disciplines to a satisfactory level serving the needs to their patients. 181 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • •

• • • • • •

•

Perform a thorough patient anamnesis including: medical review, sociological and psychological review, dental history and risk assessment. Perform a thorough clinical examination including: examination of head and neck and orofacial soft tissues, examination of teeth and restorations and radiographic examination, assessing occlusal status in scheme of treatment plan and being able to do occlusal analysis. Demonstrate a range of diagnostic skills by: evaluating medical histories, showing radiographic diagnosis/diagnostic skills, identifying of pathology of oral soft and hard tissues and demonstrates skills for caries risk assessment. Demonstrating accurate dental charting, assessing the need for consultation with specialists in the fields of periodontics/endodontics/orthodontics/surgical therapy/oral medicine. Diagnose by determining the variation from normal and detection of pathological and etiological conditions. Evaluate teeth and supporting structure from the standpoint of prognosis. Demonstrate ability of developing sequenced treatment plans designed to consider patient desires and limitations, to eliminate or control etiological factors and create a functional and maintainable environment. Demonstrate clinical skills in the treatment/restoring teeth to form, function, and esthetic standards (restoring damaged teeth due to caries, trauma, post endodontic treatment and iatrogenic dentistry and develop maintenance protocol as assessed by the clinical instructors every 3 month in a narrative report. Maintain patient case assignment at satisfactory level for continued care, and understand developing and following recall systems.

Attendance: Mandatory throughout the specified time Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Each fifth year student is assigned to a clinical instruction group which is managed by two instructors (prosthodontists and dentists). Each student will give a seminar in esthetic dentistry. Module Content: • • • • • • • •

Patient management, appropriate interpersonal and communication skills. Normal morphology, developmental, physiologic and biochemical processes in systemic and oral health. Risk factors assessment and preventive strategies based on the patient’s oral health and status. Patient education about the prevention, development, progression, and etiology of oral and systemic diseases. Common drugs used in dental and medical situations related to the practice of dentistry. Comprehensive patient assessment including examination of the head and neck and diagnose oral related disease Treatment plans based upon assessment of collected data Etiologic and pathologic processes that define oral diseases 182


•

• • • • •

Oral disease or disorders including: 1. Caries 2. Malocclusions 3. Periodontal disease 4. Pulpal & periradicular disease 5. Salivary glands, tongue and Oral mucosal disorders Treatment modalities and restoration: developing optimal and alternative treatment plans properly sequenced Applying comprehensive treatment planning strategies for restoration of oral health Dental materials aiming at restoring form, function and esthetics Prescription and evaluation of laboratory fabrications of fixed prostheses Critical thinking and problem solving to make patient care decisions

Required reading\ literature: 1. Stephen F. Rosenstiel, Martin F. Land, and Junhei Fujimoto. Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics, 4th Edition, Mosby publications: Chapters: 1, 3, 4, 5, 31, 32. 2. Mauro Fradeani, Esthetic Analysis: Esthetic Rehabilitation in Fixed Prosthodontics: A Systematic Approach to Prosthetic Treatment, Quintessence publishing. Course evaluation: The educational aims are monitored every three month during the 5th year program and are reported to the lecturer coordinator Dr. Orith Haramaty for appropriate decisions regarding the student’s status. The overall grade is determined by assessing the student’s capability in all aspects of comprehensive treatment and clinical performance. o Clinical grade (assessment and clinical requirements) – 65% o Written examinations (10% quiz at the beginning of the year, 10% seminar, 80% end of year examination) - 35% Additional information: Clinical requirements: Developing treatment plan based on thorough examination of at least 3 cases. Execute at least 4 full treatment plans which include at least 25 restorations, including simple and compound cavity restorations and restoring at least 2 endodontically treated teeth.


OROFACIAL PAIN Module Code: D5-97862 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Oral Medicine, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 2hrs Lecture (14 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 5 E learning: All course material, including lectures and worksheets are online in the EKMD website. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Rafael Benoliel; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof. Rafael Benoliel, Prof. Yair Sharav, Dr. Yaron Haviv. Office hours: Prof. Rafael Benoliel: Thursday 9.00-12.00, Sunday 9.00-10.00 Prof. Yair Sharav: Thursday 12.00-13.00, Dr. Yaron Haviv: Thusday 09.00-10.00 General prerequisites: Students must have completed and demonstrated competence in the following courses: anatomy of the head and neck, dental anatomy, oral physiology (neurophysiology), oral and dental pathology and physical examination of orofacial structures, the head, neck and cranial nerves. Module Description: The course describes the more common acute and chronic orofacial pain conditions. Students are instructed how to collect relevant data and assess the patient, as the base for diagnosis of these conditions. The conditions are presented and analyzed from the initial clinical presentation, through diagnosis, pathophysiology, treatment and prognosis employing numerous case presentations. Additionally students are able to examine acute and chronic orofacial pain patients during their rotations in the department. Aims: The course describes common orofacial pain conditions. Students are taught to collect relevant data pertaining to the patient and his pain condition. The student is then expected to organize and analyze the data so as to accurately describe and identify the orofacial pain diagnosis. Finally the student should recommend a suitable mode of therapy and support his choice vis-à-vis other therapeutic options. Outcomes: On successful completion of this course, students should be able to:


• • • • •

• • •

Describe the diagnostic process and collect a tailored pain history for ACUTE and CHRONIC orofacial pain patients. List the common ACUTE and CHRONIC orofacial pain diagnoses encountered. Analyse and discuss the differences between acute and chronic pain patients. Describe the signs, symptoms and therapy of ACUTE orofacial pain conditions. In the clinical setting; Assess collected data, state a diagnosis and recommend adequate therapeutic modalities for each diagnosis. Describe the signs and symptoms, management and prognosis of CHRONIC orofacial pain. In the clinical setting; Assess collected data, state a diagnosis, describe and criticize management modalities for each and justify the final choice. Describe the families of drugs commonly used in the management of ACUTE and CHRONIC orofacial pain. Enumerate their individual modes of action. Formulate treatment protocols using analgesic drugs in common use in dentistry and defend the choice based on efficacy and side-effect profiles of these drugs. Describe a normal human sleep cycle and its importance in homeostasis particularly in the nociceptive system.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Course Content: 1. Lectures 1-2 (4hrs): Introduction to course, Patient Assessment • • • • •

Taking a pain patient’s history and head and neck examination. Use of pain diaries. Classifications of pain in the head, orofacial and cervical regions: American Academy of Orofacial Pain, Diagnostic Criteria for Temporomandibular Disorders, International Headache Society. Aims of treatment; chronic versus acute pain. Basic mechanisms of pain and inflammation. Peripheral and Central Sensitization.

2. Lectures 3 (2hrs): The treatment of acute pain with analgesics, NSAIDs and opioids. • •

Enumerate the salient modes of action for each drug/drug group. Assess and decide which drug is suitable for the specific patient and condition, considering medical and pharmacological issues: o Non-steroidal analgesic drugs (NSAIDs, e.g. ibuprofen, naproxen, paracetamol). o Differentiate between drugs acting primarily via COX-1 and those via COX-2. o Describe the different efficacy and side effect profile of COX1 versus COX-2 drugs. o Dipyrone (in common use in Israel- not used in the USA or W. Europe) o Opioids (e.g. codeine, oxycodone) and their combinations with NSAIDs. 185


•

o Tramadol Treatment regimens and indications for the different drug classes

3. Lectures 4-5 (4hrs): Acute orofacial pain • • • • •

Dentinal pain Pulpal pain Periapical/Periodontal pain Mucosal pain Rhinosinusitis and dental pain

4. Lectures 6-8 (6hrs): a. Drug Therapy of CHRONIC orofacial pain •

Know the use of the following drugs in CHRONIC orofacial pain. o Antidepressants o Tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs) o Serotonin and Noradrenaline Reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) o Antiepileptic Drugs

b. Musculoskeletal Pain (TMDs) • •

•

Pain from the TMJ o Disorders arising from internal derangements o Disc displacements, osteoarthritis Pain from regional muscles o Myospasm o Myositis o Myofascial pain Tension type Headache

5. Lectures 9-10 (4hrs): Neurovascular Pain • • • • •

Common clinical Features Migraine Cluster Paroxysmal Hemicrania Neurovascular Orofacial Pain

6. Lectures 11-12 (4hrs): Neuropathic Orofacial Pain • • • •

Trigeminal Neuralgia Glossopharyngeal Neuralgia Traumatic Neuropathies Burning mouth syndrome

7. Lecture 13: Sleep and Pain •

Sleep structure o Know the relationship between sleep disturbance and pain features (e.g. intensity). o Describe relations between specific pain syndromes and/or characteristics and disturbed sleep e.g. Cluster Headache.

8. Lecture 14: Summary and Differential Diagnosis 186 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

•

Case based summary of entities covered

Required reading\ literature: Sharav Y, Benoliel R (Eds): 2008, Orofacial Pain & Headache. Edinburgh. MosbyElsevier. (Chapters 1, 2, 4, 5, 7-11, 15, 16) Module evaluation: o Clinical case presentations – 20% o End of year written examination – 80% Additional information: None


REMOVABLE PROSTHESIS Module Code: D5-97863 ECTS: 8 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department Of Prosthodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (28 weeks) + 6hr Labs (28 weeks) HU Credits: 16 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4, Fantom Lab. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Israel Tamary; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department Of Prosthodontics Staff Office hours: None General prerequisites: None Module Description: This is the preclinical course of removable dentures. Teaching is comprised of lectures, self learning using digital manual, clinical demonstration and lab procedures. Aims: Basic course of removable dentures, aimed at preparing the student towards treating edentulous patients and edentulous or partially edentulous jaws. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • •

Plan and execute the stages of removable denture preparation Apply the principles of oral rehabilitation to clinical decision making in fully and partially edentulous patients treatment. Apply the principles of denture occlusion to successful hands on removable prosthesis balance Execute the laboratory preparation of a pair of complete dentures Identify, explain and solve various problems and mistakes in the process of removable denture preparation.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Labs Module Content: Part A: Complete denture: • • •

Introduction: definitions and principles, practical anatomy and implications for dentures impressions – principles, materials and techniques 188


• • • • • • •

transfer of patient data to laboratory: esthetic data and intermaxilary relations Esthetics in removable dentures Treatment sequence and patient management Occlusion and articulation, role of articulators and face bows Laboratory procedures in complete dentures Demonstration of all construction steps on patients Completion of pair of full dentures in an articulator

Part B: Removable Partial Denture • • • • •

Introduction: definitions and principles, types of partial edentulous conditions Components of the RPD: definitions, functions and types Impressions - principles, materials and techniques Design of skeletal framework: Principles of design, design exercises Hands on training: preparations of rest seats, survey of casts, definition of insertion paths and undercuts.

Required reading\ literature: 1. Hickey CJ, Zarb GA Bolender CL: Boucher's Prosthodontics for edentulous patients. Mosby 1990 St. Louis. 2. McCracken’s Removable Partial Prosthodontics.10th Edition. Module evaluation: Theoretical components: o Entry examination - 12% o Average of weekly short exams - 18% o Final examination - 30% Practical components: o Final practical exam - lab assignments - 30% o Overall performance as rated by instructors - 10% Additional information: None


COMPREHENSIVE TREATMENT OF THE ADULT PATIENT ENDODONTICS Module Code: D5-97864 ECTS: 4 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Endodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures + 11hr Clinical practice (14 weeks, 1st semester) 11hr Clinical practice (14 weeks, 2nd semester) Clinical practice teaching hours are integrative and delivered jointly by Endo, Perio and Restorative dentistry teachers . HU Credits: 8 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4,5, Seligman Clinic Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Itzhak Abramovitz; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Endodontics Staff Office hours: Thursday 10:00-12:00 General prerequisites: Satisfacatory completion of 4th year requirments Module Description: The theoretical provide the students with in-depth knowledge regarding Epidemiology , success and failure , Case selection, Clinical and radiographic diagnosis , case management, access cavity preparation (2) pain and anxiety management, , Pulp and peri apical histo-pathology, Endo-Perio diseases, Microbiology, Dental Truma(x2) Apexification,Root resorption(2) Vertical root fracture, Re-treatment. In Addition the students are introduced to up to date knowledge regarding root canal preparation techniques(x3) root canal filling materials and techniques, Endodontic Instrumentation(Apex Locators , Rotary instruments and irrigation techniques.), Endoidontic surgery,Vital and Non- vital bleaching. The clinical course provides the student with basic clinical training of primary treatment of simple cases that are expected to be preformed by a undergraduate student upon graduation. Students are trained in general and dental data collection, difficulty assessment, endodontic diagnosis, and treatment planning. Following thorough analysis of the data with an assigned instructor and case discussion the student is allowed to start the treatment. Endodontic treatment includes anastasia, rubber dam application, root canal preparation using state of the art rotary instruments and root canal filling using lateral compaction technique. Aims: To train the 5 th year student to diagnose endodontic needs among patients and teach him to provide a basic endodntic treatment in cases that do not require special 190 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

endodontic proficiency with special attention on organization, patient management and timely manner treatment. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • • • • • •

Name proper endodontic terminology to pulpal and periapical diseases Use diagnostic tests to perform to make pulpal and periapical diagnosis Explain the cellular basis for pulpal and periapical disease Recognize the anatomy and physiology of the pulp and periapical tissues Diagnose and treat endodontic emergencies Prescribe analgesic and antibiotic medications used in endodontics Diagnose and treat perio-endo lesions, internal and external resorption, vertical fractures of teeth, and vertical fractures of teeth Differentiate, diagnose and treat traumatic injuries, apexogenesis, Interpret radiographic patterns of endodontic disease Integrate new technologies in the practice of endodontics

Attendance: Mandatory throughout the specified time dedicated to endodontic curriculum. Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures are provided by the department staff. The clinical teaching in the integrative clinic is provided by seniors and graduate students from the speciality program. The instructors-students ratio is 1:4 At least one senior endodontist is present during teaching session. Module Content: • • • •

• • •

• •

Case selection: AAE risk assessment method Success and failure: definitions, literature review, Clinical and radiographic diagnosis: clinical tests: inspection,percution,palpation vitality tests , radiographic interpretation and integration of both clinical and radiographic data Case management: Communication of treatment plan to the patient, including diagnostic alternatives, patient concerns, risks, prognosis, time requirements, fees and payment plan options. Implementation of psychosocial principles, behavior management techniques for better patient care. Organizational and administrative guidelines. Access cavity preparation (X2): occlusal and palatal/lingual location of access cavity, axial analysis of various cases of access cavity preparation, access cavity in cases of unusual anatomy Pain and anxiety management: Background of endodontic related pain, management of intra and post treatment pain. Flare-up pain management Recognition of anxiety, sedation techniques. Pulp and peri apical histo-pathology(X2): Dentin-Pulp development, structure and function. Immune reactions to infection and trauma, histology of pulp infection, peril-apical immune reaction to root canal infection, spreading of root canal infection to surroundings tissues. Pulp and peri apical clinical classification: nomenclature and criteria Endo-Perio diseases: Classification of endo-perio diseases, diagnosis, treatment and prognosis.


• •

• • • •

•

• • • •

Micro-biology: Etiology of endodontic infection. Taxonomy of root canal flora, Bio-film formation, intra and periapical infctions. Treatment modalities. Dental Truma(x2) follow up. Knowledge of accepted guidelines.CIassification of traumatic dental injuries, Etiology of traumatic lesions, Clinical and radiographic examination of traumatized teeth, Treatment modalities: emergency treatments ,endodontic treatment and splinting .Outcome of traumatic injuries Apexification: Indication for performing apexificationand apexogenesis. Calcium hydroxide and MTA apexification, Apexification techniques. Root resorption (2) Histopathology of root resorptionclassification 'treatment amd prognosis of root resorption. Vertical root fracture : Classification of root fractures, Clinical and radiographic diagnosis , Re-treatment. Evaluation of endodontically treated teeth. Defining success and failure, case selection and decision making , clinical considerations in case selection; case history,current clinicaldiagnosis,anatomy, quality of previous filling , complications. Current procedures of root canal treatment. Root canal preparation techniques(x3) Objectives and techniques, Standard technique, step back and crown –down. The proper use of stainless steel filesand, NiTi instrumentation technique. Root canal disinfectionand lubricationmaterials. Root canal filling materials and techniques:Solide and semi-solide root canal filing materials,Methods for root canal filling; cold and warmed filling techniques Single cone, lateral and vertical techniques Endodontic surgery: Indications and case selection, Traditional versus modern techniques, flap designs, outcome of endodontic surgery . Vital and Non- vital bleaching. Etiology of teeth discoloration, case selection, Bleaching materials and techniques of vital and non vital beaching,

Required reading\ literature: Text book: Endodontics: Princiles and practice 4th edition Torabinejad &Walton. (The following chapters are mandatory: 1. The Biology of Dental Pulp and Periradicular Tissues, 2. Protecting the Pulp, Preserving the Apex, 3. Endodontic Microbiology, 4. Pulp and Periradicular Pathosis, 5. Diagnoses and Treatment Planning, 6. Periodontal and Endodontic Interrelationship, 7. Longitudinal Tooth Fractures, 9. Endodontic Emergencies and Therapeutics, 10. Management of Traumatized Teeth, 11. Endodontic Radiology, 12. Endodontic Instruments, 13. Internal Anatomy, 14. Isolation, Access Preparation and Length Determination, 15. Cleaning and Shaping, 16. Preparation for Restoration and Temporarization, 17. Obturation, 18. Procedural Accidents, 19. Endodontic Retreatment, 20. Endodontic Surgery, 21. Endodontic Outcomes, 22. Bleaching Of Discolored Teeth, 23. Geriatric Endodontics, Appendix: Pulpal Anatomy and Access Preparations) Module evaluation: Theoretical knowledge (course examination) - 30% Clinical skills - 70% o Clinical cases evaluation – 70% o Behavioral and organizational assessment of the student by the accompanying instructors - 30% 192 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Additional information: Minimal requirements should be accomplished for a clinical grade. A higher than 65 grade is required for each of the above mentioned components and sub components. Minimal requirements: 5 treated canals.


COMPREHENSIVE TREATMENT OF THE ADULT PATIENT PERIODONTOLOGY Module Code: D5-97865 ECTS: 4 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Periodontology, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 1hr Lecture (28 weeks) +11hr Clinical practice (28 weeks) (Clinical practice teaching hours are integrative and jointly delivered by courses: D5-97863, D5-97864, D5-97865, ~2.5 hours perio only ) HU Credits: 8 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4, 5, Seligman clinic Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Ayala Stabholz; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Periodontology Staff Office hours: Thursday 11:00 – 13:00 General prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of all 4th year requirements Module Description: The clinical arm of the course provides the student with basic clinical training in comprehensive conservative periodontal therapy that is expected from a dental undergraduate student to perform upon graduation. Students are trained in general as well as periodontal data collection which includes systemic, oral and dental anamnesis, periodontal chart fulfillment followed by differential diagnosis decision making. After a thorough analysis of each case (patient) with the assigned instructor, treatment planning and sequencing is discussed and the student is given the permission to start the actual treatment which usually includes oral hygiene instructions, scaling and root planning of the patient's dentition. The treatment is always compatible with the patient's restorative and endodontic needs to be carried out by him during the restorative/endodontic clinics. Periodontal maintenance therapy is provided to each patient at least 3 months from the active treatment completion. The theoretical arm of the course during the 5th year is focused on advanced periodontal therapy which includes surgical procedures in periodontology, and the diagnosis and treatment approaches to acute as well as combined or complicated periodontal problems other than chronic gingivitis and chronic periodontitis. In addition, weekly seminars are provided to discuss and review important topics that we feel need further stress or such that were not covered during the theoretical course. Aims: To prepare the 5th year student to be capable of formulating comprehensive treatment plans and manage the recall system for their patients. The emphasis at this stage of the 194 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

student's knowledge is on his ability to make the proper diagnosis of periodontal cases and his ability to perform basic oral health promotion, oral disease prevention and execute basic clinical procedures that do not require periodontal exceptional proficiency. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • • • • • • •

Perform thorough patient anamnesis Perform thorough oral and dental clinical as well as radiographic examination Demonstrate a range of diagnostic skills Evaluate the need for further consultation with specialists in other fields of dentistry Detect normal from pathological periodontal condition and evaluate the etiology of pathological situations Evaluate the prognosis on a tooth, dentition or patient level Demonstrate ability to design a proper treatment plan based on the patient's desire and limitations Perform basic periodontal clinical skills of the conservative periodontal treatment and supportive periodontal therapy following the completion of active periodontal treatment Evaluate properly done initial periodontal therapy Demonstrate understanding of the importance of periodontal re-evaluation phase of therapy Recognize the limits of their expertise through self evaluation

Attendance: Mandatory throughout the specified time designated for periodontology curriculum Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & seminars are provided by the department staff. The clinical teaching on the floor is on an average ratio of 1:4 Instructor:student respectively. At least one senior periodontist is on the clinical floor throughout the teaching session accompanied by other periodontists or graduate students. Module Content: Theoretical arm: • • • • • • • • • • • •

Periodontal sugery: indications and surgical principles; Periodontal surgical methods to treat suprebony and intrabony bony defects; The treatment of furcation involved teeth; Regenerative procedures: biologic and surgical principles as well as augmentation materials; Mucogingival surgery; Diagnosis and treatment of acute periodontal conditions; The periodontal and restorative/prosthodontic interrelationship; The periodontal-endodontic interrelationship; The Periodontal-endodontic interrelationship; Periodontal prognosis; Occlusal traumatism; The periodontal considerations of root amputations or tooth hemisections; The use and indications of antibiotics in periodontology; 195


• • •

Aggressive periodontital diseases; Splinting of teeth; When to treat and when to extract.

Clinical arm: • • • • • • •

Patient management and communication skills; Knowledge to diagnose a normal as opposed to a pathological periodontium; Risk factors assessment and preventive strategies based on the patient's presentation and expectations; Patient education of oral health; Comprehensive patient assessment, diagnosis and treatment plan upon assessment of collected data; Comprehensive patient treatment and understanding the importance of maintaining his condition on completion of active treatment; Critical thinking and problem solving to make patient care decisions

Required reading\ literature: Textbook of Clinical Periodontology and Implant Dentistry 4th edition Lindhe, Karring, Lang (Chapter 7: Plaque induced gingival disease, Chapter 8: Chronic periodontitis, Chapter 9: Aggressive Periodontitis, Chapter 10: Necrotizing periodontal disease, Chapter 11: The periodontal abscess, Chapter 14: Endodontics and Periodontics, Chapter 19: Treatment planning, Chapter 20: Cause-related periodontal therapy, Chapter 24: Breath malodor, Chapter 25: Periodontal surgery: access therapy, Chapter 27: Mucogingival therapy: periodontal plastic surgery, Chapter 28: Regenerative periodontal therapy, Chapter 29: Treatment of furcation involved teeth,Chapter 31: Orthodontics and Periodontics, Chapter 32: Supportive periodontal therapy (SPT). Module evaluation: Theoretical grade - 40%: o Written test - 75% o Seminar - 25% Clinical grade – 60%: o Quality work assessment – 25% o Clinical grades that are given at treatment planning session by the instructor where anamnesis, diagnosis and treatment planning of periodontitis patients is evaluated and the student's comprehensive knowledge of the case is assessed – 25% o Student's behavior on a patient, instructor and colleague basis and how he handles his dental chair environment – 20% o Minimum requirements accomplished – 30% Additional information: All patients assigned to each student are assessed for their periodontal condition and graded according to the severity of their periodontal presentation. Case severity is graded as follows: o 0 – No need for periodontal treatment o 1 – Gingivitis, patient needs only OHI session 196 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

o 1 – Supportive Periodontal Treatment o 1 – Participation in periodontal surgery or implant placement procedure (done by a periodontist or graduate student) o 2 – Gingivitis, patient needs OHI and Scaling o 4 – Mild periodontitis o 6 – Moderate periodontitis o 8 – Severe Periodontitis Credits are given after re-evaluation. Minimum requirements: 20 points of which 14 are treatments of periodontitis cases (4, 6, 8 points). If the student fails in any of the above sub sections – he is evaluated as failed the entire course


ORTHODONTICS Module Code: D5-97866 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Orthodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (14 weeks, 1st semester); + 2hr Lectures (14 weeks, 2nd semester) + 2hr Seminars (14 weeks, 2nd semestre) + 2hr Clinical Practice (14 weeks, 2nd semestre) HU Credits: 5.5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 5, Seligman Clinic Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Yocheved Ben-Bassat; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Orthodontics Staff Office hours: None General prerequisites: Successfully complete the Orthodontic course given to the 4TH grade. Module Description: The curriculum in the 5th year is comprised of: 1. Theory: frontal lectures; seminars with interactive discussions on clinical subjects and case presentations by the students. 2. Clinical practice: exercises in wire bending; on alternative weeks 2 hours of clinical sessions, in small groups, devoted to patients' examination, consultations and treatment planning. Aims: Acquaintance and understanding of diagnostic aids for Orthodontic treatment diagnosis and planning; Development of diagnostic skills; Planning and use of removable plates, functional and fixed appliances; Space analysis and maintenance; Understanding the etiology, differential diagnosis and treatment of malocclusions (CLI,II,III, posterior and anterior crossbites, enlarged overjet, open bite, cases with agenesis of teeth, craniofacial syndromes, clefts and facial malformations); Understanding the principles of inter and extra maxillary anchorage and design of anchorage in Orthodontics; Understanding the principles of retention; Orthodontic treatment for adults, and orthosurgery; Understanding of the principles of retention and the timing of orthodontic treatment. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: •

Explain the aetiology of malocclusion.


• • • • •

Perform an orthodontic diagnosis and distinguish between early signs of malocclusion and normal development. Diagnose and classify malocclusions. Perform a space analysis. Design an orthodontic treatment plan for patients presenting with minor and moderate malocclusions. Describe the mode of action of removable, functional, fixed, and extra-oral appliances.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures, Seminars & Clinical Practice Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Introduction to Orthodontic appliances Removable plates - structure and design Removable plates with active base Posterior cross bite - etiology, differential diagnosis and treatment Facial evaluation Diagnostic aids Loss of space - etiology, differential diagnosis and treatment Space analysis in the mixed dentition Space maintainers Principles of inter- and extra - maxillary anchorage and design of anchorage in Orthodontics. Use of mini screws for absolute anchorage Open bite Class II - etiology, differential diagnosis and treatment Functional appliances Large Overjet - etiology, differential diagnosis and treatment Maxillary diastema- etiology, differential diagnosis and treatment Fixed appliances Uprighting and forced eruption Orthodontics for adults Anterior cross bite and Class III - etiology, differential diagnosis and treatment Orthosurgery Timing of orthodontic treatment Principles of retention Craniofacial syndromes, Clefts and facial malformations. Agenesis of teeth - orthodontic considerations in treatment Clinical application of growth data

Required reading\ literature: 1. Contemporary Orthodontics. 4th ed. WR Proffit. Chapters 2, 3 ,4, 5, 6. Mosby Elsevier, 2007 2. Textbook of Orthodontics. SE Bishara. Chapters: 1 -9, 12-13, 18-21. W.B. Saunders, 2001. Module evaluation: o Clinical continuous assessment and Clinical case presentation - 30% 199 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

o End of year written examination – 70% Additional information: None


THE DENTAL MANAGEMENT OF THE MEDICALLY COMPLEX PATIENT Module Code: D5-97867 ECTS: 4.5 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Oral Medicine, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (28 weeks) + 2hr Clinical practice (28 weeks) HU Credits: 8 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 5, Seligman clinic Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Sharon Elad; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Oral Medicine Staff Office hours: Thursday 10:00-12:00 am. General prerequisites: 1. Graduate pre-clinical studies; 2. Basic clinical experience (4th year). Module Description: The most common medical disorders that may be encountered in a dental practice are at the focus of this course. Medical problems are organized to provide a brief overview of the basic disease process, epidemiology, pathophysiology, signs and symptoms, laboratory findings, and currently accepted medical therapy of each disorder. This is followed by a detailed explanation and recommendations for specific dental management. Aims: To provide the dental student an up-to-date, concise, factual reference describing the dental management of patients with selected medical problems. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • • • •

Collect medical information from patients using a medical background questionnaire Tabulate list of medical diagnoses and medications Identify medications which may implicate on the dental management Classify medical status according to American Society of Anesthesiology (ASA) scale Explain basic medical diagnoses Propose modifications of the dental management based on the medical background Assess risk for medical emergencies Interpret changes in patient well-being 201


Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Clinical practice Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Introduction; Rheumatic fever and infective endocarditis; Renal disease and dialysis; Diabetes; Coagulation disorder; Acquired immunodeficiency disease; Adrenaline use in dentistry; Medications and their implications on dental treatment; Pregnancy; Red blood lineage diseases; White blood lineage diseases; Cancer – solid tumors; Dental treatment plans in medically complex patients; Organ transplantations and implants; Smoking and smoking cessation; Allergy; Adrenal insufficiency; Hypertension; Ischemic heart disease; Atherosclerosis and metabolic syndrome; Cardiac insufficiency; Arrhythmias and syncope; Congenital cardiac defects; Liver diseases; Infectious liver diseases; Gastrointestinal tract diseases; Thyroid diseases; Neurological and psychiatric diseases; Pulmonary diseases, tuberculosis and sleep apnea; Dental implants in medically complex patients; Clinical practice in an oral medicine clinic limited to medically complex patients; Case presentation of a medically complex patient.

Required reading\ literature: 1. Lectures material; 2. Textbook by Little, Falace, Miller and Rhodus editors. Dental Management of the Medically Compromised Patient. Recent edition. St. Louis: Mosby Elsevier; 3. Publications specified by lecturer pertinent to the lecture. Module evaluation: o Mid-course written test (pass/failure) - 10% o Course-end written test - 60% 202 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

o Report about appropriate clinical practice at the end of each semester - 30% Additional information: Written exercises are optional. Information is updated to 2010-2011.


PEDODONTICS Module Code: D5-97869 ECTS: 5 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Pediatric Dentistry, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (14 weeks, 1st semester) + 2hr Clinical Practice (14 weeks, 1st semester) + 1hr Lectures(14 weeks, 2nd semester) + 4hr Clinical Practice (14 weeks, 2nd semester) HU Credits: 8 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 5, Seligman Clinic Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Diana Ram; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Pediatric Dentistry Staff Office hours: Sunday from 10:30 to 11:30 General prerequisites: successful completion of 4th year clinical requirements Aims: • • • •

To establish a child patient–dentist relationship that allows the effective delivery of dental treatment including, and a relationship with a parent. To make clinical and radiographic evaluation of a child and to build an appropriate plan treatment. To successfully treat a cooperative healthy school age children, using appropriate behavior management techniques. To effectively and efficiently perform dental treatment and at the same time to instill a positive dental attitude.


Manage the concepts of total patient care and the dentist's responsibility for the safe and effective management of children and adolescents in the dental situation; Manage the concept and practice of ongoing total patient care in the prevention, identification, assessment and treatment of oral diseases - as opposed to the episodic management of symptomatic oral problems; Perform an accurate examination, diagnosis, treatment planning and accurate record-taking before commencing the care of child and adolescent patients whether or not they have advanced or complicated problems; Ensure the maintenance of oral health after restorative treatment of child and adolescent patients including those with advanced or complicated problems ;


• • • • •

Decide when a child needs to be referral to a specialist in pediatric dentistry; in those situations which cannot be successfully managed in general dental practice or require specialist advice or intervention; Have a preventive and minimal intervention approach to the treatment of routine dental disorders Manage the behavioral and management aspects of child and adolescent patients. Provide urgent dental treatment of traumatic uncomplicated dental injuries in deciduous and permanent dentitions or refer appropriately the more severe cases to specialist in pediatric dentistry. Identify the signs of non-accidental injury and child abuse and neglect and how to refer to appropriate social services.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Clinical Practice Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Lectures: Aims of the course and introduction to pediatric dentistry. Comparative dental anatomy of primary teeth and young permanent teeth. The use of rubber dam (2 hrs). Restorative dentistry for primary teeth (2 hrs). Diagnosis and prevention: Caries treatment and the use of fissure sealants (2 hrs). Esthetic restorations in dentistry for children (1 hr). Radiology in dentistry for children (1 hr). Local anesthesia in pediatric dentistry (2 hrs). Caries Risk Assessment and Early Childhood Caries (2hrs). Plan treatment and integration of clinical and radiographic examination (2 hrs). Behavior management techniques (4 hrs). Biology, pathology, diagnosis of the pulp in primary teeth (2 hrs). Pulp treatment in primary and young permanent teeth (4 hrs). The mode of action, benefits and risks associated with the use of different modalities of fluoride and the rational use to patients(2 hrs). Anomalies in tooth development (hereditary and environmental) (2 hrs). Prevention of abuse and neglect through dental awareness (2 hrs). Developmental anomalies of the teeth: supernumerary and missing teeth (2hrs). Dental trauma of the permanent teeth: etiology, epidemiology and classification (1 hr). Diagnosis and treatment following non-complicated crown fracture of anterior permanent teeth (1 hr). Diagnosis and treatment following complicated crown fracture of anterior permanent teeth (1 hr). Diagnosis and treatment following root fracture of permanent teeth (1 hr). Diagnosis and treatment of supporting tissues after dental trauma (1 hr). Dental trauma of the primary dentition: diagnosis, treatment and consequences (2 hrs). Interceptive and preventive orthodontics in pediatric dentistry: the use of space maintainer (1hr). Handicapped children and dental treatment (1 hr). The use of sedation and general anesthesia in treatment of behavioral problem children (1 hr). 205


Required reading\ literature: 1. Text book: McDonald RE, Avery DR, Dean JA. 2. Dentistry for the child and adolescent. 9th ed. St. Louis: Mosby; 2010 3. In addition each lecturer recommends update references from relevant update scientific journals. Course evaluation: o Written test at the end of 1st Semester - 20% o End of year written examination - (multiple choice and open answer questions) - 30% o Clinical Continuous Assessment - 30% of the general o Clinical requirements - 20% (70 points - which includes check up, restorative and preventive dental treatment) Additional information: Pass Standard and any Special Requirements for Passing Module: 50%. End of Year Written Examination Profile: Written test at the end of the first semester (open questions). Written test at the end of the year: multiple choice and open questions test.


ORAL HEALTH PROMOTION FOR UNDERSERVED NEEDED POPULATION -B Module Code: D5-97319 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Community Dentistry, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2 HU Credits: 4 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Alon Livny; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Alon Livny Office hours: Wednesday, 12:00 – 13:00 General prerequisites: None Module Description: Elective course, intended for students who wish to widen their community involvement, beside the compulsory curricular courses of the department. The course involves oral health promotion activities and also providing basic dental treatments (free of charge) for underserved communities. The specific communities and activities may vary from time to time, and are selected each year. Aims: • •

To help needed population who cannot afford dental treatment to improve their oral health, through health promotion and needed basic treatment. To develop the social responsibility and awareness of dental students.

Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • •







CLINICAL PRACTICE AND SURGICAL OBSERVATION IN PERIODONTOLOGY Module Code: D5-New ECTS: 1 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Periodontology, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 8 hr * 5d (1 week) HU Credits: 1 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Asaf Wilensky, [email protected] Teaching staff: All department teachers Office hours: None General prerequisites: Completion of the course in periodontology 4th year, reading of the reading material of eh course (see below). Module Description: The surgical observation course in periodontology is stretched over the 5th and 6th years of dental school. In this course, the student is responsible for participating in periodontal surgeries. The student requirements is to participate in at least 3 periodontal or pre-prosthetic surgical procedures in the clinic of the department of periodontology, with one of the teachers in periodontology. If the student own patients need a surgical procedure- it is an obligation of the student to participate in the surgery. The student can also participate in any other periodontal procedure in the department – with pre registration in the clinic. The surgeries will take place in the clinic according to the clinic schedule, and the students have to accommodate for the schedule. After each surgical procedure – the student have to write a report about the surgery, according to the guidelines appears in the "Notebook to the student in periodontology". This report has to be approved by the responsible teacher and to be submitted to the department secretary. Aims: To expose the student to the clinical aspects of periodontal surgery. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • •

In details the different types of periodontal surgery, Explain the aim of each type of surgery, indications and contraindications, Describe the course of the surgery, and pre- and post- operative care.

Attendance: Obligatory for surgeries of the student patients, at least 3 surgical procedures during the 5th and 6th years. 209 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: The student can join any adequate surgical procedure in the department clinic, with pre-registration with the responsible nurse or the clinic secretary. After participating in the surgery – the student has to fill a report as described above. Required reading\ literature: The student have to show knowledge regarding periodontal surgical procedures as described in the lectures of the course in periodontology 5th year and in the the book "Textbook of clinical periodontology and implant dentistry" by J. Lindhe. Module evaluation: pass/fail Additional information: None


CLINICAL PRACTICE IN ORAL MEDICINE Module Code: D5-New ECTS: 1.5 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: The Department of Oral Medicine, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 42hr (1week) HU Credits: 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Rakefet Czerninski; [email protected] Teaching staff: Drs: Czerninski ,Nadler C Aframian D ,Keshet N ,Koren O ,Benoliel R, Sharav Y, Elad S ,Haviv Y, Fidler M, Kartin-Gabay T. Office hours: Tuesday 13-14 General prerequisites: Oral anatomy and physiology, Oral histology and pathology, Clinical pharmacology and Microbiology, Oral medicine, Orofacial Pain, Infection control Module Description: The student will take an active part in the clinical activity of the special clinics Oral diseases, Salivary glands, Orofacial Pain, Medically compromised patients and dental emergencies patients. The student will take part in clinical discussions, seminars and presentations Aims: • • •

To enable the student to examine, recognize and diagnose common pathologies of the oral and head and neck organs . To enable the student to use all of the available updated diagnostic methods for the abovementioned pathologies, and to select the appropriate treatment. To ebable the student to work in a medical environment using the available medical information sources.


Outline medical anamnesis Conduct full head and neck clinical examination including unique clinical examinations and diagnostics tests of each clinic Diagnose common pathologies of the oral tissues, salivary glands, TMJ, masticatory muscles and lymph nodes Use clinical medical records (photography, digital records) 211


• • • •

Write a medical letter . Present clinical case with full description of the medical data Discuss a clinical problem based on updated medical literature (problem based learning) including professional net sites Diagnose and treat dental emergencies

Attendance: 100% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: o Clinical work: anamnesis, clinical examination,(treatment for dental emergencies patients) o Small group-frontal teaching and discussions o Problem based seminar Module Content: Hour/Day 8-10 10-12 12-13

13-14 14-16

Sun

Mon

Tue

Wed

Morning Seminar-& instructions Oral Diseases –Patients Dental emergencies

1/month CPC* Morning Seminar-& instructions Salivary glandspatients Dental emergencies

Morning Seminar-& instructions Pain –patients Dental emergencies

Morning Seminar-& instructions Medically compromised patients Dental emergencies

Lunch break

Lunch break

Lunch break

Lunch break

Oral Diseases –Patients, Summary seminar

Salivary glandspatients Summary seminar

pain –patients

Summary seminar

Thu Oral Diseases –Patients Dental emergencies PBL-Seminar

Department of oral medicine Meeting

* Once a month—clinical pathological conference 8-9 Required reading\ literature: 1. Regezi J.A, Sciubba J.J, Jordan R.C.K; Oral Pathology, Clinical

Pathologic Correlations, W.B. Saunders, Last edition 2. Orofacial Pain and Headache 2008, Eds: Sharav Y, Benoliel R, Elsevier-Mosby,

New York; Chapters 5, 7, 8, 9, 10 3. S.F. Malamed: Medical Emergencies in the Dental Office, Mosby Last editio 4. Little JW, Fallace DA, Miller C, Rhodus NL (eds) Dental Management of the 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Medically Compromised Patient, Last edition . Mosby, St Louis. Medic, monthly ethical drug indexed compilation, Shirol Pub. Hertzeliya, Israel. MMWR CDC Guidelines for Infection Control in Dental Health Care Setting 2003 Infection control in the dental office - Israel's Ministry of health- Number 3.1 2004 Waste clearing in the dental office - Israel's Ministry of health- Number 1.8 2004 The Faculty of Dental Medicine - Infection contol instruction guide - 2009 Oral Medicine –for the student-special handouts written by the department of oral medicine 212


Module evaluation: o 75%- clinical evaluation by the teachers based on 1-10 mark for each of the following: Knowledge, clinical skills and general behavior o 25% -case presentation based on 1-10 mark for each of the following: Knowledge, clear presentation, organized presentation, literature review Additional information: The student needs to present a signed list of patients treated by him (name, diagnosis and date). The student will be exposed and will conduct special clinical examinations such as Physical examinations including cranial nerves, head and neck muscles,lymphnodes TMJ, oral soft tissues, salivary glands and salivary functions and sialometry, pain diary and visual analogue scale, vital staining, swabs for cultures


CLINICAL PRACTICE IN ORAL AND MAXILOFACIAL RADIOLOGY Module Code: D5-New ECTS: 1.5 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Oral Medicine Oral Maxillofacial Radiology Unit, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week (one week only): 34hs + 8hs (after hour's homework) HU Credits: 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Maxillofacial Radiology Unit Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Silvina Friedlander-Barenboim; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Silvina Friedlander-Barenboim ; Dr. Nadler Chen Office hours: Wednesday 11:00-12:00 General prerequisites: Maxillofacial Anatomy, Tooth morphology, Essentials in Oral radiology, Oral maxillofacial pathology , Cariology, Periodontology, Module Description: The course will provide the student skills for identifying oral maxillofacial pathology manifestation in different imaging modalities. Jaw bone pathology description and rules for reporting a radiographic findings. Interpretation of maxillofacial pathology and underlying altered systemic conditions based on a systematic approach for radiographs review. During this course the student will learn how to elaborate a differential diagnosis for findings in various dental imaging techniques. Seminars and rotation - The purpose of this clinical rotation is to give the student the opportunity to interpret radiographs, report radiographic findings, correlate the findings with clinical and pathological data and elaborate self skills for quality control. The students are required to interpret FMX, Orthopantograms, elaborate treatment planning for patients considering correlation of clinical data and present a short seminar on differential diagnosis of a radiographic finding they encountered during the rotation. Practice the use of software for digital radiology, exercise the use of film base radiology, expose to advance imaging techniques used for dental and maxillofacial diagnosis CBCT; Sialography and Imaging under sedation for non complaint patients. The students participate in outpatients consultations, they collect the primary data and present the patient to the instructors, Aims: Train the students how to distinguish normal anatomy from pathology findings, their presence in consultations with other colleagues will demonstrate how to communicate 214 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

with colleagues in and out our dental school. show them how to elaborate a differential diagnosis based on the radiology findings and clinical data, and how to report the findings. To develop students self criticism and quality control. Improve students' skills in using imaging software. Expose the students to advance imaging modalities available for dental practice. The student will be able to decide to refer the patient for further imaging studies. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • •

Interpret intaoral radiographs and elaborate a treatment plan based on the clinical data correlated to the radiographic findings. Distinguish, describe and report pathology in dental intraoral and extraoral radiographs. Elaborate a differential diagnosis for the finding, decide how to manage the patient, refer for additional evaluation or refer to a specialist or follow-up is needed. Interpret a radiology finding and asses based on clinical radiology and pathology correlation what is the most accurate diagnosis. Decide and select the appropriate imaging modality for a specific clinical or radiology finding in question. Estimate the quality of a radiograph and decide whether it is diagnostic or a retake should be performed.

Attendance: 100% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Seminars and rotation in oral maxillofacial radiology unit Module Content: • •

Interpretation of radiographs Short seminar on differential diagnosis of a radiographic finding

Required reading\ literature: White SC, Pharoah MJ. Oral Radiology: Principles and interpretation. Module evaluation: Additional information: None


CLINICAL PRACTICE IN ORAL AND MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY Module Code: D5-New ECTS: 3 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of oral and maxillofacial surgery, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 42hr (2 week) HU Credits: 6 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Heli Rushinek; [email protected] Teaching staff: clinic staff Office hours: 9:00-16:00 General prerequisites: Head & neck anatomy, oral pathology, oral medicine, microbiology & antibiotics, clinical pharmacology. Module Description: The student will take active part in the clinical activity. The student will observe at the operating rooms in the clinic (minor surgery) and in the hospital (major surgery) The student will take part in clinical discussions, seminars and presentations Aims: • •

To enable the student to examine, recognize, diagnose and set a treatment plan for common pathologies of the oral and maxillofacial organs. To enable the student to work in a medical environment and to be familiar with hospital facilities.


Outline medical anamnesis Conduct full head and neck clinical examination Make a diagnosis or a differential diagnosis for common oral and maxillofacial pathologies or conditions (TMJ, oral tissues, salivary glands, bony lesions, orthognathic patiens) Perform simple surgical and not surgical teeth extractions and sutures Describe minor and major surgical procedures 216


• • • •

Identify anatomic structures in surgical field Write correct drug prescription Recognize potential medical hazards in patient's surgical treatment Identify instruments for minor surgery and extractions and understand their use

Attendance: 100% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Clinical work (anamnesis, examinations, simple extractions, second hand in minor surgeries) Discussions on cases at the end of each day Academic meetings on different issues Module Content: Hour/Day

Sun

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

Academic meeting different for each week (orthognathic / CPC / X-ray /

Academic meeting different for each week (resident seminar / Jclub / guest lecturer

Case presentations (pre and post operation / consultations

Clinic (anamnesis and examinations)





13-14

Lunch break

Lunch break

Lunch break

Lunch break

Lunch break

14-16

Clinic anamnesis and examinations. Discussion on case problems / acquaintance with surgical instruments / suture practice on sponge





8-10

9-13

Required reading\ literature: 1. PETERSON'S PRINCIPLES OF ORAL AND MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY.

Michael Miloro, G. E. Ghali, Peter E. Larsen, Peter D. Waite. 2ND edition 2004. BC Decker Inc. London 2. DENTAL MANAGEMENT OF THE MEDICALLY COMPROMISED PATIENT,. James W. Little, Donald A. Falace, Craig S. Miller, Nelson L. Rhodus. 7th edition 2008 MOSBY ELSEVIER,


3. ORAL PATHOLOGY, CLINICAL PATHOLOGIC CORRELATIONS. Regezi J

A, Sciubba J J, Jordan R C K. Last edition. Saunders. 4. MEDIC, monthly ethical drug indexed compilation, Shirol Publication,

Hertzaliya, Israel. Module evaluation: The student will be evaluated on attendance in clinic and academic sessions, anamnesis quality, knowledge, clinical skills general behavior and attitude by passed or didn't pass score. Additional information: The student will attend all clinics and academic meetings. Missed days must be accomplished in coordination with lecturer coordinator or with head of the department.



3rd year modules (6th academic year)

Module D6-97902 - ORAL & MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY-6TH YR D6-97908 - GERIATRIC DENTISTRY D6-97912 - ADVANCED PERIODONTICS & IMPLANT DENTISTRY D6-97951 - DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS D6-97960 - TREATMENT OF EDENTULOUS PATIENT D6-97971 - COMPREHENSIVE TREATMENT OF ADULT PATIENT D6-97972 - APPLIED DENTISTRY D6-97973 - PEDODONTICS D6-97974 – ORTHODONTICS D6-97975 - PRACTICAL ASPECTS OF THE DENTAL MANEGEMENT OFTHE MEDICALLY COMPLEX PATIENT – ADVANCED COURSE D6-97976 - COMPREHENSIVE TREATMENT OF THE ADULT PATIENT – ENDODONTICS D6-97977 - MEDICAL EMERGENCIES IN DENTISTRY D6-97978 - COMPREHENSIVE TREATMENT OF THE ADULT PATIENT PERIODONTOLOGY D6-97979 -LASERS IN DENTISTRY D6-97980 – SEDATION AND GENERAL ANESTHESIA IN DENTISTRY D6-97320 - ORAL HEALTH PROMOTION FOR UNDERSERVED NEEDED POPULATION – C D6-New - CLINICAL PRACTICE AND SURGICAL OBSERVATION IN PERIODONTOLOGY D6-New - ADVANCED CLINICAL PRACTICE IN ORAL MEDICINE D6-New - CLINICAL PRACTICE IN ORAL AND MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY D6-New - D.M.D. RESEARCH THESIS D6-New - CLINICAL PRACTICE IN PEDIATRIC DENTISTRY Total


HU credits 2 2 1

ECTS 2 1 1

2 10 15.5

1 6 8.5

3 12 5 11

3 6 3 5

7.5

4.5

2 7.5

2 4.5

1 2

1 1

4

2

1

1

6

3

6

3

0 3 100.5

0 1.5 60

ORAL & MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY-6TH YR Module Code: D6-97902 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures/Seminars + 8hr*2 weeks Rotation HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 5 and ground floor Oral& Maxillofacial clinic Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Rephael Zeltser; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Staff Office hours: Unlimited- appointment should be scheduled with the headsw of department secretary General prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of all 4th and 5th year requirements Module Description This course focuses on the diagnosis and surgical treatment by case and problem learning focusing on the different aspects of evaluation, differential diagnosis, treatment plan and outcomes. The course is based on seminars prepared and presented by the students under the supervision of the senior surgeons. Two weeks of rotation in the oral & maxillofacial clinic provide the students clinical experience in diagnosis facial trauma, cranio-facial anomalies and pathologies of the jaws as well as the clinical experience in minor surgical procedures (tooth extractions, implantology, control of infection ect.) As part of rotation the students observe major surgeries and are given the opportunity to be familiar with advanced surgical procedures. Further more the students will be actively involved in the main hospital emergency and trauma department twice a week throughout all evening and night. One day /week they will join the Oral and maxillofacial prosthetic department and be exposed to the prosthetic rehabilitation of oncology patients in the field of head and neck malignancies and irradiated patients Aims The course aims at preparing the sixth year student to be capable of diagnosing and comprehending different cases from the surgical point of view. In the clinical part of the course the students are given the opportunity to demonstrate knowledge and gain experience in minor surgical procedures and be exposed to numerous maxillofacial problems and treatment modalities. Outcomes On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: 220 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

• • • • •

•

Perform a thorough patient anamnesis including: medical review, sociological and psychological review, dental history and risk assessment. Perform a thorough clinical examination including: examination of head and neck and orofacial soft tissues, examination of teeth and restorations and radiographic examination. Demonstrate a range of diagnostic skills by: evaluating medical histories, showing radiographic diagnosis/diagnostic skills, identifying of pathology of oral soft and hard tissues. Perform basic clinical procedures: opening a flap, performing tooth extraction and suturing oral mucosa. Demonstrate knowledge in advanced surgical procedures: orthognathic surgery, dental and maxillofacial trauma, cranio-facial anomalies, implant dentistry and procedures of alveolar bone augmentation. Diagnosis and treatment of oral and maxillofacial infections, salivary gland diseases, TMJ diseases, soft and hard tissue pathology (benign and malignant) Identify and have a thorough differential diagnosis of oral pathologies and demonstrate knowledge in the appropriate treatment.

Attendance: Course lectures/seminars - 100% 2 weeks of rotations - mandatory attendance throughout the period. Teaching arrangement and method of instruction : Seminars & Rotation in the Oral & maxillofacial surgery clinic, operating theatres, hospitalization department and the emergency medicine and trauma unit. Module Content: Seminars varies each year yet there are mandatory that should be included in the seminars’ list: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Spread of infections Maxillary sinus pathology and diseases Osteomyelitis, Osteoradionecrosis, BRONJ Periapical lesions and surgical approach Oro-antral communication Pediatric trauma Dento-alveolar trauma Midface trauma TMJ – Hypomobility, Limited mouth opening, Anchored disc phenomenon, Arthrocenthesis, Osteoarthritis, fractures Salivary gland pathology Sub mandibular swellings Giant cell lesions Head and neck pathology (benign and malignant) Facial asymmetries and congenital malformations Surgical extractions and complication The rational usage of antibiotics Bone Radiolucencies – Ameloblastoma / keratocyst, dentigerous cyst Orthodontic implants / screws 221


• • • • • •

Bone and Alveolar distraction osteogenesis Dental Implants Bone/ridge augmentation, bone replacement Sinus lift procedure Biological membranes for augmentation Vascular anomalies/malformations

Required reading\ literature 1. Contemporary Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. Peterson, L.J., Eliss, E. III, Hupp, J.R. and Tucker, M.R. 3rd Ed., 1998, Mosby. 2. Oral Pathology. Clinical-Pathologic Correlations. Joseph A. Regezi and James Sciubba. W.B. Saunders Co. Latest edition 3. Oral Anatomy. Harry Sicher. Latest edition 4. Oral Radiology: Principles and Interpretation [Hardcover] 5. Stuart C. White, Michael J. Pharoah. Latest edition 6. Dental Management of the Medically Compromised Patient. James W. Little, Donald A. Falace, Craig S. Miller and Nelson L. Rhodus. 6th Ed. Mosby 2002 7. All papers published in the english literature and were selected by the staff for the particular seminar members Module evaluation Seminars and presentations are being assessed by three parameters: literature review, preparation of the seminar and the presentation of seminar in front of their colleagues and staff members -100 % (10% of the final written exam). Additional information: o End of year written examination includes the 4th, 5th and 6th year studies 100% o The instructors of the oral and maxillofacial department throughout the weeks of rotation give clinical assessment.


GERIATRIC DENTISTRY Module Code: D6-97908 ECTS: 1 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Community dentistry, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (14 weeks) + Fieldwork/ Clinical Practice (3 sessions) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Alon Livny; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Alon Livny, Dr. Avi Zini Office hours: Wednesday 13:00-14:00 General prerequisites: Completing courses D5-97863, D5-97861 and D5-97846 Module Description: An integrative course dealing with caring for oral health of the elderly. The course is comprised of lectures, seminars and field experience of delivering dental service in a nursing home, with mobile equipment. Aims: • • •

Exposure of the student to the elderly population, its special characteristics and the oral health aspects of these. Initial experience of dental service in the community, in field settings, with mobile equipment. To improve the oral health of the elderly.


Recognize and summarize the special characteristics of this community and age group; Identify specific health problems of the elderly, by collecting relevant data; Tailor the most suitable approaches of communication and treatment, when needed; Assess and evaluate treatment possibilities according to the clinical problems, and with correct judgment of the mental, social and physical status of the patient, and the conditions of the field settings; Develop skills of communication with other allied relevant personnel: social workers, nurses, family members.


Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Fieldwork/Clinical Practice Module Content: Lectures: • • • • • • •

Introduction to geriatric dentistry – demography, epidemiology Common health and oral health problems Special considerations and adjustment of treatment programs Social and behavioral aspects of the elderly Community gerodontology, mobile geriatric dentistry Elderly in Israel – status, different caring institutions and organizations Mobile dentistry – various modes of operation, examples from Israel and the world.

Field experience: • •

Each student will visit a nearby nursing home for 3 times. In these visits students will interview, examine and treat residents of the institution, and follow these treatments outcomes. On conclusion of field sessions, students will prepare a written report describing a chosen resident which was in their care, including social and health profile, dental history and treatment process.

Required reading\ literature: No required compulsory reading. Students are required to present written work on a chosen gerodontology issue, including literature reviews. Module evaluation: o o o o

Attendance - 15% Preparing home exercise -15% Presenting final report - 45% Teachers' evaluation of active participation, attitude and competency - 25%



ADVANCED PERIODONTICS & IMPLANT DENTISTRY Module Code: D6-97912 ECTS: 1 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Periodontology, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 1hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 1 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 5 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Avigdor Klinger; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dept. of Periodontology and Oral and Maxillofacial surgery Office hours: Sunday 8:00-13:00, Department of Periodontology, 5th floor General prerequisites: Completion of the theoretical and the clinical courses of the 4th and the 5th year in Periodontology. Module Description: Advanced Periodontics & Implant Dentistry. The implementation of advanced surgical techniques in the more challenging clinical cases. Aims: To expose the student to the possibilities of modern periodontal techniques in the more challenging clinical cases. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • •

Discuss the possible augmentation alternatives in ridge-deficient cases Describe the corollaries between periodontitis and perimplantitis Develop a decision making process in mucogingival esthetically related situations Show understanding of the special needs and treatment restrictions in systemically involved patients Identify border-line tooth-level and patient-level prognostic situations and discuss treatment alternatives prior to the decision to extract.


Biological rational of guided bone regeneration, The closed sinus elevation technique, Periodontally accelerated osteogenic orthodontics, 225


• • • • • • •

Esthetically indicated clinical crown lengthening procedure, Perimplantitis and periodontitis, Management of dentinal hypersensitivity, Distraction osteogenesis vrs. block grafting, Guided implantology, Implantology in the systemically compromised patient, Teeth with compromised prognosis – extract or treat?

Required reading\ literature: Textbook of clinical periodontology and implant dentistry, editor: Jan Lindhe, 5th edition. Module evaluation: o Written examination – 100% Additional information: This is a new course in the curriculum


DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS Module Code: D6-97951 ECTS: 1 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Oral Medicine, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Seminars (10 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Silvina Friedlander; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Oral Medicine Staff Office hours: Wednesday 10:00-11:00 General prerequisites: Knowledge of normal maxillofacial anatomy in radiographs, knowledge of dental and periodontal normal anatomy in radiographs, knowledge of maxillofacial dental and periodontal pathology. Module Description: The course consists of actual clinical cases presentation, and oriented to be case and problem based learning. The clinical cases shown are from various fields of Oral medicine: mucous membrane diseases, salivary gland pathology, facial pain and jaw bone pathology. All cases include different uses of imaging modalities. The students are exposed to difficulties in obtaining an accurate diagnosis from a differential diagnosis, integrating all the basic and clinical knowledge learned during the clinical years in the field of oral maxillofacial radiology. In addition to the students training in differential diagnosis the course format serves as a practical preparation for the government licensing exam. Aims: • •

Provide the student the skills to diagnose pathological conditions in the jaws and maxillofacial area using various imaging modalities. To be able to perform a differential diagnosis, to obtain if possible an accurate diagnosis and to decide when a patient must be referred for further investigation of an existing pathology.

Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • •

Identify pathology in the maxillofacial region Accurately describe the pathology in the various imaging modalities available to a GP (intraoral, orthopantogram, CBCT).


• • •

Analyze the clinical data, assemble it with the radiographic data and formulate a differential diagnosis Evaluate if the patient needs additional medical or radiographic investigations. Interpret all the data and decide whether they can treat the patient or they have to refer him to a specialist for further evaluation and treatment.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Seminars Module Content: • • • •

4 differential diagnosis seminars in oral maxillofacial bone pathology 2 differential diagnosis seminars in oral mucous membrane diseases 2 differential diagnosis seminars in salivary gland pathology 2 differential diagnosis seminars in orofacial pain

Required reading\ literature: 1. White SC, Pharoah MJ. Oral Radiology: Principles and Interpretation. St. Louis; Mosby-Year Book, 2009, 6th edition. 2. Regezi JA, Sciubba JJ, Jordan RCK. Textbook: Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology: Clinical-Pathologic Correlations, W B Saunders Co. Philadelphia, PA, 2007,5th edition. 3. Neville, Damm, Allen, Bouquot. Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology. SaundersElsvier, St. Louis, 2009 3rd edition. Module evaluation: o Final computerized examination – 100% (basic radiography and radiology - 50%, clinical and radiology cases - 50%) Additional information: Final exam includes all data learned in all three clinical years.


TREATMENT OF EDENTULOUS PATIENT Module Code: D6-97960 ECTS: 6 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department Of Prosthodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (28 weeks) + 5hr Clinical Practice (28 weeks) HU Credits: 10 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Seligman Clinic, Pharmacy B Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Israel Tamary; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department Of Prosthodontics Staff Office hours: None General prerequisites: Completion of courses D5-97863, D5-97809 Module Description: Clinical course of removable prosthesis (complete and partial dentures) Teaching comprised of: Treating edentulous and partially edentulous patients by means of removable prosthesis, lectures, seminars and case presentations. Aims: Provide the students with a thorough understanding of the edentulous and partially edentulous milieu. Treat the fully and partially edentulous patients by means of removable prosthesis. Selected patients will be treated using dental implants. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • •

Demonstrate understanding of the needs and limitations of the edentulous patient and have proper attitude toward old patients Prepare a customized treatment plan Execute the clinical treatment phases followed by self- criticism Establish mutual languish with the dental technician Apply the prosthetic principals, knowledge and skills and execute successfully the proper treatment prescribed. The students should be able to implement the treatment by means of: Complete dentures, over-dentures , immediate dentures, interim partial and full dentures, CrCo partial dentures and implant supported complete and partial dentures

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Clinical practice, lectures, seminars and case presentations 229 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Module Content: Clinical treatment: Each student should treat two patients according to their needs. The treatment can comprised of the following: Complete dentures, over-dentures , immediate dentures, interim partial and full dentures, CrCo partial dentures and implant supported complete and partial dentures Topics of lectures and seminars: • • • • • • • • • • •

Characteristics of the elderly patient Reline and rebase procedures and materials Phonetics Use of dental articulators and face-bows in complete dentures RPD diagnosis and treatment planning RPD diagnosis and treatment planning in conjunction with crowns Immediate and Interim denture Implant supported and tooth supported over-dentures Implant supported partial denture Combination syndrome New materials and technics in RPD treatment

Students case presentations Required reading\ literature Boucher’s Prosthetic Treatment for Edentulous patients.11th Edition. McCracken’s Removable Partial Prosthodontics.10th Edition. The pre- clinical and clinical manuals All the lectures and seminars given in the pre-clinical and clinical courses Course evaluation: Theory: o Introductory exam-10% o Midterm exam-10% o Final exam -80% Clinical evaluation: o Stuff assessment (pass/fail) Additional information: None


COMPREHENSIVE TREATMENT OF ADULT PATIENT Module Code: D6-97971 ECTS: 8.5 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department Of Prosthodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 4hr Lectures/Seminars (28 weeks) + 11hr Clinical Practice (28 weeks) HU Credits: 15.5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Seligman clinic Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Yossi Gleitman; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department Of Prosthodontics Staff Office hours: Sunday 12-13 General prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of all 5th year requirements Module Description: This course provides each 6th year student with both basic and advanced clinical training and experience in comprehensive treatment. This multidisciplinary prosthodontic treatment experience will include the following disciplines: Oral Diagnosis, Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Endodontics, Periodontics, Pediatrics, Orthodontics, Geriatrics, Hospital Dentistry; focused on: Operative Dentistry, Fixed Prosthodontics and Removable Prosthodontics. Each 6th year student is assigned to a clinical instructor’s group, which is managed by three dentists, at least one of which is specialists in prosthodontics. These clinical instructors provide training in diagnosis, treatment planning, treatment sequence and the treating of assigned patients. Consultations in the various specialties of dentistry is available upon request. The student, supervised by the instructors, direct and coordinate the total dental health care of their patients. Weekly seminars are held of each group to discuss student cases, and to review dental techniques as well as literature review. Individual student meetings are scheduled to discuss clinical performance. Aims: • • •

To teach the student to manage and preform multidisciplinary prosthodontic treatment. Implementation and integration of knowledge acquired during his studies. Acquire knowledge for diagnosis and treatment tools of adult patients with a indication for FPD supported teeth and implant supported fixed dentures. This course aims at preparing the 6th year student to be capable of performing basic and advanced clinical procedures on their assigned patients under the


• • •

supervision of dental clinicians while consulting specialists in other fields of dentistry. To prepare the students for developing clinical competency to a satisfactory level To prepare students to pass internal and external examinations in order to graduate from the School of Dental Medicine. To competently serve the needs of patients in private practices and in the community.

Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • • •

Perform a thorough patient anamnesis and clinical examination Discuss the diagnosis dental diseases and etiology Recommend detailed comprehensive treatment plan Assemble caries management by risk assessment Outline clinical and technical stages of fixed partial denture, teeth and implant support Demonstrate clinical skills in the treatment/restoring teeth to form, function, and esthetic standards Perform basic clinical procedures of fixed partial denture, teeth and implant support

Attendance: 90 % Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures, Seminars & Clinical Practice The course includes lectures from members of the Department and guests, Seminars and clinical presentations. During the year are 8 quizzes. Theoretical exam at the end of the year with open questions. Module Content: Theoretical aspects of: • • • • •

Etiology, prevention, diagnosis and management of dental diseases. Clinical and technical sequences of restorative dentistry. Clinical and technical sequences of fixed partial denture. Planning and performing implant supported fixed partial denture. Esthetic dentistry

Clinical Requirements: • • • • •

4 comprehensive treatment plans 35 restorations 6 post & core 10 units of fixed palatial dentures teeth supported 2 units of fixed palatial dentures implants supported

Required reading\ literature:


1. Shillingburg, Hobo, Fundamentals of fixed prosthodontics. Whitsett. Quintessece Books, 1981 Ch. 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 9, 10, 13, 14, 16, 21, 26, 27 2. Misch CE. Dental Implant Prosthetics. Elsevier Mosby 2005 Ch. 3, 19, 21, 22, 23, 24, 3. Kraus B., Jordan R.E. and Abrams L. The dentition: Its alignment and articulation from: Dental anatomy and occlusion. The Williams& Wilkins Co.1980 4. Mohl, Zarb, Carlsson and Rough: A textbook of Occlusion. The temporomandibular joint. Quintessence Books 1988. pp. 81-96. 5. Goldman HM, Cohen DW. Periodontal Therapy. CV Mosby Co. Chapter 30: Occlusal adjustment 6. Schuyler C.H The function and importance of incisal guidance JPD 13:1011-1029 1963 7. Donovan ,Chee A review of contemporary impression materials and techniques. Dent. Clin. N. Am 2004 Apr;48(2):vi-vii, 445-70 8. R. W. Wassell et al. Crowns and other extra-coronal restorations: Provisional restorations. Br. Dent. J. 2002; 192: 619-630 9. R. W. Wassell et al. Crowns and other extra-coronal restorations: Try-in and cementation of crowns. Br. Dent J. 2002; 192: 17-28 10. Ariel J. Raigrodski, Contemporary materials technologies for all-ceramic fixed partial dentures: A review of the literature JPD 2004;92:557-62. 11. Excessive gingival display--etiology, diagnosis, and treatment modalities. Silberberg N, Goldstein M, Smidt A. Quintessence Int. 2009 Nov-Dec;40(10):809-18. 12. Rivera-Morales WC, Mohl ND. Restoration of the vertical dimension of occlusion in the severely worn dentition. Dent Clin North Am. 1992 Jul;36(3):651-64.John C. 13. Wataha Alloys for prosthodontic restorations.JPD 2002;87:351-63. 14. Brunsvold Michael A. Pathologic Tooth Migration. Periodontol. 2005 June; 859-866 15. Robbins J.W. Restoration of the endodontically treated tooth. Dent. Clin. N. Am 46 (2002) 367 - 384 Module evaluation: o o o o o o o

Clinical Continuous Assessment 45% Clinical case presentation 10% Clinical requirements 5% End of Year (course) Written Examination. 25% Written Tests 5% Presentation 5% Practical Examinations 5%

Additional information: Clinical Requirements: o o o o o

4 comprehensive treatment plans 35 restorations 6 post & core 10 units of fixed palatial dentures teeth supported 2 units of fixed palatial dentures implants supported


APPLIED DENTISTRY Module Code: D6-97972 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Community Dentistry, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 3 hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Avraham Zini; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Community Dentistry Staff Office hours: Mondays 12.00-14.00 General prerequisites: None Module Description: Invited lectures of leaders in the different fields of applied dentistry in Israel. Aims: An overview of the wide range of applying dentistry in Israel. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • •

Assess, conclude and criticize the health care system in Israel Define and describe the position and problems of the dental manpower Present acquire knowledge regarding applying the every day practice of dental work in Israel.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: • • • • • • • • •

Dental health as a component of the health care system in Israel Main frameworks of dental care in the country Law Legislation Ethics Manpower Economics Practice management Insurance

Required reading\ literature: 234 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Mann J and Fisher R. Applied Dentistry, 2008. Module evaluation: o Final written examination – 100% Additional information: None


PEDODONTICS Module Code: D6-97973 ECTS: 6 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Pediatric Dentistry, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 6hr Clinical Practice (28 weeks) + 8hr Rotation in the unit *1 week HU Credits: 12 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Seligman Clinic Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Esti Davidovich; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Pediatric Dentistry Staff Office hours: Mondays 11:00- 12:00 General prerequisites: successful completion of 4th year clinical requirements Module Description: This is a clinical course based on the theoretic 5th year pediatric dentist course which enables the student to improve the skills in treating pediatric patients as well as clinical experience of treating children. Comprehensive dental treatment of a pediatric dental patient. Clinical supervised sessions where the student learns how to build an appropriate plan treatment, record clinical and radiographic data and to establish a preventive and to perform the adequate restorative treatment. A one week full time rotation in the department of pediatric dentistry, where the student is exposed to complex cases at the emergency clinic, sedation treatments, treatment under general anesthesia, special needs children, behavior management problems. Aims: • • •

To establish a pediatric patient–dentist-parent relationship that enables an effective delivery of dental treatment To make clinical and radiographic evaluation of a child and to build an appropriate treatment plan. To successfully treat a cooperative healthy school age children, using appropriate behavior management techniques. To effectively and efficiently perform dental treatment and at the same time to instill a positive dental attitude.

Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: 236 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

• • • • • • • • •

Assess the total patient care and the dentist's responsibility for the safe and effective management of children and adolescents in the dental situation Prevent, identify, assess and treat oral diseases as ongoing total patient care, as opposed to the episodic management of symptomatic oral problems. Perform an accurate examination, diagnosis, treatment planning and accurate record-taking before commencing the care of child and adolescent patients whether or not they have advanced or complicated problems; Ensure the maintenance of oral health after restorative treatment of child and adolescent patients including those with advanced or complicated problems ; Decide when a child needs to be referral to a specialist in pediatric dentistry; in those situations which cannot be successfully managed in general dental practice or require specialist advice or intervention; Apply preventive and minimal intervention approach to the treatment of routine dental disorders Generate the ability of coping with behavioral aspects of child and adolescent patients Provide urgent dental treatment of traumatic uncomplicated dental injuries in deciduous and permanent dentitions or refer appropriately the more severe cases to specialist in pediatric dentistry. Identify the signs of non-accidental injury and child abuse and neglect and how to refer to appropriate social services.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Clinical Practice & Rotation Module Content: Clinical supervised practice: • • • • • • •

radiographs, data collection, preventive plan treatment, fillings, crowns, pulp therapy, preventive orthodontics.

During the rotation in the department of pediatric dentistry, the student is exposed to complex cases of: • • • • •

Dental trauma, Oral pathology, Infections in the oral cavity, Baby clinic, clefts, and others at the emergency clinic. The student observe residents and senior pediatric dentists performing sedation treatments, treatment under general anesthesia, special needs children’s treatments and behavior management problems.

Required reading\ literature: Text book: McDonald RE, Avery DR, Dean JA. Dentistry for the child and adolescent. 9th ed. St. Louis: Mosby; 2010


Module evaluation: o Clinical Continuous Assessment - 30% o Clinical requirements - 40% o End of Year (course) Written Examination-(multiple choice) - 30% Additional information: Clinical requirements: 150 points - which includes check up, restorative and


ORTHODONTICS Module Code: D6-97974 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Orthodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures and seminars (28 weeks) + 2.5hr Clinical Practice (28 weeks) HU Credits: 5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Yocheved Ben-Bassat; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Orthodontics Staff Office hours: None General prerequisites: D4-97716, D5-97866 Module Description: The curriculum in the 6th year is comprised of: 1. Theory: frontal lectures; exercises in computerized cephalometry held in a computer laboratory; seminars with interactive discussions on clinical subjects. 2. Clinical practice:weekly 2.5 hours of clinical sessions devoted to demonstrations of orthodontic procedures, performance of simple orthodontic treatment procedures by the students, consultations, treatment planning, and case presentations by the students. Aims: • • • •

Integration of previous knowledge of craniofacial growth and development, development of occlusion, etiology of malocclusion and tissue changes in clinical practice. Development of diagnostic skills. Acquaintance and understanding of different treatment procedures with removable and fixed appliances. Acquisition of manual dexterity in performing simple orthodontic treatment procedures.


Describe and explain theories of craniofacial growth and development and how they affect the dento-facial area. Integrate theoretical knowledge to clinical situations. Perform orthodontic diagnosis and distinguish between early signs of malocclusion and normal development. 239


• • • •

Diagnose and classify malocclusions. Perform an orthodontic treatment plan for patients presenting with minor and moderate malocclusions. Interpret the effects of orthodontic treatment. Cary out minor orthodontic movements with removable and fixed appliances.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Clinical Practice Module Content: Lectures and exercises: • • • • • • • • • •

Clinical application of growth data. Cephalometrics: General principles, Landmark identification, Cephalometric analysis, Computerized cephalometrics. Seminars: Orthodontic treatment of a periodonticaly compromised adult patient. Indications for early orthodontic treatment. Serial extractions. Orthosurgery- selected case demonstration. Considerations in space maintenance. Simulations of orthodontic problems and solutions. Crowding, extractions ,facial profile considerations and timing of treatment. Occlusion- a common goal for the orthodontist and the general practitioner.

Recommended reading\ literature: 1. Radiographic Cephalometry. Ed. A Jacobson. Chapters 3 and 4, Quintessence books, 1995. 2. Contemporary Orthodontics. 4th ed. WR Proffit. Chapters 2, 3 ,4, 5, 6, 9. Mosby Elsevier, 2007 3. Textbook of Orthodontics. SE Bishara. Saunders, 2001. Module evaluation: o End of year written examination – 60%, o Clinical continuous assessment and case presentation – 40% Additional information: None


PRACTICAL ASPECTS OF THE DENTAL MANEGEMENT OF THE MEDICALLY COMPLEX PATIENT – ADVANCED COURSE Module Code: D6-97975 ECTS: 5 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Oral Medicine, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 1hr Lecture (14 weeks, 1st semester) + 7 hr Clinical Practice (28 weeks, 1st and 2nd semesters) HU Credits: 11 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Sharon Elad; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Oral Medicine Staff Office hours: Monday 08:00-09:00 am General prerequisites: o Graduate pre-clinical studies o Basic clinical experience (4-5th year) o Course # D5-97867 Module Description: Medical disorders that may be encountered in a dental practice are at the focus of this course. The course is composed of seminars and clinical practice treating medically complex patients. Seminars include case presentation of medically complex patients and a discussion about each case. Most presentations are centered at a specific clinical issue related to the case presented. Clinical practice requires processing the medical background of dental patients, adjustment of dental treatment to the medical background and getting prepared to medical emergencies. Aims: 1. To demonstrate the dental students how to apply theories learnt during 5th year course in Dental Treatment of Medically Complex Patients in practice; 2. To extend the discussion about specific topics related to the implication of the medical background on dental treatment; 3. To raise clinical dilemmas and suggest possible solutions; 4. To update students about new clinical guidelines that were published since previous year. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to:


• • • • • • • •

Collect medical information from patients using a medical background questionnaire Identify medical parameters which may implicate on the dental management Analyze the significance of the medical background during dental treatment Explain guidelines used in the treatment of medically complex patients Propose modifications in the dental management based on the medical background Assess risk for medical emergencies Interpret changes in patient well-being Compare guidelines used in the dental treatment of medically complex patients with exceptional cases.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures based on clinical cases, Clinical Practice Module Content: Case presentations based on supervisor guidance. Required reading\ literature: 1. Textbook by Little, Falace, Miller and Rhodus editors. Dental Management of the Medically Compromised Patient. Recent edition. St. Louis: Mosby Elsevier 2. Selected articles relevant to the case presented and recommended by supervisor. Module evaluation: Present a clinical case according to required template – 33.3% Clinical requirements – 33.3%: o Treat at least one medically complex patient o Obtain at least 35 credit points Clinical performance – 33.3%: o Clinical continuous assessment o Deliver collectively: a) Forms prepared for the student’s medically complex patients; b) The PowerPoint files of the case presentation; c) Report about appropriate clinical practice as explained during 1st Lecture at the end of each semester Additional information: Some students may deliver their presentations during course named “Integrative Treatment Plans”. Final comprehensive test is during semester break and is combined with other courses delivered by the Department of Oral Medicine. Information is updated to 2010-2011.


COMPREHENSIVE TREATMENT OF THE ADULT PATIENT – ENDODONTICS 6th YEAR Module Code: D6-97976 ECTS: 4.5 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Endodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Seminars (5 weeks, 1st semester) + 11hr Clinical practice (28 weeks, 1st and2nd semester) Clinical practice teaching hours are integrative and delivered jointly by Endo, Perio and Restorative dentistry teachers . HU Credits: 7.5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4, Seligman Clinic Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Boaz Shay; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Endodontics Staff Office hours: Tuesday 12:00-13:00 General prerequisites: Satisfacatory completion of 5th year requirments Module Description: The theoretical Seminars provide the students with in-depth knowledge of specific endodontic situations and treatment abilities, endodontic literature overview and journal screening for the seminar preparation. The clinical course provides the student with advanced clinical training of primary treatment of simple cases that are expected to be preformed by a undergraduate student upon graduation. Students are trained in general and dental data collection, difficulty assessment, endodontic diagnosis, and treatment planning. Following thorough analysis of the data with an assigned instructor and case discussion the student is allowed to start the treatment. Endodontic treatment includes anastasia, rubber dam application, root canal preparation using state of the art rotary instruments and root canal filling using lateral compaction technique. Aims: To train the 6 th year student to diagnose endodontic needs among patients and teach him to provide a basic endodntic treatment in cases that do not require special endodontic proficiency with special attention on organization, patient management and timely manner treatment. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: •

Apply proper endodontic terminology to pulpal and periapical diseases 243


• • • • • • • • • •

Perform pulpal and periapical diagnosis Explain the cellular basis for pulpal and periapical disease Describe the anatomy and physiology of the pulp and periapical tissues Diagnose and treat endodontic emergencies Use analgesic and antibiotic regimens used in endodontics Diagnose and treat perio-endo lesions, internal and external resorption, vertical fractures of teeth Differentiate, diagnose and treat traumatic injuries, apexogenesis, Interpret radiographic patterns of endodontic disease Explain the concepts involved in endodontic success and failure. Explain the integration of newer technologies in the practice of endodontics

Attendance: Mandatory throughout the specified time dedicated to endodontic curriculum. Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures are provided by the department staff. The clinical teaching in the integrative clinic is provided by seniors and graduate students from the speciality program. The instructors-students ratio is 1:4 At least one senior endodontist is present during teaching session. Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

success and failure Case selection Endo-Perio diseases Micro-biology Dental Trauma Apexification Invasive cervical resorption Vertical root fracture cracked tooth syndrome Re-treatment root canal preparation techniques root canal filling materials and techniques Endodontic Instrumentation (Rotary instruments and irrigation techniques.) interappointment restoration perforation repair abnormality and anatomy of root canals optics aids in endodontic single vs. multiple visit endodontics interappointment medicaments post preparation in endodontic treated teeth

Required reading\ literature: Text books: Principles and Practice of Endodontics/ Walton – Torabinejad 4th edition The following chapters are mandatory: 1. The Biology of Dental Pulp and Periradicular Tissues, 2. Protecting the Pulp, Preserving the Apex, 3. Endodontic Microbiology, 4. Pulp and Periradicular Pathosis, 5. Diagnoses and Treatment Planning, 6. Periodontal and Endodontic Interrelationship, 7. Longitudinal Tooth 244 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Fractures, 9. Endodontic Emergencies and Therapeutics, 10. Management of Traumatized Teeth, 11. Endodontic Radiology, 12. Endodontic Instruments, 13. Internal Anatomy, 14. Isolation, Access Preparation and Length Determination, 15. Cleaning and Shaping, 16. Preparation for Restoration and Temporarization, 17. Obturation, 18. Procedural Accidents, 19. Endodontic Retreatment, 20. Endodontic Surgery, 21. Endodontic Outcomes, 22. Bleaching Of Discolored Teeth, 23. Geriatric Endodontics, Appendix: Pulpal Anatomy and Access Preparations Module evaluation: Theoretical knowledge – 30%: o End course examination - 90% o Seminars assessment - 10% Clinical skills - 70%: o Number of canal prepared - 20% o Assessment of the student by the accompanying instructors - 20% o Assessment of treatment quality - 40% Additional information: Recommended extra text books: Pathways of the Pulp/ Cohen Hargreaves Bender and Seltzers Dental pulp/ Hargreaves Goodis Minimal clinical requirements: o 17 treated canals. o Minimal requirements should be accomplished for a clinical grade. o A higher than 65 grade is required for each of the above mentioned components and sub components .


MEDICAL EMERGENCIES IN THE DENTAL CLINIC Module Code: D6-97977 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Oral Medicine, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Eliezer Kaufman; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Oral Medicine Staff Office hours: None General prerequisites: fulfillment of 5th year requirements, Module Description: Signs, symptoms, principles and acute management of the following medical emergencies including scenarios such as: fainting, anaphylaxis, respiratory arrest, cardiac arrest, epileptic seizure, diabetic coma, shock, angina, myocardial infarction; foreign body airway obstruction, local anesthetic overdose. Recording and reporting a health emergency; Emergency packs including drug kits, first aid kits, equipment (such as oxygen cylinders, airways). Basic life support and CPR for the health care provider. Aims: To provide the dental student with the knowledge and training to respond appropriately to medical emergencies in the dental clinic. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • •

•

Recognize the signs and symptoms associated with medical emergencies in the dental environment. Evaluate and manage medical emergencies correctly. Describe measures used in their prevention. Outline the contents of an emergency pack and describe the use of medical emergency equipment. Demonstrate the skills necessary to deal with medical emergencies in the dental practice including: fainting, anaphylaxis, respiratory arrest, cardiac arrest, epileptic seizure, diabetic coma, shock, angina. myocardial infarction, steroid shock; foreign body airway obstruction, local anesthetic over dose. Discuss the dental student’s role in a medical emergency. 246


Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Rotation Module Content: • • • • • • •

Epidemiology of medical emergencies in the dental environment. Consciousness and unconsciousness: syncope, postural hypotension, hypoglycemia, hyperglycemia, epilepsy, TIA, CVA. Cardiovascular emergencies: MI, dysrhythmias, angina pectoris, insufficiency. Respiratory system emergencies: airway obstruction, foreign body aspiration, asthma, pulmonary eadema. Allergic reactions to drugs substances: skin rash, respiratory reaction, anaphylaxis. Emergency drugs recommendations. Simulation in emergency situation

Required reading\ literature: 1. Malamed S. Medical Emergencies in the Dental Office. 5th ed. Mosby, 2000. 2. Rephuat Hape Vehashinim. (the Journal of the Israeli Dental Association) vol. 19, 2002. Module evaluation: o Written Tests - 100% Additional information: None


COMPREHENSIVE TREATMENT OF THE ADULT PATIENT – PERIODONTOLOGY SIXTH GRADE Module Code: D6-97978 ECTS: 4.5 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Periodontology, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 16hr Clinical Practice (28 weeks) (Clinical practice teaching hours are integrative and jointly delivered by courses: D6-97978, D6-97971, D6-97976) HU Credits: 7.5 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Seligman Clinic Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Avigdor Klinger; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Periodontology Staff Office hours: Sunday 8:00-13:00, Department of Periodontology, 5th floor General prerequisites: Completion of the theoretical and the clinical courses of the 4th and the 5th year in Periodontology. Module Description: The integrative periodontal treatment of the adult patient in the clinical setting. Aims: To develop Integration of theoretical knowledge in periodontology into clinical practice. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • •

Discuss the diagnosis and clinical management of gingivitis, periodontitis and other periodontal diseases. Describe the general principles of dental health education. Integrate theoretical knowledge into construction of a treatment plan in multidisciplinary clinical cases. Recommend an appropriate supportive periodontal treatment

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Clinical Practice Module Content: •

Diagnosis and clinical management of gingivitis and periodontal disease.


• •

Construction of comprehensive treatment plans in multidisciplinary clinical cases. Delivery of supportive periodontal treatment.

Required reading\ literature: Textbook of clinical periodontology and implant dentistry, editor: Jan Lindhe, 5th edition. Module evaluation: Theoretical grade (40%): o written examination – 100% Clinical grade (60%): o o o o

Clinical Examination – 20% Clinical Procedures – 20% Clinical requirements – 40% Graded Clinical Performance – 20%

Additional information: Clinical requirements: Completion of periodontal initial therapy in mild-moderate periodontitis cases (4-6 points), severe periodontitis cases (8 points), gingivitis cases (2 points), supportive periodontal treatments (1 point) and observations in surgical periodontal procedures (1 point). Minimal clinical requirement for course completion = 34 points.


LASERS IN DENTISTRY Module Code: D6-97979 ECTS: 1 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Endodontics, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 1hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 1 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Sharonit Sahar-Helft; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dentistry department's staff Office hours: Thursday 10:00-12:00 General prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of 5th year. Module Description: The theoretical lectures provide the students with knowledge of principles and researches of laser in dentistry. (The theoretical provide the students with in knowledge on principles and researches of laser in dentistry) A few of these topics include: theories of light, laser fundamental, lasers in dentistry and oral surgery, laser types, advantages of laser and laser application in clinical practice. The course provides the student basic knowledge about light, amplification, stimulated emission, radiation, laser delivery system, laser effects on tissue, laser safety, laser types, advantages of laser, laser application in clinical practice, researches of lasers in dentistry. Aims: To introduce the 6th year student with fundamentals of lasers, researches in the field and clinical application. Outcomes: On successful completion of this course, students should be able to: • • • • • •

Recall basic terminology of laser fundamentals Identify the components of the laser. Describe benefits of lasers in treatment planning. Describe parameters of efficiency and efficacy of lasers Explain the integration of newer technologies in the dental practice. Describe the characteristics of laser irradiation, with the applications, the different laser types of actively, 250


Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures are provided by the dentistry departments from Hadassa university, Tel-Aviv university, Sapienza Rome university. Module Content: • • • • • • • •

Light origins and dental application: Early published theories of light, development of quantum theory, lasers, lasers in dentistry. Laser fundamentals: Light, amplification, stimulated emission, radiation, laser effects on tissue, laser safety, Laser-Assisted nonsurgical periodontal therapy: Benefits of laser therapy, laser types, treatment objectives with soft tissue lasers, healing and tissue rehabilitation. Laser in surgical periodontics: Advantages of laser surgery, gingivectomy, frenectomy, mucogingival surgery. Laser in oral surgery: Intraoral lasers, advantage and disadvantages of laser surgery, laser techniques and procedures. Laser in endodontics: pulpal diagnosis, pulp capping and pulpotomy, clining and disinfecting the root canal system, endodontic retreatment. Lsaer in restorative dentistry: Caries removal, laser photonic energy-hard tissue interaction, laser use vs. conventional instrumentation, laser use in cavity preparation. Laser in pediatric dentistry: lasers in pediatric dental practice, hard tissue procedures, soft tissue procedures.

Module evaluation: o End course examination: 100% Additional information: None


SEDATION AND GENERAL ANESTHESIA IN DENTISTRY Module Code: D6-97980 ECTS: 1 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Oral Medicine, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 2 hr Lectures (14 weeks) + clinical practice (generally 16hrs) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Eliezer Kaufman; [email protected] Teaching staff: Department of Oral Medicine Staff Office hours: None General prerequisites: fulfillment of 5th year requirements Module Description: Overview of spectrum of anxiety and pain control in dentistry, hands on teaching of use of inhalation sedation. Aims: Describe the indications contraindications for applying pain and anxiety manners. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • •

Define, describe, explain, the spectrum of anxiety and pain control. Describe, the inhalation sedation system. Identify the patients who needs anxiety and pain control. Describe and identify the risk and benefits of various modes of anxiety and pain control. Explain the patient how this mode of sedation will help him Administer nitrous oxide + oxygen inhalation sedation to patients who are candidates for this mode.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures & Clinical Practice Module Content: • • •

Introduction, spectrum of anxiety and pain control in dentistry, indications, contraindications. Preoperative evaluation for sedation and general anesthesia. Characteristics of dental phobic or apprehensive dental patient, behavioral modes for anxiety and pain control in dentistry. 252


• • • • • • • •

Physiology of the respiratory system and medical gases (nitrous oxide, oxygen). Pharmacology of medical gases, sedatives and narcotics Delivery system machinery for inhalation sedation with nitrous oxide Clinical use of inhalation sedation. Ambient nitrous oxide in clinical environment, consequences for dental staff and evacuation systems. Complications in nitrous oxide inhalation sedation Intravenous sedation in the dental clinic Clinical practice of administration of nitrous oxide inhalation sedation

Required reading\ literature: Stanley Malamed: Sedation, A guide to patient management. Fifth edition Module evaluation: o Written Tests – 100% Additional information: None


ORAL HEALTH PROMOTION FOR UNDERSERVED NEEDED POPULATION - C Module Code: D6-97320 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Community Dentistry, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 2 HU Credits: 4 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Alon Livny; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Alon Livny Office hours: Wednesday, 12:00 – 13:00 General prerequisites: None Module Description: Elective course, intended for students who wish to widen their community involvement, beside the compulsory curricular courses of the department. The course involves oral health promotion activities and also providing basic dental treatments (free of charge) for underserved communities. The specific communities and activities may vary from time to time, and are selected each year. Aims: • •

To help needed population who cannot afford dental treatment to improve their oral health, through health promotion and needed basic treatment. To develop the social responsibility and awareness of dental students.








CLINICAL PRACTICE AND SURGICAL OBSERVATION IN PERIODONTOLOGY Module Code: D6-New ECTS: 1 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Periodontology, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 5th and 6th years Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 40hr (1 week) HU Credits: 1 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Asaf Wilensky, [email protected] Teaching staff: All department teachers Office hours: General prerequisites: Completion of the course in periodontology 4th year, reading of the reading material of eh course (see below). Module Description: The surgical observation course in periodontology is stretched over the 5th and 6th years of dental school. In this course, the student is responsible for participating in periodontal surgeries. The student requirements is to participate in at least 3 periodontal or pre-prosthetic surgical procedures in the clinic of the department of periodontology, with one of the teachers in periodontology. If the student own patients need a surgical procedure- it is an obligation of the student to participate in the surgery. The student can also participate in any other periodontal procedure in the department – with pre registration in the clinic. The surgeries will take place in the clinic according to the clinic schedule, and the students have to accommodate for the schedule. After each surgical procedure – the student have to write a report about the surgery, according to the guidelines appears in the "Notebook to the student in periodontology". This report has to be approved by the responsible teacher and to be submitted to the department secretary. Aims: To expose the student to the clinical aspects of periodontal surgery. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • •

In details the different types of periodontal surgery, Explain the aim of each type of surgery, indications and contraindications, Describe the course of the surgery, and pre- and post- operative care. 256


Attendance: Obligatory for surgeries of the student patients, at least 3 surgical procedures during the 5th and 6th years. Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: The student can join any adequate surgical procedure in the department clinic, with pre-registration with the responsible nurse or the clinic secretary. After participating in the surgery – the student has to fill a report as described above. Required reading\ literature: The student have to show knowledge regarding periodontal surgical procedures as described in the lectures of the course in periodontology 5th year and in the the book "Textbook of clinical periodontology and implant dentistry" by J. Lindhe. Module evaluation: pass/fail Additional information: None


ADVANCED CLINICAL PRACTICE IN ORAL MEDICINE Module Code: D6-New ECTS: 3 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: The Department of Oral Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 1st & 2nd Contact hours per week: 42hr (2 week) HU Credits: 6 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Rakefet Czerninski; [email protected] Teaching staff: Drs: Kaufman E ,Czerninski R,Nadler C Aframian D ,Keshet N, Koren O ,Benoliel R, Sharav Y, Elad S ,Haviv Y, Fidler M, Kartin-Gabay T,Yanko R. Office hours: Tuesday 13- 14 General prerequisites: Oral anatomy and physiology, Oral histology and pathology, Clinical pharmacology and Microbiology Oral medicine, Orofacial Pain, Infection control Medically compromised patients, Dental treatment of patients under Sedation and general anesthesia .Emergencies at the dental office . Module Description: The student will take an active part in the clinical activity of the special clinics: Oral diseases, Salivary glands, orofacialPain, and oral pathologies of the hospitalized patient. Dental treatment under sedation and general anesthesia, medically compromised patients, and dental emergencies patients. The student will take part in clinical discussions, seminars and presentations Aims: • • •

To enable the student to examine, recognize and diagnose common pathologies of the oral and head and neck organs of the medically complex patients. To enable the student to use all of the available updated diagnostic methods for the abovementioned pathologies, and to select the appropriate treatment. To enable the student to recognize treatment needs and design of dental set up in the patient treated under sedataion and general anasthesia

Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: •

Outline medical anamnesis of the medically complex patients


• • • • • • •

Conduct full head and neck clinical examination including unique clinical examinations and diagnostics tests of each clinic of the medically complex patients Diagnose pathologies of the oral tissues, salivary glands, TMJ masticatory muscles of the medically complex patients patient Monitor during dental treatment of the medically complex patient or under sedation Write a drug prescription , use drug interaction sites . Present clinical case with full description of the medical data Discuss an advanced clinical problem based on updated medical literature (problem based learning) including professional net sites Diagnose and treat dental emergencies

Attendance: 100% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: o Clinical work: anamnesis, clinical examination, (treatment for dental emergencies patients) monitoring during dental treatment o Small group-frontal teaching and discussions o Problem based seminar Module Content: Hour/Day

Sun

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

8-10

Morning Seminar-& instructions

1/month CPC*



Oral Diseases –Patients

Orofacial Pain –patients

Medically compromised patients

10-12

Oral Diseases –Patients Dental emergencies 12-13

13-14

14-16

Morning Seminar-& instructions Salivary glands-patients Dental emergencies

Or Sedation patients Dental emergencies

Or General anesthesia patients Dental emergencies

Lunch break

Lunch break

Lunch break

Lunch break

Oral Diseases –Patients,

Salivary glands-patients

Pain –patients

Summary seminar

Summary seminar

Summary seminar

Dental emergencies

PBLSeminar

Department of oral medicine Meeting

Required reading\ literature: 1. Orofacial Pain and Headache 2008, Eds: Sharav Y, Benoliel R, ElsevierMosby, New York; Chapters 5, 7, 8, 9, 10 2. Malamed SF: Medical Emergencies in the Dental Office, Mosby Last editi


3. Little JW, Fallace DA, Miller C, Rhodus NL (eds) Dental Management of the Medically Compromised Patient, Last edition . Mosby, St Louis. 4. Medic, monthly ethical drug indexed compilation, Shirol Pub. Hertzeliya, Israel. 5. Neville B. W, Damm D. D, Allen C.M, Bouquot J.E; Oral & Maxillofacial Pathology, W.B. Saunders, Last edition 6. Davies A, Epstein JE (eds.). Oral Complications of cancer and its management. 2010 Oxford University Press, Oxford. (Chapter 14). 7. Rosenberg M, Weaver J: General anesthesia, Anesth Prog 38(4-5)172, 1991. 8. Rosenberg MB, Campbell RL: Guidelines for intraoperative monitoring of dental patients undergoing conscious sedation, deep sedation, and general anesthesia, Oral Surg 71:2, 1991 9. Lieblich SF, Horswell B: Attenuation of anxiety in ambulatory oral surgery patients with oral triazolam, J Oral Maxillofac Surg 49:792, 1991. 10. Tolksdorf W, Eick C: Rectal, oral and nasal premedication using midazolam in childrens aged 1-6 years: a comparative clinical study, Anaesthetist 40(12):661, 1991. 11. Roowland AS, Baird DD, Weinberg CR et al: Reduced fertility among women employed as dental assistants exposed to high levels of nitrous oxide, N Engl of Med 327 (14) :1993, 1992. 12. MMWR CDC Guidelines for Infection Control in Dental Health Care Setting 2003 13. Infection control in the dental office - Israel's Ministry of health- Number 3.1 – 2004 14. Waste clearing in the dental office - Israel's Ministry of health- Number 1.8 2004 15. The Faculty of Dental Medicine - Infection control instruction guide - 2009 16. Oral Medicine –for the student-special handouts written by the department of oral medicine Module evaluation: o 75%- clinical evaluation by the teachers based on 1-10 mark for each of the following: Knowledge, clinical skills, general behavior o 25% -case presentation based on 1-10 mark for each of the following: Knowledge, clear presentation, organized presentation, literature review Additional information: The student need to present a signed list of patients treated by him (name, diagnosis and date). The student will be exposed and will conduct special clinical examinations such as Physical examinations including cranial nerves, head and neck muscles, lymphnodes TMJ, oral soft tissues, salivary glands and salivary functions and sialometry, pain diary and visual analogue scale, vital staining, swabs for cultures


CLINICAL PRACTICE IN ORAL AND MAXILOFACIAL SURGERY Module Code: D6-New ECTS: 3 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: The department of oral and maxillofacial surgery, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week (one or two weeks only): 42 (2 week) HU Credits: 6 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Heli Rushinek; [email protected] Teaching staff: clinic staff Office hours: Sun-Thu 9:00-16:00 General prerequisites: Head & neck anatomy, oral pathology, oral medicine, microbiology & antibiotics, clinical pharmacology. Module Description: The student will take active part in the clinical activity. The student will observe at the operating rooms in the clinic (minor surgery) and in the hospital (major surgery) The student will take part in clinical discussions, seminars and presentations Aims: • •

To enable the student to examine, recognize, diagnose and set a treatment plan for common pathologies of the oral and maxillofacial organs. To enable the student to work in a medical environment and to be familiar with hospital facilities.


Outline medical anamnesis Conduct full head and neck clinical examination Make a diagnosis or a differential diagnosis for common oral and maxillofacial pathologies or conditions (TMJ, oral tissues, salivary glands, bony lesions, orthognathic patiens) perform simple surgical and not surgical teeth extractions and sutures describe minor and major surgical procedures 261


• • • •

identify anatomic structures in surgical field write correct drug prescription recognize potential medical hazards in patient's surgical treatment identify instruments for minor surgery and extractions and understand their use

Attendance: 100% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: o Clinical work (anamnesis, examinations, simple extractions, second hand in minor surgeries) o Discussions on cases at the end of each day o Academic meetings on different issues Module Content: Hour/Day

Sun

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

O.R

Rounds

Academic meeting different for each week (resident seminar / Jclub / guest lecturer

Case presentations (pre and post operation / consultations

Rounds

Clinic (anamnesis and examinations


O.R


8-9

9-13

Academic meeting different for each week (orthognathic / CPC / X-ray / O.R Clinic (anamnesis and examinations


13-14*

Lunch break

Lunch break

Lunch break

Lunch break

Lunch break

14-16

Clinic (anamnesis and examinations.





Discussion on case problems / acquaintance with surgical instruments / suture practice on sponge.





Required reading\ literature: 1. PETERSON'S PRINCIPLES OF ORAL AND MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY. Michael Miloro, G. E. Ghali, Peter E. Larsen, Peter D. Waite. 2ND edition 2004. BC Decker Inc. London 2. DENTAL MANAGEMENT OF THE MEDICALLY COMPROMISED PATIENT,. James W. Little, Donald A. Falace, Craig S. Miller, Nelson L. Rhodus. 7th edition 2008 MOSBY ELSEVIER,


3. ORAL PATHOLOGY, CLINICAL PATHOLOGIC CORRELATIONS. Regezi J A, Sciubba J J, Jordan R C K. Last edition. Saunders. 4. MEDIC, monthly ethical drug indexed compilation, Shirol Publication, Hertzaliya, Israel. Module evaluation: The student will be evaluated on attendance in clinic and academic sessions, anamnesis quality, knowledge, clinical skills, general behavior and attitude by passed or didn't pass score. Additional information: The student will attend all clinics and academic meetings. Missed days must be accomplished in coordination with lecturer coordinator or with head of the department. Academic meetings will start at 8:00 on Monday, 7:30 on Tuesday, 7:15 on Wednesday. Rounds will start at 7:30 The student will stay with the resident on duty twice a week until 23:00. The students will attend the operating room on Sundays at 8:00 (2 students in one room) and Wednesdays after the meeting (3 or 4 students, 2 in room 5 and 2 in room 15)


D.M.D. RESEARCH THESIS Module Code: D6-New ECTS: 0 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: D.M.D. undergraduate program, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th year in D.M.D. undergraduate program Semester: 2 Contact hours per week: HU Credits: 0 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus Lecturer Coordinator and email: Responsibility of the head, D.M.D. Research Thesis Committee Teaching staff: Faculty of Dental Medicine Office hours: Monday 12:00-14:00 (Head of program) General prerequisites: Bachelor degree in Dental Sciences. Module Description: Research, writing thesis Aims: • • • • • • • •

Write a research proposal Conduct broad basic, clinical and or translational research related to the craniofacial complex. Write a thesis Earn an experience in presenting the research work in national and international meetings Experience scientific writing Active contribution in writing a manuscript in a peer reviewed journal Implementing the perception of Evidence Based Medicine Applying the concept of Good Clinical Practice


Utilize the theoretical course given in 4th year (….) including Writing a research proposal Understand the process of proposal peer reviewing Earn tools for evaluating high-quality research Participate and conduct independent research Writing a thesis


Attendance: 100% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: A mentor (s) assigned to each student. Module Content: Research Module evaluation: o Written thesis – 100% Additional information: None


CLINICAL PRACTICE IN PEDIATRIC DENTISTRY Course Code: D6-New ECTS: 1.5 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: The Department of Pediatric Dentistry, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 6th Semester: 1st + 2nd Contact hours per week: 28 hours (one week) HU Credits: 1 or 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Diana Ram; [email protected] Teaching staff: Shapira J, Ram D, Holan G, Shoshani M, Faibish S, Katz-Sagi H, Moskovitz M, Davidovich E, Birenboim R, Petel R, Shmueli A, Dayan E, Glaicher H, Micheli- Mines T, Waller D, Efrat J, Sarne S, Ziskind K, Jabarin N Office hours: Sunday 10-12, by appointment General prerequisites: None Course Description: The student will attend at the Emergency of the Department where children with: complicated dental trauma, oral diseases, behavioral problems, compromised patients, handicapped children, infection and other diseases are referred. Aims: • • •

•

To enable the student to recognize and diagnose and eventually treat children with dental trauma, and other emergencies. To enable the student to observe treatment of medically compromised patients. To give the opportunity to the student to observe treatment under different behavior management techniques to solve very difficult behavioral problems, which includes treatment under: conscious sedation, deep sedation and general anesthesia. To enable the student to manage difficult clinical cases with different treatment options

Outcomes: On successful completion of this course, students should be able to: •

Outline medical anamnesis

•

Diagnose and treat simple dental treatment

•

Recognize behavioral problems


Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Clinical practice & seminars Course Content: Hour/Day

Sun

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

8:00-9:00

Emergency Room

Emergency Room

Emergency Room

Seminarjournal club

Emergency Room

9:00-13:00

Sedation and emergency room




General Anesthesia

12:4513:00

Lunch break

13:0014:30

Clinical Seminar

Additional information: None Course evaluation: Instructor's evaluation – 100%


2ND CYCLE MODULES FOR THE DEGREE OF M.SC

Modules DM-97925 – MOLECULAR MECHANISMS OF ORAL MANIFESTED DISEASES DM-97926 – BONE STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION DM-97927 – MECHANISM OF BIOLOCICAL CALCIFICATION DM-97929 – MOLECULAR THECHNIQUES IN ORAL MICROBIOLOGY RESERCH DM-97930 – NOVEL PATHOGEN IMMUNE EVASION STRATEGIES DM-97931 – ORAL ECOLOGY OF THE MOUTH: BIOFILMS, ETIOLOGY, MEANS OF TREATMENT DM-97932 – VIRAL IMMUNITY DM-97956 – CELL MECHANICS AND MOVEMENTS DM-97957 – EPIGENETIC REGULATION IN DISEASE DM-97962 – BIOTECHNOLOGICAL ASPECTS IN THE CRANIOFACIAL COMPLEX DM-97985 – SEMINAR DM-94407 – PHYSIOLOGY & PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF HEAT STRESS DM-97946 – BIOMECH. PRINC. & APPL. IN THE CARNIOFACIAL SYST DM-97998 – HUMAN EVOLUTION DM-98828 – THE SCIENCE OF SUFFERING: FROM ACUTE TO CHRONIC DM-97984 – METHODS IN OSTEOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY DM-74445 – M.Sc. RESEARCH Total credits


HU credits 2.5

ECTS

3 3 2

3 3 2

2

2

3

3

2 1 2 4

2 1 2 4

3 4

3 4

2

2

3 2

3 2

3

3

0

92

2.5

GRADUATE PROGRAM OF THE DENTAL FACULTY Background: The Biomedical graduate program of the dental faculty is in charge of the M.Sc. and Ph.D. programs of the faculty. The goal of this program is to allow top students to enrich their scientific background, to contribute to the on-going dental research and dental related research in Israel and world wide. We envision those graduates as future leaders in dentistal and scientific world in Israel, in the academia, industry and as clinicians. Over one hundred students are listed in our program. Every year about 25 new students enroll into the program (M.Sc. & Ph.D.). About one third of our students are either holding a D.M.D. degree or are currently D.M.D. students. The other two thirds are students we recruit from variety of scientific fields: school of pharmacy, school of medicine, biotechnology, biology, chemistry. Topics of research: The research topics of our students include: basic research, applied sciences and clinical research. The main topics of research in our programs are: cell biology, gene therapy, stem cells, microbiology, immunology, tissue regeneration, pain, virology, developmental biology, and epigenomics. Eligibility: Our program offers graduate studies for D.M.D. students, residences, dentists and students holding a bachelor degree in scientific studies as biology, chemistry, medicine, biotechnology, pharmacy. The requirement to enroll into the program is an average bachelor grade of 82 in sciences of dental medicine or medicine. A scholarship is awarded to excellent students. The quality of our student's research has reflected in the numerous national and international prizes: e.g.: national awards; Eshkol Fellowship, Rothschild Fellowship for young female scientists, Luxemburg Fellowship, Golda Meir Fellowship, Wolf Award for Ph.D. student. International awards; Lion Award, Colgate Award, John Gray Award.

Description of the studies: The duration of the M.Sc. studies is about three years while the Ph.D. studies are about 6 years. A D.M.D. student enrolling into the M.Sc. program is required to take at least one year of absence from the clinical studies in order to concentrate on his/her research project. This period may increase up to three years if the student is continuing to a Ph.D. degree. At the end of the program the student will be holding a double degree (D.M.D. / Ph.D. or D.M.D. / M.Sc.). The program offers many and diverse courses. The courses include oral lectures and seminars. The MS.c. students are required to take courses of total 21 hours, non-dental students are requested to take 28 hours. Ph.D. students required to take 12 hours.


Each M.Sc. student is required to enroll into the program only after he / she has a research mentor and a research topic. During the first year the student has to submit a research proposal which is evaluated by reviewers. In the second year each student is required to present his/her mid term result as a poster in the Faculty Research Day (see below). The student, his research progress and his poster are evaluated by a reviewer. After two years the student has to submit a written thesis on which he is also tested orally by at least two reviewers. The final grade of the M.Sc. student is composed of 40% of the average grade of the courses, 30% on the written thesis and 30% on the thesis defense. "Young Seminar": The program has initiated four years ago by the biomedical medical graduate program: The "young seminar" are weekly meetings where the Ph.D. students present their scientific concept and findings to the faculty (students and staff). Two short 20 minutes lectures are presented in each meeting followed by a discussion. The seminars also act as informal interactions between the students and the instructors as light lunch is given before the lectures. Faculty Research Day The faculty research day has been launched 13 year ago as an initiative of the biomedical graduate program. The aim is to present the current research conducted in our faculty. All our MS.c., Ph.D. students, clinical students (1-6 year) residences, academic and clinical staff, nurses, laboratory assistances and administrative workers participate in this event. Among the guests participants in our faculty research days were; General Director of Hadassah, Deputy General Director of Hadassah, the Rector of the Hebrew University, the President of the Hebrew University, Vice President of the Hebrew University, Vice Rector of the Hebrew University, heads of the technology transfer company of Hadassah (Hadassit) and of the Hebrew University (Yissum), heads of R&D of Hadassah and the Hebrew University, head of the Ph.D. office of the Hebrew University. During the opening ceremony the graduate program awarded research prizes to our students who excel in their research. During the research day our students (D.M.D., M.Sc. and Ph.D.), present their scientific work in a poster session (about 40-45 presentations in each faculty day). Six of our Ph.D. students are choosen to present their research work as short oral presentations (25 minutes each) in front of students and staff. After lunch the mode of the research faculty day changes and turns into a more social event including games, competitions between the staff and students and between the students. This part is organized by the students. Net profits of the faculty research day are geared into summer scholarship to our M.Sc. students.


MOLECULAR MECHANISMS OF ORAL MANIFESTED DISEASES Module Code: DM-97925 ECTS: 2.5 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st or 2nd Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 3hr (14 weeks) HU Credits: 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Aaron Palmon; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof. Aaron Palmon Office hours: Sunday 9:00-10:00 General prerequisites: B.Med.Sc or equivalent Module Description: Seminar course analyzing mechanisms of various infection, autoimmune, cancerous diseases and new therapeutic relevant strategies Aims: To discuss molecular mechanisms of oral manifested diseases and relevant new therapeutic strategies. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • •

Connect oral manifestations to possible tissue injury mechanisms Explain oral manifestations mechanism of systemic diseases Explain systemic manifestations of oral originated diseases Explain new therapeutic strategies to oral originated diseases

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Project directed literature review followed by Independent supervised research report writing and oral presentation. Required reading\ literature: up to 10 research articles agreed with course coordinator Module evaluation: o Written test - 50% o Oral presentation and Project abstract - 50% Additional information: Limited to 15 students


BONE STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION Module Code: DM-97926 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 2nd cycle (Graduate course) Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st or 2nd Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 3hr Lectures HU Credits: 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Hall 5 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Dan Gazit ; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof. Dan Gazit, Dr. Zulma Gazit, Dr. Gadi Pelled Office hours: Mon, Tue: 15:00-19:00 General prerequisites: Basic courses in histology. Module Description: Bone is one of the important and complicated tissues in the human body that presents a constant clinical challenge especially in regard to healing of massive bone defects. The course includes lectures on adult and embryonic stem cells, noninvasive imaging technologies, gene therapy and gene delivery methods, biodegradable scaffolds, dynamic cell culture systems, genetically engineered stem cells and novel strategies for bone tissue regeneration. Part of the course includes the presentation of new articles, at the forefront of the field of bone tissue engineering, presented by the students. Aims: • •

Provide the students with up-to-date knowledge relevant to the fields of bone tissue engineering and regenerative medicine with a focus on the craniofacial complex. Provide the students with tools to understand basic and clinical research in the field of bone tissue engineering.


Provide a detailed overview of current status of bone tissue engineering. Comparatively discuss the use of different viral and non-viral gene delivery methods. Discuss current approaches to stem cell isolation and characterization. 272


• • • •

Describe and explain how different biomaterials are being used for bone tissue regeneration. Define and review molecular imaging modalities used in regenerative medicine to date. Outline and explain current advances in nanotechnology and its application in tissue engineering. Discuss current advanced of bone tissue engineering being applied in the clinical arena.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures and seminars given by the students. Module Content: • • • • • • • • • •

Craniofacial Clinical Regenerative Medicine & Novel Stem Cell Therapies Osteonecrosis of the Jaw Current Surgical Solutions for Craniofacial Tissue Repair Embryonic and Adult Stem Cells – Isolation and Characterization Clinical Trials in Regenerative Medicine “Smart” Biomaterials for Bone Tissue Regeneration Advanced Imaging Modalities for Monitoring Craniofacial Tissue Regeneration and Stem Cell Survival Nanotechnologies in Regenerative Medicine & Craniofacial Tissue Engineering DNA-Based Therapy for Tissue Regeneration Student seminars

Required reading\ literature: Relevant articles presented by students (updated each year). Module evaluation: o End of Year Written Examination – 70% o Presentation – 30% Additional information: Written exam and presentatiosn are compulsatory elements


MECHANISM OF BIOLOCICAL CALCIFICATION Module Code: DM-97927 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1th Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 3 hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 5 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Dan Deutsch; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof. Itai Bab, Dr. Anat Blumenfeld, Prof. Dan Deutsch, Prof. Dan Gazit, Prof. Aaron Palmon, Dr. Gadi Peled, Prof. Jona Sela. Office hours: Sunday 10:00-11:00 General prerequisites: M.Sc. students Module Description: Mesenchymal stem cells and initial stage of biological calcification. The amelogenin proteins and enamel mineralization. Amelogenin: development mineralization and regeneration of the periodontal tissues; cementum, periodontal ligament and alveolar bone. Development and mineralization of the cementum. Genes and their corresponding proteins that participate in biological mineralization. Calcification in pathological conditions. The genetic disease amelogenesis imperfecta and enamel mineralization. Nano-characterization of calcification processes in engineered bone. Aims: To present various aspects of biological calcification / mineralization, in normal, regenerated, diseased (pathologic and genetic) and engineered tissues. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • •

• •

Describe the characteristics of mesenchymal stem cells and the initial stage of biological calcification. Describe the properties of the amelogenin proteins and their role in enamel mineralization. Explain the role of amelogenin in the development and mineralization of the tooth tissues and especially, the role of amelogenin in the regeneration of the periodontal tissues; cementum, periodontal ligament and alveolar bone, and the underling mechanisms. Describe the processes of development and mineralization of the cementum. Describe the genes and their corresponding proteins that participate in biological mineralization. 274


• •

•

Describe calcification in pathological conditions. Explain the genetic disease amelogenesis imperfecta that is associated with defects in enamel mineralization, modes of inheritance, various genetic methods for gene and mutation identification, causative genes and phenotypegenotype correlations. Describe approaches, strategies, methodologies and processes connected to nano-characterization of calcification processes in engineered bone.


• • • •

•

Characteristics of mesenchymal stem cells and the initial stage of biological calcification. The properties of the amelogenin proteins and their role in enamel mineralization. The role of amelogenin in the development and mineralization of the tooth tissues and especially, the role of amelogenin in the regeneration of the periodontal tissues: cementum, periodontal ligament and alveolar bone, and the underling mechanisms. Processes of development and mineralization of the cementum. Genes and their corresponding proteins that participate in biological mineralization. Calcification in pathological conditions. The genetic disease amelogenesis imperfecta that is associated with defects in enamel mineralization, modes of inheritance, various genetic methods for gene and mutation identification, causative genes and phenotype-genotype correlations. Approaches, strategies, methodologies and processes connected to nanocharacterization of calcification processes in engineered bone.

Required reading\ literature: 1. A.R. Ten Cate. Oral Histology. 2. S.N. Bhaskar. Orban's Oral Histology and Embriology 3. B.K.B. Berkovitz. A Colour Atlas and Textbook of Oral Anatomy Histology and Embriology. 4. Current review publication supplied by course coordinator 5. Kimelman-Bleich N, Pelled G, Sheyn D, Kallai I, Zilberman Y, Mizrahi O, Tal Y, Tawackoli W, Gazit Z, Gazit D. The use of a synthetic oxygen carrierenriched hydrogel to enhance mesenchymal stem cell-based bone formation in vivo. Biomaterials. 2009 Sep;30(27):4639-48. 6. Tai K, Pelled G, Sheyn D, Bershteyn A, Han L, Kallai I, Zilberman Y, Ortiz C, Gazit D. Nanobiomechanics of repair bone regenerated by genetically modified mesenchymal stem cells. Tissue Eng Part A. 2008 Oct;14(10):170920. 7. Sheyn D, Kimelman-Bleich N, Pelled G, Zilberman Y, Gazit D, Gazit Z. Ultrasound-based nonviral gene delivery induces bone formation in vivo. Gene Ther. 2008 Feb;15(4):257-66. Course evaluation: 275 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

o Written test – 100% Additional information: None


MOLECULAR TECHNIQUES IN ORAL MICROBIOLOGY RESEARCH Module Code: DM-97929 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle (Post graduate) Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st or 2nd Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr (14 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Sherman hall, Dentistry school Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Gilad Bachrach, [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Gilad Bachrach Office hours: Tuesdays 08:00-10:00 General prerequisites: None Module Description: Technological breakthroughs dictate the rapidly progressing dynamic rate of advance in biomedical research. This course deals with techniques that have, do and will shape our knowledge in Oral Infection and Immunity. The topics discussed include nucleic acid, biochemical and immunological based techniques. The course includes two hours of a bioinformatics exercise in a computer lab. Aims: To provide an overview of the evolutionary development of biomedical research-tools and enrich the pool of techniques available to the students thereby improving their present and future research. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • •

Select suitable current techniques for studying a given biomedical question; Explain the principles of the selected (see below) techniques; Describe the technological evolution of DNA sequencing. Explain the technological evolution of molecular imaging. Use basic web-available bioinformatics tools.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Frontal lectures, 2 hours of bioinformatics workshop and students seminars. Module Content:


• •

• • • •

Molecular analysis of a microbiota (hybridization, Checkerboardhybridization, PCR, rDNA analysis); Bioinformatics tools for identifying disease-associated pathogens, lecture(DNA sequencing: from Maxam-Gilbert to Next Generation sequencing) and workshop in the computer lab (ribosomal Data Base, BLAST, Primer Select…); Positioning bacteria in multi-species biofilms (biofilm models, confocal microscopy, in-situ hybridization, immunofluorescence, GFP, EvoGlow); Strategies for identifying bacterial virulence-associated genes (promoter trapping -Differential Fluorescence Induction, RNA level – microarray and qPCR, Protein level –Proteomics, Protein arrays); Adhesion and adhesin identification (identifying adhesion associated genes using transposon mutagenesis and peptide phage display); Other current techniques (presented in students seminars).

Required reading\ literature: Seminar topics and literature will be distributed during the course. Course evaluation: o Written test 70%, student seminar 30%. Additional information: None


NOVEL PATHOGEN IMMUNE EVASION STRATEGIES Module Code: DM-97930 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 2hr Lectures or seminars (14 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Sherman seminar room Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Gabriel Nussbaum ; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Gabriel Nussbaum Office hours: Mondays, 10:00-12:00 General prerequisites: The course requires general introductory courses in immunology and microbiology Module Description: This MA seminar course deals with the vast range of strategies used by pathogens to evade host immunity. Special emphasis is placed on the recognition and response elements of innate immunity to micro-organisms, and how pathogens have evolved ways to either avoid detection, or manipulate the host response to their advantage. The course includes introductory lectures on innate immunity and the general principles of pathogen evasion. In the remainder of the course each students presents a seminar on a pathogen immune evasion strategy revealed in a recent publication from a top-level journal. Aims: The aim of the course is to enable students to understand infectious diseases as an expression of the intricate interactions of host and pathogen, rather than simply a direct effect of bacterial virulence factors. This understanding is critical in order to explain why certain individuals are more susceptible to particular infections, and in order to design future therapies that control the host damage that is the outcome of infection, without necessarily treating with antibiotics to kill the pathogen. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • •

Define and describe the major innate immune receptors that detect bacteria, viruses, and fungi. Classify the different types of pathogen evasion strategies based on whether they avoid detection, or manipulate the host response in various manners. Explain particular molecular mechanisms used by specific pathogens covered in the course. 279


• •

Interpret experimental data used to reveal host pathogen interactions. Propose strategies to control infectious diseases that integrate host response pathways using the principles learned in the course.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures and student seminars Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • •

Introduction to innate and adaptive immunity Pattern Recognition Receptor hypothesis discovery of Toll-like receptors TLR structure/function cellular localization signaling mechanism TLR adaptor proteins NOD receptors RLR receptors Overview of bacterial and viral innate immune evasion strategies using specific examples Each student seminar presents a significant research paper highlighting the strategy utilized by a particular pathogen to persist and cause tissue damage in the host

Required reading\ literature: Primary research articles selected from PubMed. Module evaluation: o End of year written examination - 40% o Presentation - 60%. Additional information: None


ORAL ECOLOGY OF THE MOUTH: BIOFILMS, ETIOLOGY, MEANS OF TREATMENT Module Code: DM-97931 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Bio medicine graduate program, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st or 2nd Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 3 hr (14 weeks) HU Credits: 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Doron Steinberg; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof. Doron Steinberg, Prof. Michael Sela Office hours: Sunday 12:00-14:00 General prerequisites: Microbiology, PhD and MSc students Module Description: Lectures on oral disease especially those related to biofilms. Each student is assigned a topic which he/she presents in class as a seminar. Aims: To gain deep understanding on the mechanism and means of biofilms and how to affect biofilms in different sites in the oral cavity. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • •

Demonstrate ability to assess virulence of the oral diseases by biological means. Demonstrate ability to explain, interpret and understand concepts of oral diseases Demonstrate understanding of the role of biofilms in oral disorders To gain experience in the judging validating of a scientific/clinical research related to oral diseases.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Oral Lectures, students' seminars, guest/specialist lectures Module Content: Biofilms compared to planktonic (Microbiology, enzymology, surface chemistry, virulence), Quorum sensing, Host bacteria interaction, Oral cancer, Dental implants, 281 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Laser / light therapy, Novel pharmaceutical means of prevention and treatment of oral disorders (e.g. sustained release devices, nano delivery system), Treponemasperiodontal diseases Required reading\ literature: Up dated articles. Module evaluation: o End of course written examination - 70% o Presentations/student seminars - 30% Additional information: gust lectures, Dr. A. Klinger, Dr. O. Feuerstein, Prof. D. Kohavi, Prof. H. Sgan Cohen


VIRAL IMMUNITY Module Code: DM-97932 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st or 2nd Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 2hr Lecture (14 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Hovav Avi-Hai; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Hovav Avi-Hai Office hours: None General prerequisites: A course in basic immunology Module Description: The student will learn advanced immunological process occurring in the host upon infection with certain viruses, and the impact of the virus on the immune system. Aims: To provide an advanced understating in immunological pathways triggers following viral infection Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • •

Recognize the various dendritic cell (DCs) subset in the skin and mucosal tissues. Describe immunological pathways triggers by viral infection. Distinguish between immune response initiated during infection with cytolytic and non-cytolitic viruses. Delineate the mechanisms underlying detrimental immune responses in mucosal and non-mucosal tissues.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: • • • • •

Introduction to cell-mediated and humoral immunity DCs: origin, phenotype and function Advanced processes in antigen presentation Viral infection Mucosal and non-mucosal site as a site for infection 283


Required reading\ literature: Janeway's immunobiology 7th Edition, and recent literature in the relevant field of research Module evaluation: o Presentation – 80% o Project work - 20% Additional information: None


CELL MECHANICS AND MOVEMENTS Module Code: DM1-97956 ECTS: 1 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1th Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 1hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 1 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Assaf Zemel ;[email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Assaf Zemel Office hours: Mondays, at 13:00-14:00. General prerequisites: None Module Description: The course covers selected topics in the field of cell mechanics. This includes the structure, dynamics and mechanical properties of the cytoskeleton, mechanisms and models of cell locomotion, cell adhesion and polarization, cellular mechanosensitivity and the implications for biological and medical science. Aims: To introduce the field of cell mechanics, to learn the fundamental elements of the cytoskeleton and their involvement in basic mechanical processes of the cell. To study how cells are influenced by the mechanical properties of their environment and how this impacts global cellular processes and diseases. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • •

Describe the basic elements of the cytoskeleton. Explain fundamental principles of cytoskeletal-filaments' dynamics, structural properties and mechanics. Explain mechanisms of cell locomotion and cell mechanosensitivity. Assess the importance of cellular mechanical activity for cell-cell and cellmatrix interactions. Describe basic terminology and concepts in the field of cell mechanics.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures + students seminars on state of the art subjects in cell mechanics.


Module Content: Structural, dynamical and mechanical properties of the cytoskeleton. Mechanisms and models of cell locomotion, force generation, cell adhesion and cellular mechanosensitivity. Required reading\ literature: Selected research papers to be given throughout the course. Module evaluation: o Project work - 60%, o End of year written examination - 40%. Additional information: None


EPIGENETIC REGULATION IN DISEASE Course Code: DM1-97957 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 2 hr Lecture (14 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Sherman Hall Lecturer Coordinator and email: Dr. Mona Dvir-Ginzberg; [email protected] Teaching staff: Dr. Mona Dvir-Ginzberg; Guest lecturers: Prof. Michal Horowitz, Prof. Chaim Ceader, Prof. Yehudit Bergman, Dr. Eran Meshorer, Dr. Itai Ben-Porath Office hours: Monday 10:00-12:00 AM General prerequisites: Basic courses in genetics & biochemistry Course Description: Epigenetics is a field studying inherited alterations in phenotype or gene expression caused by mechanisms other than underlying DNA sequence and its mutations. For example, identical twins may possess variation, partially due to epigenetic diversity. During the course, we will discuss chromatin and nucleosomal architecture and their attributions to disease development. This course will also study detailed epigenetic mechanisms that control genome accessibility. Some of the epigenetic mechanisms discussed will focus on chromatin organization, histone modification, DNA methylation and non-coding RNAs. Overall, these mechanisms often lead to systemic alterations in gene expression patterns, governing processes as differentiation, cell death, migration and proliferation. The course is geared to suit graduate students and is a combination of lectures, student presentations and research presentations by guest speakers. Students will work with the current scientific literature. Offered Spring semester and directed by Dr. Mona Dvir-Ginzberg. Aims: To provide a systematic understanding of the role of epigenetic mechanisms in physiology and pathology Outcomes: On successful completion of this course, students should be able to: • •

Illustrate the impact of chromosome/chromatin structure on human biology, and physiology. Detail the range of techniques available for analyzing epigenetic variations within an organism, and cite recent relevant examples that highlight the practical and experimental applications of this technology.


• •

Explain the role of epigenetic factors in attributed phenotypic variations related to development, disease, and physiology. Communicate results of literature reviews to peers and engage in critical dialogue.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Course Content: • • • • • • • • •

Chromatin structure, variations and abnormalities Genetic nomenclature and terminology related to chromatin structure Chromatin packing, contents, organization and structural attributes Cis- and trans effects on gene transcription Individual roles of complex regulators in histone modification, remodeling, DNA methylation Nuclear matrices protein and chromosomal architecture DNA imprinting and inheritance Regulatory roles of microRNAs in gene expression Study of relevant laboratory techniques to evaluate epigenetic mechanisms

Required reading\ literature: Epigenetics. David C. Allis, Danny Reinberg and Thomas Jenuwein. Publisher: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press. 2007. Course evaluation: o final test - 65% o Presentation - 25%, o Oral Examination - 10% Additional information: Limited to 20 students


BIOTECHNOLOGICAL ASPECTS IN THE CRANIOFACIAL COMPLEX Module Code: DM-97962 ECTS: 1 Cycle: 2nd cycle (Graduate course) Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st or 2nd Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 4hr Lectures HU Credits: 4 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Hall 5 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Dan Gazit ; [email protected] Prof. Dan Deutch; [email protected]. Teaching staff: Prof. Dan Gazit, Dr. Zulma Gazit, Dr. Gadi Pelled, Dr. Mona – Dvir Ginzberg, Dr. Gilad Bachrach, Prof. Doron Steinberg, Prof. Michael Tal, Dr. Avihai Hovav, Dr. Assaf Zemel, Prof. Aharon Palmon, Prof. Adam Stabholz, Prof. Joshua Moshonov. Office hours: Mon, Tue: 15:00-19:00 General prerequisites: None Module Description: The Craniofacial complex in a main target to various biotechnological studies and applications, aiming at delivering better cure to common pathologies as well as to gain novel and cutting edge data that will lead to better understanding of craniofacial growth, pathologies and regeneration. The course will include an overview of biotechnological advances in the craniofacial complex, given by the Dental Faculty’s top researchers and clinicians. Aims: • •

Provide the students with up-to-date knowledge relevant to biotechnological advances and applications in the craniofacial complex. Provide the students with tools to understand basic and clinical research in the field of biotechnological aspects in the craniofacial complex.


Provide a detailed overview of current status of stem cell immunoisolation and FACS Analysis Discuss current approaches to stem cell isolation and characterization. Discuss Biotechnological aspects in cartilage repair


• • • • •

Define and review molecular imaging modalities used in regenerative medicine to date. Describe and explain aspect of recombinant enamel proteins production, and their potential biological roles. Define and review bacterial virulence genes associated with periodontal disease. Discuss Novel technologies for affecting "life" in biofilms. Explain Sensory and motor interaction in the oro-facial region.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • •

Stem Cell Immunoisolation and FACS Analysis Biotechnological Aspects in Cartilage Repair Micro & Molecular Imaging Technologies In Tissue Regeneration Production of Recombinant Enamel Proteins, and Their Potential Biological Roles Bacterial Virulence Genes Associated with Periodontal Disease Novel Technologies for Affecting "Life" in Biofilms Sensory and Motor Interaction in the Oro-Facial Region Immune induction following exposure to viral and non-viral vectors Cellular forces and their implications in biological and medical science Proteomics in the Dental Field. Biotechnology Principles in Craniofacial Bone Regeneration The Use of Lasers in Dentistry: Principles of Operation and Clinical Application

Required reading\ literature : 1. Aslan, H., Y. Zilberman, L. Kandel, M. Liebergall, R. J. Oskouian, D. Gazit and Z. Gazit (2006). Osteogenic differentiation of noncultured immunoisolated bone marrow-derived CD105+ cells. Stem Cells 24(7): 17281737. 2. Gronthos, S., A. C. Zannettino, S. J. Hay, S. Shi, S. E. Graves, A. Kortesidis and P. J. Simmons (2003). Molecular and cellular characterisation of highly purified stromal stem cells derived from human bone marrow. J Cell Sci 116(Pt 9): 1827-1835 3. Kastrinaki, M. C., I. Andreakou, P. Charbord and H. A. Papadaki (2008). Isolation of human bone marrow mesenchymal stem cells using different membrane markers: comparison of colony/cloning efficiency, differentiation potential, and molecular profile. Tissue Eng Part C Methods 14(4): 333-339. 4. Phinney, D. G. (2008). Isolation of mesenchymal stem cells from murine bone marrow by immunodepletion. Methods Mol Biol 449: 171-186. 5. Sorrentino, A., M. Ferracin, G. Castelli, M. Biffoni, G. Tomaselli, M. Baiocchi, A. Fatica, M. Negrini, C. Peschle and M. Valtieri (2008). Isolation and characterization of CD146+ multipotent mesenchymal stromal cells. Exp Hematol 36(8): 1035-1046. 6. Zaky SH and Cancedda R. Engineering Craniofacial Structures: Facing the Challenge. J. Dent Res. 88; 1077-1091. 2009. 290 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

7. Kolf CM., Cho E., Tuan RS. Biology of Adult mesenchymal stem cells: regulation of niche, self renewal and differentiation. Arthritis Research & Therapy. 9;204-214. 2007. 8. Ahmed TAE, Hincke MT. Strategies for articular cartilage lesion repair and functional restoration. Tissue Engineering Part B. 2010. 9. Saar G, Zilberman Y, Shinar H, Keinan-Adamsky K, Pelled G, Gazit D, Navon G. Monitoring of the effect of intervertebral disc nucleus pulposus ablation by MRI. NMR Biomed. 2010 Feb 19. [Epub ahead of print] 10. Snedeker JG, Ben Arav A, Zilberman Y, Pelled G, Gazit D. Functional fibered confocal microscopy: a promising tool for assessing tendon regeneration. 11. Tissue Eng Part C Methods. 2009 Sep; 15(3):485-91. 12. Zilberman Y, Kallai I, Gafni Y, Pelled G, Kossodo S, Yared W, Gazit D. Fluorescence molecular tomography enables in vivo visualization and quantification of nonunion fracture repair induced by genetically engineered mesenchymal stem cells. J Orthop Res. 2008 Apr;26(4):522-30. 13. Ray P, Tsien R, Gambhir SS. Construction and validation of improved triple fusion reporter gene vectors for molecular imaging of living subjects. 14. Cancer Res. 2007 Apr 1;67(7):3085-93. 15. Haze, A., Taylor, A.L,, Haegewald, S., Leiser, Y., Shay, B., Rosenfeld, E., Gruenbaum-Cohen, Y., Dafni, L., Zimmermann, B., Heikinheimo, K., Gibson, C.W., Fisher, L.W., Young, M.F., Blumenfeld, A., Bernimoulin, J.P. and Deutsch, D. Regeneration of bone and periodontal ligament induced by Recombinant amelogenin after periodontitis. J. Cell. Mol. Med. 13:1110–24, 2009. 16. Shay, B., Gruenbaum-Cohen, Y., Tucker, A.S., Taylor, A.L., Rosenfeld, E., Haze, A,, Dafni, L., Leiser, Y,, Fermon, E., Danieli, T,, Blumenfeld, A. and Deutsch, D. High yield expression of biologically active recombinant full length human tuftelin protein in baculovirus-infected insect cells. Protein Expr. Purif. 68:90-8, 2009. 17. Gruenbaum-Cohen, Y., Tucker, A.S., Haze, A., Shilo, D., Taylor, AL., Shay, B., Sharpe, P.T., Mitsiadis, T.A., Ornoy, A., Blumenfeld A. and Deutsch D. Amelogenin in Craniofacial Development: The tooth as a model to study the role of Amelogenin during embryogenesis. J. Exp. Zool. B Mol. Dev, Evol. 312B:445-57, 2009. 18. Taylor; A., Haze, A., Blumenfeld, A., Shay; B., Dafni; L., Rosenfeld, E., Leiser, Y., Fermon, E., Gruenbaum-Cohen, Y., and Deutsch, D. High Yield of Biologically Active Recombinant Human Amelogenin using the Baculovirus Expression System. Prot. Express. Purification, 45(1):43-53, 2006 19. Valdivia, R. H. and S. Falkow (1997). "Fluorescence-based isolation of bacterial genes expressed within host cells." Science 277(5334): 2007-11. 20. Metzker, M.L. (2010). “Sequencing technologies - the next generation.” Nat Rev Genet. 2010 Jan;11(1):31-46. 21. Smith AW. Biofilms and antibiotic therapy: is there a role for combating bacterial resistance by the use of novel drug delivery systems? Adv Drug Deliv Rev. 2005 Jul 29;57(10):1539-50. Review 22. Lewis K. Persister cells and the riddle of biofilm survival. Biochemistry . 2005 Feb;70(2):267-74. Review. 23. Rice SA, McDougald D, Kumar N, Kjelleberg S. The use of quorum-sensing blockers as therapeutic agents for the control of biofilm-associated infections. Curr Opin Investig Drugs. 2005 Feb;6(2):178-84. Review 291 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

24. Waters CM, Bassler BL. Quorum sensing: cell-to-cell communication in bacteria. Annu Rev Cell Dev Biol. 2005;21 25. 5th edition by Wall and Melzack Textbook of Pain, the chapter related to neuropathic pain. 26. Immune barriers to successful gene therapy. Wu TL, Ertl HC. Trends Mol Med. 2009 Jan;15(1):32-9. Epub 2008 Dec 26. Review. 27. D.E. Discher, P. Janmey and Y. L. Wang, “Tissue Cells Feel and Respond to the Stiffness of Their Substrate”, Science 310: 1139-1143, 2005. 28. S. Huang and D. E. Ingber, “Cell tension, matrix mechanics, and cancer development”, Cancer Cell 8: 175-176, 2005. 29. D. E. Ingber, “Mechanical control of tissue growth: Function follows form”, PNAS 102: 11571–11572, 2005. 30. C. M. Nelson, R. P. Jean, J. L. Tan, W. F. Liu, N. J. Sniadecki, A. A. Spector C. S. Chen, “Emergent patterns of growth controlled by multicellular form and mechanics”, PNAS 102: 11594–11599, 2005. 31. Weihong Yan1, Rolf Apweiler2, Brian M. Balgley3, Pinmanee Boontheung1, Jonathan L. Bundy4, Benjamin J. Cargile at al., Systematic comparison of the human saliva and plasma proteomesProteomics Clin Appl. 2009 January 1; 3(1): 116–134 32. Amy E. Herr†,‡, Anson V. Hatch†, Daniel J. Throckmorton†, Huu M. Tran†, James S. Brennan†, William V. Giannobile§, and Anup K. Singh. Microfluidic immunoassays as rapid saliva-based clinical diagnostics. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2007 Mar 27;104(13):5268-73. 33. Lawrence A. Tabak, D.D.S., Ph.D. A Revolution in Biomedical Assessment: The Development of Salivary Diagnostics. J Dent Educ. 2001 Dec;65(12):1335-9. 34. Kimelman-Bleich N, Pelled G, Sheyn D, Kallai I, Zilberman Y, Mizrahi O, Tal Y, Tawackoli W, Gazit Z, Gazit D. The use of a synthetic oxygen carrierenriched hydrogel to enhance mesenchymal stem cell-based bone formation in vivo. Biomaterials. 2009 Sep;30(27):4639-48. 35. Tai K, Pelled G, Sheyn D, Bershteyn A, Han L, Kallai I, Zilberman Y, Ortiz C, Gazit D. Nanobiomechanics of repair bone regenerated by genetically modified mesenchymal stem cells. Tissue Eng Part A. 2008 Oct;14(10):170920. 36. Sheyn D, Kimelman-Bleich N, Pelled G, Zilberman Y, Gazit D, Gazit Z. Ultrasound-based nonviral gene delivery induces bone formation in vivo. Gene Ther. 2008 Feb;15(4):257-66. 37. Xie C, Reynolds D, Awad H, Rubery PT, Pelled G, Gazit D, Guldberg RE, Schwarz EM, O'Keefe RJ, Zhang X. Structural bone allograft combined with genetically engineered mesenchymal stem cells as a novel platform for bone tissue engineering. Tissue Eng. 2007 Mar;13(3):435-45. 38. Stabholz A, et al. Effect of ArF-193 excimer laser on human dentinal tubules. A scanning electron microscopic study. Oral Surg Oral Med Oral Pathol. 1993 Jan;75(1):90-4. 39. Catone G. Laser Management of Oral Precancer. Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery of North America 1997,9;(1)97-113. 40. Moshonov J, Stabholz A, Bar-Hilel R, Peretz B. Chemical analysis and surface morphology of enamel and dentin following 9.6mu CO2 laser irradiation versus high speed drilling. J. Dent. 2005 May;33(5):427-32. Epub 2004 Dec 19. 292 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

41. Stabholz A, Zeltser R, Sela M, Peretz B, Moshonov J, Ziskind D, Stabholz A. The use of lasers in dentistry: principles of operation and clinical applications. Compend Contin Educ Dent. 2003 Dec;24(12):935-48. Review. Module evaluation: o End of Year Written Examination – 100% Additional information: element Written exam is a compulsatory


SEMINAR Module Code: DM-97985 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 3 hr Seminars (14 weeks) HU Credits: 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Doron Steinberg; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof. Doron Steinberg Office hours: Sunday 12:00-14:00 General prerequisites: second year MS.c. students, Approval of the research proposal Module Description: Stage 1: Explanation how to form a poster presentation. Each student will present; His research hypothesis, methods he is applying to prove the concept, mid term results of the research project, future goals and tasks. Each student will present in class a poster of his research and current data including graphs, pictures and tables. A discussion on the research will follow the presentation. Guidelines how to write a scientific abstract. Each student will write a scientific abstract Stage 2: Each student will present his poster at the Research Faculty Day where the staff, lecturers, students of the faculty will attend. Each student will be tested on his poster by at least one reviewer (from the senior faculty academic staff). Each student will attend also a PhD seminar (weekly short lectures by PhD students) for two years of the MSc program, in order to gain more exposure to advanced student's research Aims: • •

To practice presentation of results as in international scientific meetings including writing an abstract. To be familiar with research of other colleagues (MSc and PhD) especially expose the MSc students to different research methodologies.



Demonstrate the appropriate writing and oral communication skills for presentation of an independent research project including mid term results. Demonstrate ability to collect and organized his/her results in a form of a poster. Explain, interpret and depend, his /her study as in a conference Judge and criticize scientific research (To gain experience in the judging procedure of a scientific research :‫)במקור‬ Write a scientific abstract. Present a poster in an international scientific meeting

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Seminars Module Content: lectures and oral presentations/ seminars: Each student presents their research topic and results: the areas are mostly of dental related and general topics as: • • • • • • • • •

Microbiology Immunology Salivary gland Saliva Gene therapy Epigenetics Cell movement Oral pharmacology Mineralized tissues

Required reading\ literature: Individual background of the relevant research topics Module evaluation: o seminars - 35% o poster presentation (evaluation by a reviewer) - 65% Additional information: Course will be given by the head of the bio-medicine graduate program. Pre request: Approved research proposal, mid-term data


PHYSIOLOGY & PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF HEAT/THERMAL STRESS Module Code: DM-94407 Cycle: 4 Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st /2nd Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 4 hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 4 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Michal Horowitz; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof. Michal Horowitz Office hours: as needed per pre-arrangement (Tel) General prerequisites: Basic course in Physiology Module Description: Frontal lectures, tutorial, student seminars. Emphasize will be given on Integrative physiological mechanisms (central and peripheral), molecular-physiological linkage and system biology. Aims: • • •

To provide an overview of the physiological cellular and molecular processes homeostatic regulation of body temperature, adaptations to harsh environments, environmental injuries and environmental benefits. To understand principles of homeostatic regulation of body temperature at all levels of body organization To learn how to look for, analyze and present scientific information


Outline the principles of regulatory processes of homeostasis and its disregulation with emphasize on thermal physiology Explain the principles of evolutionary and phenotypic adaptations to adverse environment Explain the pathologies of thermal injuries and congenital pathologies leading to thermal injuries (heat/cold stresses). Analyze the various mechanisms of the human body's responses to heat related stresses

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures, seminars Module Content: 296 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

• • • • • •

Homeostasis and heat balance during rest and activity, basic physiological mechanisms of thermoregulation, circadian rhythms of body temperature, assessment of the thermal environment, development of the thermoregulatory system (molecular and physiological), The human machine (exercise and training in the heat, thermal preconditioning, mechanisms of acclimation to the thermal environment , cross-tolerance and cytoprotective memory, pathophysiology of heat and cold injuries, mechanisms of fever, malignant hyperthermia, thermoregulation and anesthesia, life in the cold, mechanisms of freeze-tolerance, global warming).

Required reading\ literature: Updated research papers and reviews Module evaluation: o Oral and written presentation of seminar – 100% Additional information: The course is open for M.Sc, Ph.D students and 2nd and 3rd year (1st cycle) students


BIOMECH. PRINC. & APPL. IN THE CRANIOFACIAL SYSTEM Module Code: DM-97946 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 2 hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Stella Chaushu and Dr. Idit Barkana Teaching staff: Prof. Stella Chaushu, Dr. Idit Barkana, Dr. Zvi Muster, Dr. Eyal Katzendler, Prof. Myron Weinreb (Tel Aviv University), Prof. Tamar Brosh (Tel Aviv University) Office hours: none General prerequisites: none Module Description: This course provides a broad insight into both the theoretical and the clinical aspects of the mechanics and typical tissue responses to force systems used in orthodontic appliances. Aims: • • • • • • • •

Describe all tissue reactions associated with orthodontic tooth movement and discuss implications for planning force magnitude, direction, and duration. Discuss tissue damage in response to orthodontic forces. List and discuss the major concepts and principles that are required to produce the diverse orthodontic movements. Define the concept "system equilibrium" and discuss the implications for planning orthodontic anchorage. Compare and contrast the terms "stress-strain diagram" and "load-deflection diagram." Compare and contrast the mechanical principles of different orthodontic appliances: standard edgewise brackets, preadjusted straight-wire brackets, Begg/Tip-Edge brackets, orthopedic and functional appliances Define friction in orthodontics and understand how it generates and how to reduce it Compare different properties of materials used in orthodontics

Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: •

Plan safe, predictable and efficient orthodontic treatment 298


• • • • •

Integrate the knowledge on force and moments and be able to perform advanced clinical orthodontic biomechanics Describe and demonstrate appropriate biomechanics in multidisciplinary treatments Evaluate the most suitable wire material for each stage of treatment Interpret the side effects created by the reactive forces Design the most efficient mechanical strategy to avoid tissue damage

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: frontal lectures and seminars. Reading assignments for each seminar session is to provide background information for class discussions related to the scheduled topics. Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • • •

The periodontium- structure and function Tissue response to mechanical forces Signal transduction of mechanical force Bone Biology Stress- strain diagrams Wires materials Basic concepts of tooth movement One couple systems Two couple systems Asymmetric mechanics Removable appliances vs fixed appliances in generating forces Mechanics of springs, screws and elastics Friction in Orthodontic

Required reading\ literature: 1. Rygh P: Ultrastructural changes in pressure zone of human periodontium incident to orthodontic tooth movement. Acta Odont Scand 31: 109-122, 1973. 2. Atherton JD: The gingival response to orthodontic tooth movement. Am J Orthodontics. 58: 179-186, 1970 3. Pilon J, Kuijpers-Jagtam AM, Maltha JC: Magnitude of orthodontic forces and rate of bodily tooth movement. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop 110: 16-23, 1996. 4. Masella RS., Meister M: Current concepts in the biology of orthodontic tooth movement. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 129: 458-468, 2006. 5. Hennenman S, Von der Hoff JW, Maltha JC: Mechanobiology of tooth movement. Eur J Orthod 30: 299-306, 2008. 6. Krishnan V, Davidovitch Z: Cellular, Molecular, and tissue-level reactions to orthodontic force. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 129: 469 e 1-32, 2006. 7. Wise GE, King GJ: Mechanisms of tooth eruption and orthodontic tooth movement. J Dent Res. 87: 414-434, 2008. 8. Tyrovola JB, Spyropoulos MN: Effects of drugs and systemic factors on orthodontic treatment. Quintessence Int. 32: 365-71, 2001. 9. Bartzela T, Turp JC, Motschall E, Maltha JC: Medication effects on the rate of orthodontic tooth movement: A systematic review. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop 135: 16-26, 2009. 299 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

10. Kusy RP: A review of contemporary archwires. Their properties and characteristics; Angle Orthod. 67: 197-208, 1997. 11. Kusy RP: Orhodontic biomaterials: From the past to the present. Angel Orthod. 72: 501-12, 2002 12. Wilkinson P: Load-deflection characteristics of superelastic nickel-titanium orthodontic wires Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop 121: 483-495, 2002. 13. Burstone CJ, Qin B, Morton JY: Chinese NiTi wire: A new orthodontic alloy. Am J Orthod, 87: 445-452, 1985. 14. Santoro M, Nicolay OF, Cangialosi TJ: Pseudoelasticity and thermoelastisity of nickel-titanium alloys: A clinically orientd review. Part I: Temperature transitional ranges. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop 119: 587-93, 2001. 15. Santoro M, Nicolay OF, Cnagialosi TJ: Pseudoelasticity and thermoelastisity of nickel-titanium alloys: A clinically oriented review. Part II: Deactivation forces. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop 119: 587-603, 2001. 16. Ewoldsen N, Demke R: A review of orthodontic cements and adhesives. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop.120: 45-48, 2001. 17. Karamouzos A: Clinical characteristics and properties of ceramic brackets. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 112: 34-40, 1997. 18. Bishara SE, Fehr DE: Ceramic brackets: something old, something new, a review. Semin Orthod. 3: 178-88, 1997. 19. Kusy R, Tulloch C: Analysis of moment to force ratios in the mechanics of tooth movements. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 90: 127-131, 1986. 20. Burstone CJ, Koenig HA: Force systems from an ideal arch. Am J Orthod 65: 270-289, 1974. 21. Smith RJ, Burstone CJ: Mechanics of tooth movement. Am J Orthod 85: 294307, 1987. 22. Lindauer SJ, Isaacson RJ: One-couple orthodontic appliance systems. Semin Orthod 1: 12-24, 1995 23. Burstons CJ: Biomechanics of deep overbites correction. Semin Orthod, 7: 26-34, 2001. 24. Burstone CJ, Koenig HA: Force systems from an ideal arch. Am J Orthod 65: 270-289, 1974. 25. Davidovitch M., Rebellato J: Two-Couple Orthodontic Appliance Systems. Utility Arches: A Two-Couple Intrusion Arch. Semin Orthod, 1: 25-30, 1995. 26. Burstone CJ, Koenig H: Creative wire bending— The force system from step and V bends. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 93: 59-67, 1988. 27. Isaacson R, Rebelato J: Two-couple orthodontic appliance systems: Torquing arches. Semin Orthod 1: 31-36, 1995. 28. Siatkowski RE: Force system analysis of v-bend sliding mechanics. J Clin Orthod 28: 539-546, 1994. 29. Asymmetries: Diagnosis and treatment. Seminars in Orthodontics. 1998,4:133-198. 30. van Steenbergen E, Nanda R: Biomechanics of orthodontic correction of dental asymmetries. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop 107: 618-24, 1995. 31. 1.Removable Appliances. In Proffit WR and Fields HW. Contemporary Orthodontics. 4rd Ed p 395-430. 32. 2.The Tweed-Merrifield Edgewise Appliance. In Orthodontics. Current Principles and Techniques. Graber TM, Vanarsdall RL, Vig KWL 4th Ed. Ch. 16, p. 675-676,p 689-698


33. Tselepis M: The dynamic frictional resistance between orthodontic brackets and archwires. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop, 106: 131-138, 1994. 34. Kusy RP, Whitley JQ: Friction between different wire-bracket configurations and materials. Semin Orthod. 3: 166–177, 1997. 35. Articolo LC, Kusy RP: Influence of angulation on the resistance to sliding in fixed appliances. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 115: 39–51, 1999. 36. Thorstenson GA, Kusy RP: Resistance to sliding of self-ligating brackets versus conventional stainless steel twin brackets with second-order angulation in the dry and wet (saliva) states. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop, 120: 361– 370, 2001. Module evaluation: o Project work – 100% Additional information: None


HUMAN EVOLUTION: FOSSIL AND GENETIC EVIDENCE Module Code: DM-97998 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 3 hr Lectures (14 weeks) HU Credits: 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Marina Faerman; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof. Marina Faerman and Prof. Patricia Smith Office hours: on appointment General prerequisites: course in human anatomy (4 credits) or human osteology (3 credits) Module Description: In this course we will analyze how evolution has shaped the human species. We'll discuss the relationship between modern humans and other Primates, in particular the great apes. We'll develop a perspective for assessing evolutionary changes by analyzing fossils. In addition we'll evaluate the contribution of population genetics studies in modern human groups in search of human origins. We'll be able to evaluate the relationship between anatomically modern humans and Neanderthals by looking at their DNA recovered directly from the bones. The course will include lectures and class presentations. Aims: To provide the students with the basic research tools for approaching the study of human evolution. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • • •

Distinguish humans from other primates Demonstrate knowledge of the principles of paleontology and geological time Explore the evolutionary changes in the row of early human ancestors, Australopithecines, early and modern members of the genus Homo Evaluate recent human history as revealed by fossil records and modern genetic data Critically evaluate the authenticity and usefulness of ancient DNA findings Explore routes of human migrations in the prehistory Explain how scientific evidence has been used to reconstruct the process of human evolution 302


Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures Module Content: Lectures – Part 1: Fossil evidence • • • • • • • • •

Introduction and visit to Museum Primates: modern and fossil; our place among the Primates. Possible and probable hominins (S. tchadensis, O. tugenensis, Ar. ramidus) and archaic hominins (Au. anamensis, Au. africanus, K. platyops, Au. afarensis) Megadont archaic hominins (P. aethiopicus, P. boisei, P. robustus) and transitional hominins (H. habilis, H. rudolfensis) Pre-modern Homo (H. ergaster, H. erectus, H. floresiensis, H. antecessor, H. heidelbergensis, H. neanderthalensis) Homo sapiens sapiens: African vs. multiregional origins Near Eastern fossil hominin record Evolutionary trends in human dentition Video: ‘Tool making’

Lectures – Part 2: Genetic evidence • •

DNA and recent human evolution: mtDNA and Y-chromosomal DNA Ancient DNA studies: Neanderthal genetics

Students’ seminars Required reading/ literature: 1. Aiello L. (2010). Five years of Homo floresiensis. Am J Phys Anthropol 142:167-179. 2. Anton S.C. 2003. Natural History of Homo erectus. Yearbook of Physical Anthropology 46: 126-170. 3. Brunet M. et al. 2002. A new hominid from upper Miocene Chad, Central Africa. Nature 418:145-151. 4. Carrigan D. and Hammer M. 2006. Reconstructing human origins in the genomic era. Nat Rev Genet 7: 669-680. 5. Constantino P. and Wood B. 2007. The evolution of Zinjanthropus boisei. Evol Anthropol 16:49-62. 6. Green et al., 2008. A complete Neanderthal mitochondrial genome determined by high-throughput sequencing. Cell 134: 416-426 7. Green et al. 2010. A draft sequence of the Neanderthal genome. Science 328: 710. 8. Hodgson J. and Desitoll T. 2008. No evidence of a Neanderthal contribution to modern human diversity. Genome Biology 9:206. 9. Ingman M. et al. 2001. Mitochondrial genome variation and the origin of modern humans. Nature 408: 708-13. 10. Krausse et al., 2010. A complete mtDNA genome of an early modern human from Kostenki, Russia. Current Biol 20:231-236. 11. Krausse et al. 2010. The complete mtDNA genome of an unknown hominine from southern Siberia. Nature 464: April 8.


12. Krings, M., Stone, A., Schmitz, R.W., Krainitzki, H., Stoneking, M., Pääbo, S. 1997. Neanderthal DNA sequences and the origin of modern humans. Cell 90: 19-30. 13. Lovejoy et al. 2009. The great divides: Ardipithecus ramidus reveals postcrania of our last common ancestors with African apes. Science 326: 73. 14. Pääbo S. et al., 2004. Genetic analyses from ancient DNA. Annu Rev Genet 38: 645-679. 15. Pakendorf B. and Stoneking M. 2005. Mitochondrial DNA and human evolution. Annu Rev Genomics Hum Genet 6: 165-183. 16. Richmond BG & Jungers WL. 2008. Orrorin tugenensis femoral morphology and the evolution of hominin bipedalism. Science 319:1662-1665. 17. Righmire G.P., Lordkipanidze D., Vekua A. 2006. Anatomical descriptions, comparative studies and evolutionary significance of the hominin skulls from Dmanisi, Republic of Georgia. J Hum Evol 50: 115-141. 18. Robson S.L. and Wood B. 2008. Hominin life history: reconstruction and evolution. J Anat 212:394-425. 19. Shea J. 2001. The Middle Paleolithic: Early modern humans and Neanderthals in the Levant. Near Eastern Archaeology 64 (1/2): 38-64. 20. Suwa et al. 2009. Paleobiological implications of the Ardipithecus ramidus dentition. Science 326: 69. 21. Suwa et al. 2009. The Ardipithecus ramidus skull and its implications for hominid origins. Science 326(5949):68e1-7. 22. Stringer C. 2002. Modern human origins: progress and prospects. Thil Trans R Soc Lond B 357:563-579. 23. Trinkaus E. 2005. Early modern humans. Annu Rev Anthropol 34:207-230. 24. Vekua A. et al., 2002. A new skull of early Homo from Dmanisi, Georgia. Science 297:85-9. 25. Wood B. and Lonergan N. 2008. The hominin fossil record: taxa, grades and clades. J Anat 212:354-376. Module evaluation: o Written examination at the end of the course – 70% o Presentation of a given scientific paper during the course – 30% Additional information: None


THE SCIENCE OF SUFFERING: FROM ACUTE TO CHRONIC Module Code: DM-98828 ECTS: 2 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Department of Neurobiology, Faculty of Medicine Academic year: 1st Semester: 2nd Contact hours per week: 2 hr Lectures and topic seminars (14 weeks) HU Credits: 2 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Michael Tal; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof. Michael Tal Office hours: Sun, Tue, Thu: 8:00 – 14:00 General prerequisites: Neuroanatomy 75211, Physiology 75206 Module Description: The course will give the students a broad-up to date-spectrum of pain as behavioral modality. Specifically, the content of the course will cover topics of different modalities of sensation with focuses on acute and chronic pain mechanisms. By the end of the course the students will have the knowledge of acute and chronic pain mechanisms and how the CNS is changed when it's transformed from acute to chronic stage. Aims: To achieve an understanding of acute and chronic pain mechanisms and how the CNS is changed when it's transformed from acute to chronic stage. To explore the pain treatment by complimentary medicine. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • •

Provide some basic concepts and definitions in the area of nociception and pain. Describe the anatomy and physiology of nociceptors, tier variety of types and their relationship to pain perception. Discuss several of the theories of pain. Analyze the various dimensions of pain perception, and to describe the most common techniques for pain measurements. Explain the processes of nociceptors sensitization and their relationship to hyperalgesia and allodynia. Discuss the changes that take place in the peripheral and central nervous systems following tissue or nerve injury and how this information can be used in the management of acute and chronic pain. 305


•

Compare different types of headaches including migraine and trigeminal neuralgia.

Attendance: 80% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures and seminars. Module Content: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Somatic sensory systems Receptors transduction and coding of sensation Axonal transport Dorsal root ganglion Spinal cord Ascending pathways Descending pathways and analgesia, placebo and nocebo Peripheral and central sensitization Opioids in pain treatment CAM in pain treatment Animal models for pain Sex and gender in pain Drugs therapy for neuropathic pains Migraines Neuropathic pains: To define and to review neuropathic pains Use of opioids in pain treatments Fibromyalgia syndrome Low back pain Pain in infants Phantom pains

Required reading\ literature: 1. Selected chapters in Textbook of Pain 5th edition ed. By McMahon and Koltznburg 2. Pain by Patrick Wall 1999 3. Selected chapters in Principals of Neurosciences 3rd edit. By Kandel and Schwartz. Module evaluation: o Project work & presentation – 100% Additional information: None


METHODS IN OSTEOLOGY AND ANTRHROPOLOGY Module Code: DM-97984 ECTS: 3 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Institute of Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: 1st Semester: 1st Contact hours per week: 3 hr Lectures (9 weeks), 3hr student's seminars (2 weeks), 3 hr laboratories (3 weeks) HU Credits: 3 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus, Dentistry Bldg. Hall 4 Lecturer Coordinator and email: Prof. Marina Faerman; [email protected] Teaching staff: Prof. Marina Faerman and Prof. Patricia Smith Office hours: on request General prerequisites: course in human anatomy (4 credits) Module Description: In this course we will study the human skeleton and dentition – how they develop, grow and generate throughout the lifespan. We'll learn to identify isolated bones and teeth, to describe and to measure using standard cranio- and osteometric techniques. We'll use the obtained information in order to assess individual age, sex, race and stature. We'll look for traces of diseases on bones and teeth. We'll learn about the application of human osteology in forensic sciences and archaeology. We'll perform some kind of a 'detective work' using our anatomical collections. The course will include lectures, class presentations and laboratories. Aims: To provide the students with the basic research tools for approaching the study of human skeletal biology. Outcomes: On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: • • • • • •

Identify isolated human bones and teeth Perform craniometric and osteometric measurements Assess age, sex and stature Identify most common skeletal and dental pathologies and a possible cause of the changes observed Describe individual/population life history Compare prehistoric human populations with each other and with their modern descendants

Attendance: 80% lectures, 100% laboratories 307 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: Lectures and project work Module Content: Lectures • • • • • • • • • •

Introduction to biological anthropology and visit to Museum Individual bone/tooth identification Craniometry and osteometry (landmarks and measurements) Age identification (dental and skeletal age) Sex identification (based on sex dimorphism in bone size and shape, ancient DNA-based identification) Dental pathologies (periodontal disease, antemortem tooth loss, calculus, caries, trauma and etc.) Skeletal pathologies (trauma, metabolic, infectious and genetic diseases, and etc.) Application of osteological methods in forensic sciences and archaeology Seminar Students' seminars

Research project •

Project work will be performed by students in pairs. Each pair will be provided with a set of bones from the anatomical collection and will be supposed to comprise a report including bone/tooth inventory, cranial and long bone measurements, age, sex and stature identification, description of pathological lesions and possible differential diagnosis.

Required reading/literature: 1. Bass W.M. Human Osteology (any edition), Missouri Archaeological Society 2. Ortner D.J. (2003) Identification of pathological conditions in human skeletal remains. 2nd ed., Academic Press. 3. Scheuer, L. and Black, S. 2004. The Juvenile Skeleton. Elsevier Academic Press, London. 4. White, T. D. and Folkens, P. A. 2000. Human Osteology, 2nd ed. Academic Press, San Diego. Module evaluation: o Presentation of a given scientific paper during the course – 40% o Written laboratory report at the end of the course – 60% Additional information: additional papers will be handed to the students during the course


M.Sc. RESEARCH PROJECT Module Code: MD-New ECTS: 92 Cycle: 2nd cycle Responsible department: Bio medicine graduate program, Faculty of Dental Medicine Academic year: lasts for 2-3 academic years Semester: 4-6 Contact hours per week: HU Credits: 0 Location of instruction: Ein Kerem campus Lecturer Coordinator and email: Responsibility of the head of the Biomedicine program Teaching staff: Mentor(s) from the bio medicine graduate program Office hours: Sunday 12:00-14:00 (Head of program) General prerequisites: Bachelor degree in experimental sciences. Minimum average 82 Module Description: Research, writing thesis and oral defense Aims: • • • • • • •

Write a research proposal Conduct comprehensive research. Write a thesis Oral defense of the research Present in national and international meetings Write articles Write commuting grants


Write research proposal, Conduct independent research, Write a thesis and defend his research hypothesis. Explain the scientific background of this research topic Explain all the advantages and disadvantages of his research tools. The student should also have a scientific vision as the continuation of the research.

Attendance: 100% Teaching arrangement and method of instruction: A mentor (s) assigned to each student which guides the student in the research program. 309 PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com

Module Content Research Module evaluation: o Written thesis, Oral Examination and Presentations, Additional information: None
